User manual | Untitled

EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: Adoption Notice Page
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
Adoption Notice
Effective June 5, 2006, Sprint Minnesota, Inc. changed its corporate name to Embarq Minnesota, Inc.,
d/b/a Embarq. Embarq hereby adopts, ratifies, and makes its own, in every respect as if the same had
been originally filed by it, all schedules, rules, notices, concurrences, schedule agreements, divisions,
authorities or other instruments whatsoever, filed with the Public Service Commission, State of
Minnesota, by or adopted by Sprint Minnesota, Inc. between October 21, 1997 and June 4, 2006.
By this notice, Embarq Minnesota, Inc. also adopts and ratifies all supplements or amendments to any
of the above schedules, etc., which Sprint Minnesota, Inc. has heretofore filed with said Commission.
Effective September 18, 1997, United Telephone Company of Minnesota changed its corporate name
to Sprint Minnesota, Inc. Sprint Minnesota, Inc. hereby adopts, ratifies, and makes its own, in every
respect as if the same had been originally filed by it, all schedules, rules, notices, concurrences,
schedule agreements, divisions, authorities or other instruments whatsoever, filed with the Public
Service Commission, State of Minnesota, by United Telephone Company of Minnesota prior to October
20, 1997.
By this notice it also adopts and ratifies all supplements or amendments to any of the above schedules,
etc., which the United Telephone Company of Minnesota has heretofore filed with said Commission.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Original Title Page 1
Price Regulated Services are contained in Sections 1 through 10.
Regulated Services are contained in Sections 11 through 26.
Flexibly Priced and Non-Price
Service
Classification
711 Service for Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS)
900 Service Access Restriction
911 Information Verification
911 Service.
Abnormal Construction
Adjacent Exchange Service
Answer Supervision
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Service
Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) Service
Bad Check Charge
Basic Access Line Rates
Billed Number Screening
Busy Verification Service
Call Forwarding
Call Forwarding-Busy
Call Forwarding-No Answer
Call Trace
Call Waiting
Call Waiting Control
Caller ID
Caller ID Blocking
Caller ID with Name
Centrex Feature Options
Centrex Service
Centrex Service II
Change in Responsibility
Coin Control
Combined Main Station Service
Custom Calling Features
Digital Trunking Service
Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Common Equipment
Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Numbers
Directory Assistance (D.A.) Service
Directory Assistance Call Completion (DACC) Service
Directory Listings
Directory Number Transfer
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Non-Price Reg.
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Non-Price Reg.
Non-Price Reg.
Non-Price Reg.
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Original Title Page 2
Price Regulated Services are contained in Sections 1 through 10.
Regulated Services are contained in Sections 11 through 26.
Flexibly Priced and Non-Price
Classification
Service
Emergency Conference Systems
Enhanced Call Forwarding
Exchange Classification
ExpressTouch Features
Extended Area Service (EAS)
Extension Services
Flat Rate Local Service
Foreign Central Office Service
Foreign Exchange Service
Frame Relay Service
Hold and Trace
Hot Line/Warm Line
Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)
Intercom Service
Joint User Service
Lifeline Assistance
Lightlink Service
Link-Up Service Connection Program
Local Access Service
Local Exchange Service
Local Operator Assistance
Maintenance of Service
Minnesota Telephone Assistance Plan
National Directory Assistance (NDA) Service
Non-Listed Listings
Non-Published Listings
Optional Local Measured Service (OLMS)
Payphone Line Service
Planned Dwellings
Primary Listings
Privacy ID
Private Branch Exchange Service
Rates for Mobile DID Numbers
Rates for Mobile Paging DID Numbers
Remote Call Forward
Repeat Dialing
Restoration of Service
Return Call
Right-of-Way on Private Property
Rotary Hunt Service
Rural Line Extension
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Non-Price Reg.
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Non-Price Reg.
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Original Title Page 3
Price Regulated Services are contained in Sections 1 through 10.
Regulated Services are contained in Sections 11 through 26.
Flexibly Priced and Non-Price
Classification
Service
School Classroom Service
Seasonal Service
Selective Call Acceptance
Selective Call Forward
Selective Call Rejection
Selective Call Ring
Selective Class of Call Screening
Service Connection Charges (dependant upon service being installed)
SignalRing.
Simplified Message Desk Interface (SMDI)
Solutions
Special Assemblies
Special Attachments
Special Billing Number Service
Special Equipment
Special Promotions
Speed Dial 8
Speed Dial 30
Talking Call Waiting
Telephone Number Change
Temporary Construction
Three-Way Calling
Three-Way Calling with Transfer
Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction
Toll Restriction
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Varies
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Non-Price Reg.
Non-Price Reg.
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
Flexibly Priced
Flexibly Priced
Price Regulated
Price Regulated
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: T.O.C.
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section No.
General Rules and Regulations ................................................................................. GRR
Local Exchange and EAS Rates................................................................................
1
Local Exchange Service.............................................................................................
2
Miscellaneous Services..............................................................................................
3
Special Construction ..................................................................................................
4
Directory Listings........................................................................................................
5
Local Operator Services.............................................................................................
6
Extension Services.....................................................................................................
7
Blocking Services.......................................................................................................
8
N11 Service................................................................................................................
9
Customized Services .................................................................................................
10
Special Promotions/Market Trials. .............................................................................
11
Service Connection Charges .....................................................................................
12
Derived Channel Services..........................................................................................
13
Mobile and Paging Common Carriers........................................................................
14
Custom Calling Services ............................................................................................
15
Reserved for Future Use............................................................................................
16
Directory Assistance (D.A.) Service...........................................................................
17
Simplified Message Desk Interface (SMDI) ...............................................................
18
Centrex Service..........................................................................................................
19
Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service ...........................................................................
20
Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) Service ..................................................................
21
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: T.O.C.
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)
Section No.
Digital Trunking Service .............................................................................................
22
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)...............................................................
23
Frame Relay Service..................................................................................................
24
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Service............................................................
25
Link Services .............................................................................................................
26
Special Packaged Services .......................................................................................
27
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. ADVANCE PAYMENTS AND DEPOSITS
A. Advance Payments
1. Applicants for telephone service are usually required to pay in advance at the time the
application is made any Service Connection Charges or installation charges applicable and to
pay the charges for one billing period for exchange service and facilities ordered.
2. Where it is necessary to safeguard the collection of its revenue, the Company may require an
advance payment in excess of one billing period.
3. Advance payments are not required for service and equipment furnished federal, state, county
and municipal governments. Advance payments are not required from those already receiving
service who apply for additional service or for changes in their existing service, unless their
credit rating is unsatisfactory.
4. Where charges for construction apply, such charges are collected in advance if circumstances
make that advisable in order to safeguard the Company's revenue. In such cases, and in
cases where installation charges are based on the cost of labor and material required, any
advance payments are estimated and any adjustments which may be necessary are made
when the work is completed.
5.
Advance payments or prepayments shall not be construed as being a deposit.
B. Deposits
1. Applicants for service unable to establish a satisfactory credit rating with the Company or
existing customers whose credit rating has become impaired will be required to make a
suitable cash deposit to be held as security for the payment of bills for telephone service
received.
2. The amount of the customer deposit shall not exceed the estimated billing for toll and local
service charges for a two month period.
a. Lifeline subscribers, who voluntarily elect to receive Toll Restriction, are not required to
pay a service deposit.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. ADVANCE PAYMENTS AND DEPOSITS (Continued)
B. Deposits (Continued)
3.
Interest shall be paid on all deposits in excess of $20.00 at the rate set by the Commissioner of
the Department of Commerce as required by Minnesota Statutes §325E.02. The interest rate
may be found on the Department of Commerce website at: www.commerce.state.mn.us.
Interest on deposits shall be payable from the date of deposit to the date of refund or
disconnection. The Company may, at its option, pay the interest at intervals it chooses but at
least annually, either by direct mail, or as a credit on bills.
4.
At the time the deposit is made, the Company shall furnish the customer a written receipt
specifying the conditions, if any, the deposit will be diminished upon return.
5.
Upon termination of service cash deposits will be refunded within forty-five days, less any
deductions made in accordance with paragraph four above.
6.
The fact a deposit has been made shall in no way relieve the customer of the obligation to pay
the monthly bill for telephone service by the date specified.
7.
The Company reserves the right to return such cash deposit at any time prior to termination of
service if, in the opinion of the Company, the customer has established a proper credit rating.
2. APPLICATION OF RATES FOR BUSINESS AND RESIDENCE SERVICE
The determination as to whether telephone service should be classified as business or residence is
based on the character of the use to be made of the service. Service is classified as business service
where the use is primarily or substantially of a business, professional, institutional, or otherwise
occupational nature. Where the business use, if any, is incidental and where the major use is of a
social or domestic nature, service is classified as residence service if installed in a residence.
A. Business Rates Apply at the Following Locations, Among Others
1.
In offices, stores, and factories, and in quarters occupied by clubs, lodges, fraternal societies,
schools, colleges, libraries, church offices, hospitals, and other business establishments.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
2. APPLICATION OF RATES FOR BUSINESS AND RESIDENCE SERVICE (Continued)
A. Business Rates Apply at the Following Locations, Among Others (Continued)
2. In residence locations where the place of residence is in immediate proximity to a place of
business and it is evident that the telephone in the residence is or will be used for business
purposes and in residence locations where an extension is located at a place where business
rates would apply.
3. In the residence of a practicing physician, dentist, veterinary surgeon, or other medical
practitioner who has no service at business rates at another location.
4. In any residence location where there is substantial business use of the service and the
customer has no service elsewhere at business rates.
B. Residence Rates Apply at the Following Locations, Among Others
1. In private residences, in the residential portion of hotels, apartment houses, boarding houses,
churches (pastor’s study), or institutions when the use of the service is confined to the
domestic use of the customer and listings of a business character are not furnished.
2. Residence rates apply at the following locations, among others:
In the residence of a practicing physician, dentist, veterinary surgeon, or other medical
practitioner provided the customer has service charged for at business rates at another
location.
3. CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT
Customer-provided terminal equipment may be used and customer-provided communications systems
may be connected with the facilities furnished by the Company on the customer's side of the
demarcation point for telecommunications services. In all such cases, the customer-provided terminal
equipment or communications systems will be so constructed, maintained and operated as to work
satisfactorily with the facilities of the Company. The customer or property owner shall be responsible
for the provision and maintenance of cable and wire facilities on the customer’s side of the demarcation
point.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
3. CONNECTION OF CUSTOMER-PROVIDED EQUIPMENT (Continued)
Unless otherwise specified in the Company Catalog, the Company will provide facilities for telephone
services up to the demarcation point on the property where the customer is served. The customer or
property owner is responsible for all facilities located on the customer side of the demarcation point.
4. DEFINITIONS
Accessories
Denotes devices which are mechanically attached to, or used with, the facilities furnished by the
Company and which are independent of, and not electrically, acoustically, or inductively connected to
the communications path of the telecommunications systems.
Alternating Current Supply
Electrical energy which is used for power purposes, protection of equipment in humid areas, and for
the operation of bells and signal devices.
Base Rate Area
A specific section of an exchange area within which primary class of service are available.
Class of Service
A description of telephone service furnished a customer in terms such as:
For Exchange Service:
Type of Rate: Flat rate or measured rate.
Character of Use: Business or residence.
Dialing Method: Touch-Tone or rotary.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Communicating Device
A device consisting of a transmitter, receiver, network control signaling unit, and associated apparatus
and so connected as to permit the sending and receiving of telecommunication messages through the
exchange and long distance network.
Communications Systems
Channels and other facilities which are capable, when not connected to telecommunication service, of
2-way communication between customer-provided terminal equipment or Company stations.
Company
Whenever used in this Catalog, "Company" refers to Embarq Minnesota, Inc. unless the context clearly
indicates otherwise.
Complex Inside Wire
See system premises (inside) wiring.
Connecting Arrangement
The term "connecting arrangement" denotes the protective equipment provided by the Company to
accomplish the direct electrical connection of customer-provided facilities of the Company, when such
customer-provided equipment does not conform to Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations for direct
connection of customer-provided terminal equipment.
Connecting Company
A corporation, association, firm or individual owning and operating a toll line or one or more central
offices and with whom traffic is interchanged.
Customer-Subscriber
The individual, partnership, associate, corporation, or governmental agency who is furnished telephone
service by the Company and is responsible for the payment of charges and compliance with the rules
and regulations of the Company.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Customer Premise Inside Wire (CPIW)
Wiring, including connectors and blocks within a customer's premise, that extends between the
demarcation point of the exchange access line and those standard jack locations within the customer's
premise to which terminal equipment can be connected for access to the network. CPIW can be
categorized as either system or non-system premise inside wire.
Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment
Devices or apparatus and their associated wiring, provided by a customer, which are connected to the
communications path of the Company's exchange network either electrically, acoustically or
inductively.
Data Access Arrangement
The term "data access arrangement" denotes a protective connecting arrangement for use with the
network control signaling unit, or in lieu of the connecting arrangement, an arrangement to identify a
central office line and protective facilities and procedures to determine compliance with criteria
specified in Part 68 at the FCC Rules and Regulations.
Data Set
A device designed to accept from and/or impart to customer-provided data transmitting and/or
receiving terminal equipment, material in the form produced and/or accepted by the customer-provided
terminal equipment into a form acceptable for transmission over Company facilities.
Demarcation Point
The point of connection, provided and maintained by the Company, at which the Company and
customer facilities are connected. The demarcation point is normally located near the point where the
Company facilities enter the building or property, on the customer's side of the Company's protector, or
its equivalent, as provided under the Company's standard operating practices. If a network interface
device is present, the Company's facilities end at the customer's side of the device. The property
owner or customer is responsible for all cable, inside wire and other facilities located on the customer's
side of the demarcation point.
Direct Current Supply
Electrical energy for talking and signaling purposes, other than ringing.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Direct Connection
Connection of terminal equipment to the Company's exchange facilities by means other than acoustic
and/or inductive coupling. A physical connection of the electrical conductors in the communications
path.
Disconnection of Service
An arrangement made at the request of the customer, or initiated by the Company for violation of
Catalog regulations by the customer, for a permanent interruption of telephone service.
Exchange Classification
The classification of an exchange is based on the location within the state and service offered. The
Metro Rate Group consists of those exchanges which have the availability of service through certain
facilities (EAS) into the metropolitan complex of Minneapolis-St. Paul. The outstate group will consist
of all other exchanges not having facilities into the metropolitan complex described above, except for
the exchanges of Cologne and Waconia which have EAS to the metropolitan complex. Extended Area
Service (EAS) rate additives, where applicable, for each exchange are set forth in Section 1.
The classes of service available are listed on Page 4. Business and residence customers will be
provided one-party service.
Exchange Line
Any line (circuit) directly or indirectly connecting an exchange station with a central office, Exchange
lines are subdivided as follows:
1. Central Office Line (or Trunk): A circuit connecting an individual line, private branch exchange
system, or key telephone system with a central office.
2. Extension Line: A circuit characteristically similar to an extension station line.
3. Extension Station Line: The circuit portion of an extension station; the extension line extends from
the extension service location to the main service location or a central connecting point of the main
station.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Exchange Line (Continued)
4. Main Station Line: The circuit portion of a main station; the main station line extends from the main
service location to the central office.
5. PBX Station Line: The circuit portion of a PBX station; the PBX station line extends from the PBX
station service location to the PBX switchboard or dial switching equipment.
6. Tie Line: A circuit connecting private branch exchange, and/or other types of communication
systems.
7. Key Trunk: An exchange line connected to a key telephone system.
Exchange Service
General telephone service is rendered in accordance with the Catalog in this provision. Exchange
service is a general term describing as a whole, the facilities for local intercommunications, together
with the right to send and receive a specified or an unlimited number of local messages at charges in
accordance with the provisions in this Catalog.
1. Extension Service: A classification of exchange service furnished to a customer, that is connected
on the same central office access line as a main station.
2. Flat Rate Service: A classification of exchange service furnished a customer under Catalog
provisions, for which a stipulated charge is made, regardless of the amount of use.
3. Foreign Central Office Service: A classification of exchange service furnished to a customer in a
multi-office exchange from a central office other than the one from which service would normally be
furnished.
4. Foreign Exchange Service: A classification of exchange service furnished to a customer from an
exchange other than the one from which he would normally be served.
5. Individual Line Service: A classification of exchange service which provides that only one main
station shall be served by the circuit connecting such station with the central office or other
switching unit.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Exchange Service (Continued)
6. Local Measured Service (measured rate): A classification of non-coin box exchange service which
is charged for on the basis of amount of use.
7. Payphone line service is a class of service furnished to individuals, firms or corporations which
permits connection of a customer-provided instrument that is activated by the deposit of coins,
cards, tokens or the entry of a customer account number, to the lines of the Company.
8. Touch-Tone Calling Service: A classification of exchange service whereby calls are originated
through the use of pushbuttons in lieu of a rotary dial.
Exchange Service Area
The area within which the Company furnishes complete local telephone service at the exchange rates
applicable within that area.
Extended Area Service
A type of telephone service furnished under Catalog provisions whereby customers of a given
exchange may complete calls to and/or may receive calls from one or more exchanges without the
application of long distance message telecommunications charges.
Harm
Electrical hazards to Company personnel, damage to Company facilities, malfunctions of Company
billing equipment, and degradation of service to persons other than the user of the service, as well as
the calling or called party.
Home Phone Warranty
Home Phone Warranty is an optional extended maintenance plan that provides residential customers
with repair or replacement services for residential telephone equipment.
Initial Service Period
The minimum period of time for which service and facilities are provided.
Interface
See Demarcation Point.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Integrated Services Digital Network – Basic Rate Interface (ISDN-BRI)
ISDN-BRI is a local exchange telecommunications service that provides integrated voice and data
communications capability. ISDN-BRI supports the simultaneous transmission of circuit switched
voice and circuit switched data over a single exchange access line. ISDN-BRI Service provides a
customer two B-channels with transmission speeds up to 64 Kbps each and one 16 Kbps D-channel.
Integrated Services Digital Network - Primary Rate Interface (ISDN-PRI)
ISDN-PRI provides a method of access to the telephone network called Primary Rate Access. Primary
Rate Access is an ISDN based, DS1 access link to the telecommunications network and provides
integration of multiple voice and data transmissions channels on the same line. ISDN-PRI Service
consists of twenty-three 64 Kbps B-channels and one 64 Kbps D-channel.
Jack
See Wired Outlet.
Joint User Service
A classification of exchange service furnished to a joint user in connection with customer’s exchange
service in accordance with Catalog provisions, but who would not otherwise be entitled to the use of
the service.
Key Telephone Systems (Multi-line Telephone Systems)
An arrangement of equipment in combination with telephone sets and associated keys, to connect the
associated telephone to any one of a limited number of exchange, PBX, inter-communicating or private
lines. Line indicating, signaling, holding features, etc., are, or may be, incorporated.
Lifeline
A program sponsored by the Federal Communications Commission which provides a reduction in the
price of basic local residential exchange access service to qualifying low-income subscribers.
LineGuard / Data LineGuard
LineGuard/Data LineGuard is a cost-effective way to maintain and repair inside wiring, telephone jacks,
and splitters and filters (Data LineGuard), as well as provide trouble isolation for customer owner
equipment.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Link-Up
A program sponsored by the Federal Communications Commission which provides a reduction in
residential service connection charges to qualifying low-income subscribers.
Local Service Area
The area within which telephone service is furnished customers under a specific schedule of exchange
rates (flat or measured) and without toll charges. A local service area may include one or more
exchange areas under extended area service arrangements.
Maintenance of Service Charge
The charge applicable for each visit to a customer's premises where a difficulty or trouble report is
caused by or results from customer provided equipment and facilities located on the customer's side of
the demarcation point.
N11 Services
Abbreviated three (3)-digit dialing codes which allow the caller to connect to a location in the local
telephone network that otherwise would be accessible only through a seven (7)-or ten (10)-digit
telephone number. The local telephone network must be preprogrammed to translate the three-digit
code into the appropriate seven- or ten-digit telephone number and route the call accordingly. Among
abbreviated dialing arrangements, “N11” codes are three-digit codes of which the first digit can be any
digit other than 0 or 1, and the last two digits are both 1. 0 and 1 are unavailable because those digits
are used for switching and routing. The following N11 codes have been designated by the FCC or by
the telephone industry for the purpose listed below:
N11 Code
211
311
411
511
611/811
711
911
011/111
Purpose
Allows access to community information and referral services. Designated by the FCC.
Allows access to non-emergency police and government services. Designated by the
FCC.
Traditionally allows access to local directory assistance services of local telephone
companies. Not designated by the FCC.
Allows access to traveler information services. Designated by the FCC.
Traditionally allows access to local telephone company repair and business offices. Not
designated by the FCC.
Allows access to Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS) for individuals with hearing or
speech disabilities. Designated by the FCC.
Federally mandated as the National Emergency Number and allows access to emergency
services. Designated by the FCC and ordered by the United States Congress.
Not available. “0” and “1” are used for switching and routing purposes.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Network Control Signaling
The transmission of signals used in the Company's exchange facilities which perform functions such as
supervision (control, status, and charging signals), address signaling (dialing), calling and called
number identification, audible tone signals (call progress signals indicating re-order or busy conditions,
alerting, coin denominations, coin collect and coin return tones) to control the operation of switching
machines in the telecommunications system.
Network Control Signaling Unit
The term "Network Control Signaling Unit" denotes the terminal equipment furnished for the provision
of network control signaling.
Network Interface Device (NID)
A device which readily permits the disconnection of customer-provided customer premise inside wiring
from the Company network through an industry registered jack of a type provided for in FCC Rules and
Regulations Part 68, for testing purposes, and is provided as part of the exchange access line.
Network Terminating Wire
Wire associated with a network service, which is installed upon customer request between the
predetermined demarcation point and the customer's chosen demarcation point and which is used to
connect the access line to the network interface.
Non-Published Telephone Number
A telephone number associated with an exchange station which at the request of the customer is not
listed in the telephone directory and is not made available to the general public by the Company.
Company employees will not complete nor place calls to non-published telephone numbers unless the
number is furnished by the calling party.
Non-System Premises Wiring
Wiring which is used with one and two-line business and residence services, located at the customer's
premises on the customer's side of the demarcation point. Non-system premise wiring, also referred to
as "simple inside wiring," is any inside wiring other than system premise (inside) wiring.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Non-System Premises Wiring (Continued)
Fully protected non-system premises wiring: Non-system premises wiring which is electrically behind
registered (or grandfathered) equipment or protective circuitry which assures that electrical contact
between the wiring and commercial power wiring or earth ground will not result in hazardous voltages
at the telephone network interface.
Unprotected non-system premises wiring: All other non-system premises wiring.
Plug
A contact member of the end of an electrical cord which terminates the cord conductors. It can be
inserted into a fixed jack, connector, or receptacle to make temporary connections with the conductors
they terminate.
Premises
The term premise denotes the portions occupied by a customer in a building or group of buildings on
the same continuous property. Customer designated premise denotes the premises specified by the
customer for the provision of access service.
Premises Cable
All telephone cable beyond the demarcation point on the same continuous property that runs between
buildings and between floors in buildings. Premises cable is sometimes referred to as house riser
cable.
Rate Center
A specified geographical location within an exchange area from which mileage measurements are
determined for the application of rates between Exchange Service Areas.
Registered Protective Circuitry
Separate, identifiable and discrete electrical circuitry designed to protect the telephone network from
harm, which is registered in accordance with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations.
Registered Terminal Equipment
Terminal equipment which is registered in accordance with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 14
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Service Connection Charge
A non-recurring charge applying to the establishment of service for a customer and certain subsequent
additions to that service.
Simple Inside Wire
See non-system premise wiring.
Single Ended Terminal Device
A terminal device which terminates only one line or channel at a given time (example - headset).
Station
The network control signaling unit and any other equipment provided at a customer's premise location
which enables the sending and/or receiving of communications.
1. Main Station: A station, directly connected by means of an individual line or party line with a
central office.
2. Extension Station: An additional station connected on the same circuit as the main station and
subsidiary thereto.
3. Private Branch Exchange Station: A station connected with a private branch exchange
switchboard or dial switching equipment.
4. Private Branch Exchange Extension Station: A telephone set which is bridged to the same line as
the PBX station.
5. Private Branch Exchange Interior Station: A station that cannot originate or receive local or long
distance calls either directly or through an attendant.
6. Private Branch Exchange Trunk Line: See Exchange Line.
Standard Jacks
See Wired Outlet.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 15
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Suspension of Service
An arrangement made at the request of the customer, or initiated by the Company for violation of
Catalog regulations by the customer, for temporarily interrupting service. During the period of
suspension, the Company's equipment remains at the customer's location; the service is rendered
inoperable. Facilities are reserved in anticipation that normal service will be resumed at some future
date.
System Premises (Inside) Wiring
Wiring located on the customer's side of a demarcation point associated with private branch exchange
and key telephone equipment where three or more central office access lines are used in association
with the interior wiring between associated equipment. System premise inside wiring includes all cable
and wire and its associated components which connect station components to one another or to the
common equipment of a PBX or a key system. System premise inside wiring is also referred to as
complex inside wire. Three systems are deregulated as determined in Part 68 of the FCC Rules and
Regulations. The three types of system premises (inside) wiring are:
1. Fully protected system premises wiring,
2. Protected system premises wiring requiring acceptance testing for imbalance,
3. Unprotected system premises wiring.
Telecommunications Service
The services offered by the Company accessing the exchange switching network, including, but not
limited to those services covered by the General Exchange, Local Exchange, Message Toll, Wide Area
Telephone Service, Private Line and Mobile Telephone Service Catalogs.
Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP)
Denotes the regulatory, administrative, and operational system developed by the Federal Government
to ensure priority provisioning and/or restoration of National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP)
telecommunications services. The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) defines NSEP
telecommunications services as those services which are used to maintain a state of readiness or to
respond to and manage any event or crisis, which causes or could cause harm to the population,
damage to or loss of property, or degrades or threatens the NSEP posture of the United States. The
TSP System’s applicability is limited to telecommunication services which the Company can discretely
identify for priority provisioning and/or restoration. See Section 13 of the Access Service Catalog for
regulations, rates and charges
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 16
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
4. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Telephone Number
A designation assigned to a main station, central office line, or trunk for convenience in placing calls
and for identification in the assessment of message charges, etc.
Wired Outlet
Data or voice jacks required under Part 68 of the F.C.C. Rules and Regulations for all connections of
registered terminal equipment to the telephone network. Also includes connecting blocks or other
material necessary to connect a telephone instrument or auxiliary device to the telephone line, located
on the customer’s side of the demarcation point.
5. DESIGNATION OF TELEPHONE NUMBER/CENTRAL OFFICE
The customer has no property right in the telephone number or any right to continuance of service
through any certain central office and the Company may change the telephone number or the central
office designation whenever it deems it desirable in the conduct of its business.
6. DISCONTINUANCE OF SERVICE DUE TO NON-PAYMENT
When service has been discontinued for non-payment, the contract is considered to have been
terminated. Re-establishment of service may be made only upon the execution of a new contract.
Should service be suspended for non-payment of charges, restoration of service will be made only as
prescribed under "Restoration of Service."
7. EQUIPMENT AND LINES FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY
Equipment and lines furnished by the Company, on the premises of a customer or authorized users,
are the property of the Company, and are provided upon the condition that such equipment and lines,
except as expressly provided for in this Catalog, must be installed, relocated and maintained by the
Company and that the Company employees, and agents, may enter said premises at any reasonable
hour to make collections from coin boxes, to install, inspect or repair any part of the Company's
equipment and lines. Such equipment shall not be used for any toll or consideration to be paid by any
other person other than the customer, nor for the performing of any part of the work of transmitting,
delivering or collecting any message, where any toll or consideration has been or is to be paid any
party other than the Company, without the written consent of the Company.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 17
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
8. EXCHANGE TELEPHONE SERVICE
Exchange telephone service is the furnishing of facilities for telecommunications within an exchange in
accordance with the regulations and system of charges specified in this Catalog.
9. EXCLUSIVE USE OF TELEPHONE SERVICE
Telephone service is furnished for the exclusive use of the customer, employees, agents or
representatives of the customer or members of the customer's domestic establishment except for joint
user service, pay telephone service or as otherwise specified in this Catalog. The Company will not
install or permit exchange service to remain at locations where the use of such service will be by the
general public. Customers will discourage the use of their telephone by others and repeated violations
of its intended use may be sufficient cause to terminate the contract.
10. EXPLANATION OF SYMBOLS
(C) Change in Regulation or Practice
(D) Discontinued Rate, Regulation or Practice
(I) Increase in Rate
(L) Material relocated from or to another part of catalog with no change in text, rate, regulation or
practice.
(N) New Rate, Regulation or Practice
(R) Reduction in Rate
(T) Changed Text
(Z) To signify a correction
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 18
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
11. INITIAL SERVICE PERIODS
The minimum initial service period for all service and equipment is one month except as hereinafter
provided.
A. Special Construction
Where special construction is necessary and when it is reasonable to assume that the facilities so
provided cannot be reassigned to another customer upon the termination of such service, the
Company may at its option quote initial service periods.
B. Directory Listings And Joint User
The initial service period for extra listings and joint user service, where the listings appear in the
directory, is for the directory period except as follows:
1. When the main service is terminated.
2. When the listed party subscribes to a class of main station service under his name.
3. In case the listed party or joint user moves to a new location where he is not readily accessible
to the subscriber’s station.
4. When the listing is on the information records only and not in a published directory, the initial
service period shall be one month.
12. INSTALLATION GUARANTEES
The credits will exclude natural disasters, negligent or intentional acts of customers or third parties,
events outside the control of the Company, or circumstances that present endangerment to the safety
of Company employees.
A. Install - Simple Primary
If the Company fails to provide Simple Primary Service in two (2) business days or the customer
requested date with facilities available; thirty (30) calendar days or the customer requested date
without facilities available, the Company will provide to the affected customer on day three (3) or
thirty-one (31), which ever is applicable, or on the day following the customer requested installation
date, whichever is later:
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 19
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
12. INSTALLATION GUARANTEES (Continued)
A. Install - Simple Primary (Continued)
1. a $5 per day credit, up to a maximum of $105 per month, for each day the service is not
installed. On and after the 8th day, the customer has a choice of whether to receive a $10 per
day credit or receive use of a cellular phone at no charge. (When the 8th day falls on a
Saturday, Sunday, or a state holiday, the cellular phone need not be delivered until the next
business day.) The maximum total credit shall be $105.
2. remote call forwarding to a cellular or other phone number designated by the customer, or to a
voice mailbox where technically feasible to be provided by the Company at no charge.
3. a directory assistance listing for the new telephone number subject to the delayed installation,
provided by the Company at no charge.
4. credit for the installation charges associated with the Primary Service at the time of installation.
B. Install - Medical Needs
For persons with a medical need the options detailed under Install - Simple Primary, including the
cellular phone, or equivalent local service, will be provided without charge after two (2) business
days whether or not facilities exist, until such time the installation is accomplished. Such service
will include unlimited local calling, but may have blocked toll and roaming. The Company may
require a doctor's notice as evidence of a medical need.
C. Install - Simple Additional
For customers ordering Simple Additional Service, if the Company fails to provide service in a
timely manner [with facilities - three (3) business days, or date requested by the customer, which
ever is later; without facilities - thirty (30) calendar days or date requested by the customer] the
Company will provide:
1. credit for installation charges at the time of installation; and
2. remote call forwarding to cellular or other local telephone number or to a voice mailbox where
technically feasible to be provided by the Company at no charge; and
3. a directory assistance listing for the phone number subject to the delayed installation, provided
by the Company at no charge.
D. Install - Complex
For customers ordering Complex Service, if the due date as specified in the Company’s tariff or as
negotiated between the Company and the customer is missed, the installation fee associated with
the requested Regulated Service will be waived.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 20
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
13. LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY
A. In view of the possibility of errors and difficulties in the transmission of messages by telephone and
the impossibility of fixing in all cases the causes thereof, the customer assumes all risks connected
with the service, as the Company cannot guarantee uninterrupted working of its lines and
instruments. In case service is interrupted in excess of 24 hours, other than by the negligence or
willful act of the customer or interruptions caused by customer-provided facilities, a prorata
allowance is made, computed on the basis of the minimum monthly rate for telephone service,
equipment, and facilities furnished as are rendered useless or inoperative. Such allowance is
made for the period of interruption after notice in writing is received by the Company. No other
liability shall in any case be attached to the Company, except as identified in H. following.
B. In the adjustment of charges for over-billing by the Company, a refund will be made of the full
amount of excess charges when such amount can be determined from available records. When
the period during which over-billing has been effective cannot be fixed from available records, the
maximum refund will not exceed an amount equal to such over-billing for a three-year period.
C. No liability shall be attached to the Company by reason of any defacement or damage to the
customer's premise resulting from the existence of facilities furnished by the Company on the
premises, or the installation or removal of such facilities, when defacement or damage is not the
result of negligence on the part of the Company or its employees.
D. When suitable arrangements can be made, lines of other telephone companies may be used in
conjunction with the Company's lines in establishing wire connections to points not reached by the
Company's lines. In establishing connections with the lines of other companies, the Company will
not be responsible or liable for any action of the connecting company.
E. The Company will not transmit messages, but offers the use of its facilities when available, and will
not be liable for errors in transmission or for failure to establish connections. Employees of the
Company are forbidden to accept either oral or written messages to be transmitted over the lines of
the Company.
F. The Company reserves the right to cancel any contract for service with, and to discontinue service
to, any person who uses or permits the use of profane, obscene or grossly abusive language over
or by means of the Company's facilities, and who, after reasonable notice, fails, neglects, or
refuses to cease or refrain from such practice or to prevent the same, and to disconnect its
property from the premises of such person.
G. If at any future time a municipality acquires the legal right to impose an occupation tax, license tax,
permit fee, franchise fee or other similar charge upon the Company, and imposes the same by
ordinance or otherwise, such taxes, fees or charges shall be billed to the telephone customers
receiving service within the territorial limits of such municipality. Such billing shall allocate the tax,
fee or charge among customers uniformly on the basis of each customers monthly charges for the
types of service made subject to such tax, fee or charge.
H. The Company issues directories to assist in furnishing prompt and convenient service, but it does
not guarantee correct listings therein. The Company, except as provided herein, shall not be liable
for damages arising out of errors in or omissions from its directories. The liability of the Company
for damages caused to customers by errors in or omissions from its directories shall be limited to
one-half the charges for the service affected for the period between the issuance of the directory in
which such error or omission occurred and the publication of a new directory containing the proper
listing.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 21
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
13. LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY (Continued)
I.
The Company will make reasonable efforts to cure any material failure to provide service caused
by year 2000 defects in the Company hardware, software or systems. In light of the
interdependence among telecommunications providers and the interrelationship with nonCompany processes, equipment and systems, the Company will make reasonable efforts to work
with customers and other telecommunications providers to avoid year 2000 failures. The
Company is not responsible for losses caused by failures which the Company has taken
reasonable steps to avoid.
14. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
A. The Company's obligation to furnish telephone service is dependent upon its ability to procure and
retain suitable facilities and rights for the construction and maintenance of the necessary circuits.
Whenever suitable facilities are insufficient to furnish service to all who may apply, facilities will first
be made available in accordance with regulations set forth in Section 13 of the Access Service
Tariff concerning Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP).
B. Company provided protective circuitry will be directly connected in accordance with Part 68 of the
FCC Rules and Regulations which requires the installation of a standard plug and jack
arrangement.
15. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CUSTOMER
A. The customer shall pay monthly in advance or on demand all charges for exchange service and
equipment and shall pay on demand all charges for toll service. The customer assumes
responsibility for all charges for exchange service and toll messages originating at the customer's
station, and for messages received at the customer's station on which the charges have been
reversed with the consent of the person called.
B. All charges due by the customer are payable by the customer at the Company's Commercial Office
or at any other agency duly authorized to receive such payments. If objection in writing is not
received by the Company within 18 days after the bill is rendered, the amount shall be deemed
correct and binding upon the customer.
A late pay charge of 3% will apply to each customer's bill when the previous month's bill has an
unpaid balance; this excludes any amount billed as taxes which the Company collects on behalf of
local governments.
C. Equipment furnished by the Company shall upon termination of service, from any cause
whatsoever, be in good condition, reasonable wear and tear thereof excepted. The customer is
billed the cost of each piece of apparatus injured or destroyed otherwise than by unavoidable
accident.
D. Devices provided by the customer to obtain quietness or privacy may be used in conjunction with
the telephone instrument provided any such device does not involve direct electrical connection to
the equipment of the Company, except in accordance with Part 68 of the FCC Rules and
Regulations.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 22
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
15. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CUSTOMER (Continued)
E. The customer may use devices which service his convenience in his use of the facilities of the
Company in the service for which they are furnished under this Catalog, provided any such device
so used, in the opinion of the Company, would not endanger the safety of Company employees or
the public; damage, require change in or alteration of, or involve direct electrical connection to
(except as provided for elsewhere in this Catalog) the equipment or other facilities of the Company;
or interfere with the proper functioning of such equipment or facilities; or impair the operation of the
telephone system or otherwise injure the public in its use of the Company's services.
F. Suitable commercial power, power wiring and outlets, housing, heat, light and ventilation and
conduit as required for the operation of telephone equipment used by a customer in or on his
premises and grounds shall be provided, i.e. furnished, installed and maintained, by and at the
expense of the customer.
16. REPAIR GUARANTEES
The credits will exclude natural disasters, negligent or intentional acts of customers or third parties,
events outside the control of the Company, or circumstances that present endangerment to the safety
of Company employees.
A. Repeat Trouble Reports
If more than two (2) substantiated Trouble Reports are found on a customer’s access line, Simple
Primary Service, Simple Additional Service or Complex Service, in any six month period, the
Company will credit that customer with one month of free basic local service for the lines affected.
B. Out-Of-Service Repair
If the Company fails to repair any residential access line for Simple Primary Service or Simple
Additional Service within forty-eight (48) hours of notification, the Company will provide the affected
customer a $5/day credit for each additional day out of service, until the 8th day. On and after the
8th day, the customer has a choice of whether to receive a $10 per day credit or receive use of a
cellular phone at no charge. (When the 8th day falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a state holiday, the
cellular phone need not be delivered until the next business day.) The maximum total credit shall
be $105. The Company will also provide, at no charge, remote call forwarding to another number
or company provided voice mailbox where technically feasible, as desired by the customer.
If the Company fails to repair any business access line for Simple Primary Service or Simple
Additional Service within twenty-four (24) hours of notification, 25% of that month’s fee for the
service affected will be credited to the customer’s account. If the Company fails to repair any
business access line for Simple Primary Service within twenty-four (24) hours of notification, the
Company will provide a minimum alternative service at no charge until the service interruption is
restored. Minimum alternative service shall include, but is not limited to, the use of a cellular phone,
remote call forwarding to another number or company-provided voice mail box where technically
feasible, as agreed to by the Company and the customer. These provisions can be superseded by
agreement of the Company and the customer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 23
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
16. REPAIR GUARANTEES (Continued)
B. Out-Of-Service Repair (Continued)
If the Company fails to repair any access line for Complex Service within twenty-four (24) hours of
notification, the Company will provide the customer a 25% credit for that month’s fee for the
Regulated Services affected. In addition, if the primary number listed in the telephone directory is
Out-of-Service for this period, the Company will provide a minimum alternative service at no
charge until the service interruption is restored. This alternative service may include, but not
limited to remote call forwarding to another number or a company-provided voice mailbox where
technically feasible, as agreed to by the Company and the customer. These provisions can be
superseded by agreement of the Company and the customer.
Simple Primary Service customers remaining out of service after seven (7) days, will be provided
the option of a cellular phone or equivalent local service or continuing the $5 per day credit
referenced above where applicable on day eight (8). The cellular or equivalent local service option
will not be made available if the customer has local telephone service through an additional line.
Under current Commission rules, the Company is obligated to provide customers with a pro rata
daily adjustment for each day service is out beyond twenty-four hours. Therefore, the Company
will provide a customer with a pro rata adjustment for the first and second days of a service
interruption. On the third day, the Company will provide the customer with either a $5 a day credit,
if applicable, or a pro rata adjustment, whichever is greater.
C. Medical Needs-Repair
For persons with a medical need a cellular phone or equivalent service will be provided on the next
business day until such time that the repair is made. Such service is in addition to other remedies,
and will include unlimited local calling but may have blocked toll and roaming. The Company may
require a doctor's notice as evidence of a medical need.
D. Customer Commitments-Repair
As compensation for missing a dispatched repair commitment for a Regulated Service, the
Company will provide one (l) month of free basic local service.
17. SCOPE OF TELECOMMUNICATION SERVICES CATALOG
The Telecommunication Services Catalog, hereby referred to as the Catalog, applies to all exchanges
except as otherwise provided by this Catalog or by any supplement thereto. The rules and regulations
specified herein are in addition to the rules and regulations contained in other sections of the
Company’s Catalog.
18. SPECIAL TERMINAL EQUIPMENT FUNDING
A. The Special Terminal Equipment Funding Program will be available for the use of disabled persons
who have been certified to the Company as having an impairment which necessitates that they
communicate by special terminal equipment.
B. Funding up to $1,200.00 will be available for the purchase of the equipment used with residence
service provided to a customer of Embarq Minnesota Inc.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 24
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
18. SPECIAL TERMINAL EQUIPMENT FUNDING (Continued)
C. The contracted funding may be with a disabled customer, parent or legal guardian of a disabled
person or customer furnishing service for use by a disabled person residing in the customer's
household.
D. The Company check for purchase of terminal equipment shall be made payable to the seller of
subject equipment.
E. Customers shall have sole and exclusive responsibility for the installation, operation and
maintenance of any special terminal equipment. The Company shall have no responsibility for
repairing or maintaining the terminal equipment.
F. The Company will have the right to deny funding if it is determined the equipment will be
excessively costly for the customer to maintain, will cause electrical hazards to Company
personnel, damage to Company equipment, malfunction of Company billing equipment,
degradation of service to persons other than the user of the subject terminal equipment, or where
the Company equipment or facilities, or both, required to provide service are not available, and
their provision entirely at the expense of the Company would not, in the opinion of the Company,
constitute a prudent investment.
G. The Company shall not be liable to the customer or anyone else for any consequential or actual
loss, damage or expense directly or indirectly caused by the equipment or arising from the
customer's ownership, use of or inability to use the equipment, except in cases of the Company's
willful and intentional act.
H. The Company excludes any express or implied warranties on the terminal equipment being
purchased including any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
I.
Payment method is as follows:
1. Funding, including interest, shall be repaid in equal monthly installments not to exceed 60
months. Minimum monthly installments will be $5.00.
2. The customer, parent or legal guardian will have the option to prepay the entire unpaid balance
at any time.
3. If a customer, parent or legal guardian fails to pay any of the installments when due, the
Company shall not disconnect main line service.
4.
Upon default of the loan, the Company shall retain any monthly installments paid.
5.
If the main line residence service, used by the disabled person, is terminated, at the option of
the Company the entire unpaid balance under the funding plan may be declared due and
payable.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 25
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
19. SUSPENSION OF SERVICE OR TERMINATION OF CUSTOMER CONTRACT
The Company may either suspend service or terminate the customer contract without suspension of
service or, following a suspension of service, sever the connection and remove any of its equipment
from the customer's premises upon:
A. Abandonment of the service.
B. Failure of a customer to make suitable deposit required by the Company as authorized by this
Catalog.
C. Impersonation of another with fraudulent intent.
D. Use of service in such a way as to impair or interfere with the service of other customers; such
improper use includes, but is not limited to, the making of nuisance calls and the use of telephone
service by a customer, or with his permission, in connection with a plan or contrivance to secure a
large volume of telephone calls, to be directed to such customer at or about the same time
resulting in preventing, obstructing, or delaying the telephone service of others.
E. Any other violation of the Company's rules and regulations applying to customer's contracts or to
the furnishing of service.
F. Violation of Part 68 of the FCC Rules and Regulations pertaining to connection of FCC registered
terminal equipment. Such violations may cause a temporary discontinuance of service.
20. UNAUTHORIZED ATTACHMENT/CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT
No equipment, apparatus, circuit or device not furnished by the Company shall be attached to or
connected with the facilities furnished by the Company, whether physically, by induction or otherwise,
except as provided in this Catalog. In case such unauthorized attachment or connection is made, the
Company shall have the right to remove or disconnect the same; or to suspend the service during the
continuance of said attachments or connections; or to terminate the service.
21. USE OF COMPANY FACILITIES WITH ANNOUNCEMENT SERVICES
Use of Company facilities or service in connection with automatic announcement service, automatic
answering and recording service, recorder-coupler service or miscellaneous devices for recorded
public announcements are subject to the following conditions:
A. For purposes of identification, customers to telephone service who transmit recorded public
announcements over facilities provided by the Company must include in the recorded message the
name of the organization or individual responsible for the service and the address at which those
responsible for the transmitted recorded announcement may be contacted.
B. Customer transmitting factual public announcements such as Time, Stock Market quotations,
Airline schedules and similar information are excluded from the preceding condition.
C. Non-published telephone service will not be furnished for use with recorded public
announcements.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 26
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
21. USE OF COMPANY FACILITIES WITH ANNOUNCEMENT SERVICES (Continued)
D. Failure to comply with the provisions of this Catalog shall be cause for termination of the service.
22. SCHOOL AND LIBRARY DISCOUNTS
Pursuant to Docket No. P-999/M-97-832 and to FCC Docket No. 96-45, FCC 97-157 (Universal
Service Order), schools and libraries may be eligible for reduced rates funded by the federal universal
service fund.
A. General
The Universal Service Support Mechanism was established to ensure affordable
telecommunications service to all Americans including low-income consumers and eligible
schools and libraries. Public and private schools (grades Kindergarten — Twelve) and public
libraries, may be eligible for discounts (Support) through the Schools and Libraries Universal
Service Support Mechanism (E-Rate Program) in connection with the purchase of Company
services and equipment (Service). In addition, these Customers may be eligible for state or local
corollaries to the E-Rate Program.
B. Application for Support
1. E-Rate Program
The Customer will abide by all E-Rate Program rules for receipt of Support. The Customer is
responsible for applying to the Schools and Libraries Division (SLD) of the Universal Service
Administrative Company (or other authorized E-Rate Program administrator) for Support
from the E-Rate program each year the Customer is eligible for the Support. The Customer
will notify the Company in writing within 30 days of its receipt of a Funding Commitment
Decision Letter from the SLD along with a copy of the notice and other relevant
documentation as requested by the Company.
2. Other Funding Sources
The Customer is responsible for applying for Support from state and/or local administrators
(Funding Sources). The Customer will notify the Company in writing within 30 days of its
receipt of a Support commitment from such Funding Sources and will include a copy of its
application, Funding Source Support documentation, and other relevant documentation as
requested by the Company.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 27
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
22. SCHOOL AND LIBRARY DISCOUNTS (Continued)
C. Receipt of Support
1. E-Rate Program
The Customer will pay, in full, all invoices issued by the Company prior to the Company’s
receipt of notification from the Funding Source acknowledging the Customer’s receipt of
Service. Upon notification, the Company will apply discounts to the Customer’s invoices or
reimburse the Customer according to the Funding Commitment Decision Letter. The
Customer is responsible to apply for SLD reimbursement (instead of receiving discounted
Company bills) for all eligible customer premise equipment rentals or other financed
arrangements. The Company reserves the right to require the Customer to seek SLD
reimbursement (instead of receiving discounted Company bills) if the Customer has not
received its Funding Commitment Decision Letter from the SLD by December 31 of the
funding year. All discounts or reimbursements will be retroactive to the date authorized by
the SLD funding year. The Company will either apply a credit to the Customer’s account or
provide the Customer with a check corresponding to the appropriate amount of Support
based on Service received.
2. Other Funding Sources
The Customer will pay, in full, all invoices issued by the Company prior to the Company’s
receipt of notification from the Funding Source acknowledging the Customer’s receipt of
Service. Upon notification, the Company will apply discounts or reimburse the Customer for
Service delivered corresponding to the Funding Source acknowledgement. These discounts
or reimbursements will be retroactive to the date authorized by the Funding Source funding
year. The Company may reimburse the Customer with a credit to the Customer’s account or
with a check corresponding to the appropriate amount of Support based on Service
received.
D. Failed to Obtain Support
1. The Customer will reimburse the Company if the FCC, SLD or Funding Sources fail to do so
or if the FCC, SLD or Funding Sources reclaim any portion of Support sent to the Company
on Customer’s behalf. Customer will not be responsible for Support withdrawn due to the
Company’s material failure to provide Service.
2. The Company is not responsible for the Customer’s compliance with FCC, SLD or Funding
Source rules and regulations, the Customer’s applications for Support, or any decisions or
actions by the FCC, SLD or Funding Sources with respect to the Customer.
3. For Service agreements of more than one year, the Customer may not terminate the
Agreement based solely on its failure to receive Support.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: GRR
Page No.: 28
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS
23. SPECIAL PRICING
A. General
A customer may be charged a price other than a price in the Tariff when differences in the cost of
providing a service or service elements justify a different price for a particular customer, or when
uniform prices should not be required because of market conditions.
B. List of Services
Special Pricing may be applied to price regulated and flexibility-priced services, which are identified
in the Classification section of this Tariff and described elsewhere in this Tariff.
24. Trademarks and Service Marks
Below is a list of trademarks and/or service marks for services which are offered in this Tariff. These
trademarks and/or service marks are owned by Embarq Corporation and are used by Embarq
Communications, Inc. with express permission. These designations will not be listed hereafter in the
Tariff. However, the laws regarding trademarks and service marks will still apply. Trademarks and
service marks that are owned by Embarq Corporation cannot be used by another party without
authorization.
EMBARQTM
EMBARQSM
25. Residence Service for Company Employees
The same rules and regulations are applicable to employees and retirees of the Company as are
applicable to the general public. Certain telephone services will be furnished to Company
employees and Company retirees at reduced rates as authorized by Company practices and
procedures.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: Index
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INDEX
Services
Section
211 Service for Information and Referral Service.................................................
9
311 Service ...........................................................................................................
9
511 Service for Travel Information Services .........................................................
9
711 Service for Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS) ................................
9
900 Service Access Restriction ............................................................................
8
911 Information Verification ..................................................................................
9
911 Service ...........................................................................................................
9
Abnormal Construction..........................................................................................
4
Adjacent Exchange Service ..................................................................................
2
Advance Payments and Deposits .........................................................................GRR
Answer Supervision ..............................................................................................
2
Application of Rates for Business and Residence Service ...................................GRR
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Service....................................................... 25
Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) Service ............................................................. 21
Bad Check Charge................................................................................................
3
Basic Access Line Rates.......................................................................................
1
Billed Number Screening ......................................................................................
8
Busy Verification Service ......................................................................................
6
Call Forwarding ..................................................................................................... 15
Call Forwarding-Busy............................................................................................ 15
Call Forwarding-No Answer .................................................................................. 15
Call Trace .............................................................................................................. 10
Call Waiting ........................................................................................................... 15
Call Waiting Control .............................................................................................. 15
Call Waiting ID ...................................................................................................... 15
Caller ID ................................................................................................................ 15
Caller ID Blocking..................................................................................................
8
Caller ID with Name .............................................................................................. 15
Centrex Service..................................................................................................... 19
Centrex Service II.................................................................................................. 27
Change in Responsibility.......................................................................................
3
Coin Control ..........................................................................................................
2
Combined Main Station Service............................................................................
2
Connection of Customer-Provided Equipment......................................................GRR
Custom Calling Features....................................................................................... 15
Page No.
29
21
36
15
1
3
1
1
1
1
19
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
5
1
4
4
11
10
2
10
1
1
2
18
2
3
3
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: Index
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INDEX
Services
Section
Derived Channel Services..................................................................................... 13
Designation of Telephone Number/Central Office ................................................GRR
Digilink Service...................................................................................................... 26
Digital Trunking Service ........................................................................................ 22
Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service ...................................................................... 20
Directory Assistance (D.A.) Service...................................................................... 17
Directory Assistance Call Completion (DACC) Service ........................................ 17
Directory Listings...................................................................................................
5
Directory Number Transfer.................................................................................... 15
Discontinuance of Service Due to Non-Payment..................................................GRR
Emergency Conference Systems .........................................................................
9
Equipment and Lines Furnished by the Company................................................GRR
Exchange Classification ........................................................................................
1
Exchange Telephone Service ...............................................................................GRR
Exclusive Use of Telephone Service ....................................................................GRR
Explanation of Symbols.........................................................................................GRR
ExpressTouch Features ........................................................................................ 15
Extended Area Service (EAS)...............................................................................
2
Extended Area Service (EAS) Rates ....................................................................
1
Extension Services................................................................................................
7
Flat Rate Local Service .........................................................................................
1
Foreign Central Office Service ..............................................................................
2
Foreign Exchange Service ....................................................................................
2
Frame Relay Service............................................................................................. 24
GRR - General Rules and Regulations.................................................................GRR
Hold and Trace...................................................................................................... 10
Hot Line/Warm Line .............................................................................................. 15
Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions ..................................... 13
Initial Service Periods............................................................................................GRR
Installation Guarantees .........................................................................................GRR
Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN).......................................................... 23
Intercom Service ................................................................................................... 15
Joint User Service .................................................................................................
2
Joint User Service Rates.......................................................................................
1
Liability of the Company........................................................................................GRR
Lifeline Assistance ................................................................................................
2
Lightlink Service .................................................................................................... 26
Link-Up Service Connection Program...................................................................
2
Local Access Service ............................................................................................
2
Local Exchange Service........................................................................................
2
Local Operator Assistance ....................................................................................
6
Page No.
1
16
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
16
12
16
1
17
17
17
9
3
3
1
1
6
7
1
1
2
6
1
18
18
1
6
9
4
20
26
1
10
13
1
2
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: Index
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INDEX
Services
Section
Maintenance of Service.........................................................................................
3
Market Trials ......................................................................................................... 11
Minnesota Telephone Assistance Plan.................................................................
2
Music On Hold....................................................................................................... 19
N11 Service...........................................................................................................
9
National Directory Assistance (NDA) Service ....................................................... 17
Non-Listed Listings................................................................................................
5
Non-Published Listings .........................................................................................
5
Obligations of the Company..................................................................................GRR
Obligations of the Customer..................................................................................GRR
Optional Local Measured Service (OLMS) ...........................................................
2
Optional Local Measured Service (OLMS) Rates .................................................
1
Payphone Access Line..........................................................................................
1
Payphone Line Service .........................................................................................
2
Planned Dwellings.................................................................................................
4
Primary Listings.....................................................................................................
5
Privacy ID ..............................................................................................................
3
Private Branch Exchange Service ........................................................................
2
Rate Centers .........................................................................................................
1
Rates for Mobile DID Numbers ............................................................................. 14
Rates for Mobile Paging DID Numbers................................................................. 14
Remote Call Forward ............................................................................................ 15
Repair Guarantees................................................................................................GRR
Repeat Dialing....................................................................................................... 15
Residence Service for Company Employees........................................................GRR
Restoration of Service...........................................................................................
3
Return Call ............................................................................................................ 15
Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service ................................
9
Right-of-Way on Private Property .........................................................................
4
Rotary Hunt Service .............................................................................................. 10
Rural Line Extension .............................................................................................
2
Page No.
1
2
13
8
1
1
1
2
21
21
15
2
1
17
2
2
3
17
5
1
1
6
22
12
28
1
7
8
2
3
22
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: Index
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INDEX
Services
Section
Satisfaction Guarantee Program...........................................................................
3
School and Library Discounts ...............................................................................GRR
Scope of Telecommunication Services Catalog ...................................................GRR
Seasonal Service ..................................................................................................
2
Selective Call Forward .......................................................................................... 15
Selective Call Rejection ........................................................................................ 15
Selective Call Ring ................................................................................................ 15
Selective Class of Call Screening ......................................................................... 15
Service Connection Charges ................................................................................ 12
SignalRing ............................................................................................................. 15
Simplified Message Desk Interface (SMDI) .......................................................... 18
Solutions................................................................................................................ 27
Special Assemblies ...............................................................................................
4
Special Attachments .............................................................................................
4
Special Billing Number Service............................................................................. 15
Special Equipment ................................................................................................
4
Special Promotions ............................................................................................... 11
Special Terminal Equipment Funding ...................................................................GRR
Special Types of Outside Construction.................................................................
4
Speed Dial 8.......................................................................................................... 15
Speed Dial 30........................................................................................................ 15
Suspension of Service or Termination of Customer Contract...............................GRR
Talking Call Waiting ..............................................................................................
3
Telecommunications Access Minnesota (TAM)....................................................
2
Telephone Number Change..................................................................................
3
Temporary Construction........................................................................................
4
Three-Way Calling ................................................................................................ 15
Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction .......................................................................
8
Toll Restriction ......................................................................................................
8
Translink Service................................................................................................... 26
Unauthorized Attachment/Connection of Equipment............................................GRR
Use of Company Facilities with Announcement Services.....................................GRR
Vanity Listings .......................................................................................................
5
Page No.
5
26
23
24
12
12
13
23
1
6
1
11
3
3
23
3
1
23
3
7
7
25
4
25
2
4
7
5
4
1
25
25
4
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 1
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE AND EAS RATES
1.
BASIC ACCESS LINE RATES
A.
Flat Rated Local Service(1)
The rates listed in the schedule below include Touch-Tone service; however, do not include
Extended Area Service additives, Station Instruments or other miscellaneous charges.
Class
of Service
Outstate
Monthly Rate
Metro
Monthly Rate
Installation
Charge (2)
$14.59
29.18
29.18
33.92
22.48
$19.00
43.00
43.00
43.00
43.00
Residence
$14.59
Business
29.18
Payphone Access Line
29.18
Trunk
33.92
School Classroom Service (a) 22.48
1.
B.
School classroom service is one party flat rate local exchange access line service
offered to public schools that conduct classes within the range of kindergarten through
12th grade pursuant to Minnesota Statute Section 237.065. This additional service is
available to ensure access to telephone service from each classroom and other areas
within the school, as determined by the school board. Existing service provided to all
areas of the school prior to the effective date of this Catalog will be billed at current
rates. Upon approval by the school board, this service must be installed in all remaining
classrooms within the school and other areas within the school, as determined by the
school board, within the time period specified by the Company. This service is not
available in areas within the school where telephone service is used for business
administrative purposes of the school.
Exchange Classification
Metro Exchanges
Chaska
Cologne
Hastings
Norwood
Osseo
Rogers
St. Michael
Victoria
Waconia
Howard Lake
Outstate Exchanges
Aitkin
Alexandria
Altura
Bennettville
Benson
Browerville
Brownton
Buffalo Lake
Carlos
Cokato
Crosby
Dassel
Deerwood
Elgin
Eyota
Glencoe
Granite Falls
Grove City
Holmes City
Lake City
Lester Prairie
Lewiston
Long Prairie
Millville
New Richland
Plainview
Plato
Rollingstone
Silver Lake
St. James
Stewart
Villard
Waldorf
Zumbro Falls
(1)
The applicable Flat Rate Local Service and EAS monthly rates will appear as a single item on the
customer's bill.
(2)
Installation Intervals Guarantees are found in Section GRR, page 18.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 1
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE AND EAS RATES
1.
BASIC ACCESS LINE RATES (Continued)
C. Optional Local Measured Service
The rates listed in the schedule below are for Optional Local Measured Service only. They include
Touch-Tone Service and applicable Extended Area Service rates. The usage charges for same
exchange or EAS calls follow.
Residence
Business(1)
Trunk
Metro
Outstate
$9.00
9.00
$16.11
16.11
$17.90
17.90
Installation Charge
19.00
43.00
43.00
Usage charges which consider frequency, duration, distance, and time-of-day are in addition to the
basic access line charge. The usage charges for calls within the existing non-toll calling area are
listed below.
Usage
Same Exchange
EAS
*
1st MOU*
$ .04
.05
Add'l MOU*
$ .01
.02
Time of Day Discounts
For calls placed in the below listed time periods, discounted charges will apply as described:
Time
Night (10 P.M. - 8 A.M.)
Percent
Discount
60%
Additional Charges
Local Operator Assistance and/or Directory Assistance calls are charged at the established rates
set forth in this Catalog.
Detailed billing showing all calls placed from the customer’s telephone.
Per Call
(1)
Business Rates apply to Payphone Service Providers
$ .03
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 1
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE AND EAS RATES
2. EXTENDED AREA SERVICE (EAS) RATES(1)
Customers moving from one exchange to another may keep the same telephone number provided
both exchanges are in the same rate center and they both have the same area code. The customer
will pay the EAS rate applicable to the new exchange. The rates listed in the schedule below are in
addition to the Flat Rated Local Service monthly rates.
Business(2)
Aitkin
Alexandria
Altura
Bennettville
Benson
Browerville
Brownton
Buffalo Lake
Carlos
Chaska
Cokato
Cologne
Crosby
Dassel
Deerwood
Elgin
Eyota
Glencoe
Granite Falls
Grove City
Hastings
Holmes City
Howard Lake
Lake City
Lester Prairie
Lewiston
Long Prairie
Millville
New Richland
Norwood
Osseo
Plainview
Plato
Rogers
Rollingstone
$ 0.00
0.00
15.21
1.50
0.00
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
7.51
1.10
7.51
1.10
1.10
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.10
N/A
1.10
4.17
3.20
19.48
0.00
1.50
15.15
0.00
9.90
0.00
16.51
7.51
9.90
3.20
7.51
1.50
Residential
Trunk
$ 0.00
0.00
7.63
0.78
0.00
0.78
0.78
0.78
0.78
3.75
0.50
3.75
0.50
0.50
0.78
0.78
0.78
0.50
N/A
0.50
2.08
1.60
9.70
0.00
0.78
7.52
0.00
4.50
0.00
8.16
3.75
4.50
1.60
3.75
0.78
$ 0.00
0.00
17.66
1.70
0.00
1.70
1.70
1.70
1.70
8.68
1.30
8.68
1.30
1.30
1.70
1.70
1.70
1.30
N/A
1.30
4.52
3.50
22.61
0.00
1.70
17.65
0.00
11.90
0.00
19.30
8.68
11.90
3.50
8.68
1.70
(1)
The applicable Flat Rate Local Service and EAS monthly rates will appear as a single item on the
customer's bill.
(2)
Business Rates apply to Payphone Service Providers
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 1
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE AND EAS RATES
2. EXTENDED AREA SERVICE (EAS) RATES(1) (Continued)
Business(2)
St. James
St. Michael
Silver Lake
Stewart
Victoria
Villard
Waconia
Waldorf
Zumbro Falls
Residential
Trunk
$ 0.00
7.51
1.50
1.50
7.51
1.50
7.51
1.10
1.50
$ 0.00
3.75
0.78
0.78
3.75
0.78
3.75
0.78
0.78
$ 0.00
8.68
1.70
1.70
8.68
1.70
8.68
1.30
1.70
Monthly
Rate
Installation
Charge
$10.07
$ 8.15
3. JOINT USER SERVICE
ADRJUSR*
*
Limited to existing customers.
4. Reserved for Future Use
5. Reserved for Future Use
(1)
The applicable Flat Rate Local Service and EAS monthly rates will appear as a single item on the
customer's bill.
(2)
Business Rates apply to Payphone Service Providers
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 1
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE AND EAS RATES
7. RATE CENTERS
Rate Center
Aitkin
Alexandria
Altura
Bennettville
Benson
Browerville
Brownton
Buffalo Lake
Carlos
Chaska
Cokato
Crosby
Dassel
Deerwood
Elgin
Eyota
Glencoe
Granite Falls
Grove City
Hastings
Exchange
Aitkin
Alexandria
Altura
Bennettville
Benson
Browerville
Brownton
Buffalo Lake
Carlos
Chaska, Cologne,
Victoria, Waconia
Cokato
Crosby
Dassel
Deerwood
Elgin
Eyota
Glencoe
Granite Falls
Grove City
Hastings
Rate Center
Holmes City
Howard Lake
Lake City
Lester Prairie
Lewiston
Long Prairie
Millville
New Richland
Norwood
Osseo
Plainview
Plato
Rollingstone
St. James
Silver Lake
Stewart
Villard
Waldorf
Zumbro Falls
Exchange
Holmes City
Howard Lake
Lake City
Lester Prairie
Lewiston
Long Prairie
Millville
New Richland
Norwood
Osseo, Rogers,
St. Michael
Plainview
Plato
Rollingstone
St. James
Silver Lake
Stewart
Villard
Waldorf
Zumbro Falls
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
1. ADJACENT EXCHANGE SERVICE(1)
A. General
1. Adjacent Exchange Service is a form of rural telephone service offered to meet certain
customer requirements for rural telephone service from a contiguous exchange in addition to
service from the exchange in which the customer is located. Adjacent Exchange service is
not provided within exchanges which have access to the Metropolitan Calling Area.
2. Adjacent Exchange Service will be furnished between any of this Company's exchanges and
an adjacent exchange in the state of Minnesota, whether the customer is located in an
exchange of this Company or in an exchange of another company. However, the other
company must have a comparable Catalog filed or concur in this Catalog.
3. Installation, maintenance and ownership of telephone plant shall be the responsibility of the
company in whose exchange area such plant is located.
4. Adjacent Exchange Service is provided to meet a customer's local calling needs and is not
provided if Extended Area Service is available between the two exchanges.
5. Adjacent Exchange Service will only be provided to rural customers of this Company who
are located within two airline miles of the Adjacent Exchange boundary line from which
service is desired.
6. Primary exchange service may not be discontinued without also discontinuing Adjacent
Exchange Service.
B. Application of Charges
1. Where a portion of this service is provided by another company, the rates and regulations of
that company apply to the portion of the service that it provides.
2. Application of charges will be on the basis of the access line rate of the exchange providing
the service as found in Section 1, plus applicable mileage charges measured along the route
of the circuit, from the exchange boundary to the applicants location, as found in Section 7.
(1)
Limited to existing customers at existing locations as of February 8, 2000.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
1.
ADJACENT EXCHANGE SERVICE(1) (Continued)
B. Application of Charges (Continued)
3. Rates for supplemental services not associated with the customer's primary exchange
service shall be as specified in the adjacent exchange company’s tariffs.
C. Construction Charges
Any construction required to provide such extensions of rural access lines will be paid for by the
applicant, as specified in Section 4 of this Catalog. Title of any such plant will remain the
property of the company in whose territory it is located.
2.
COMBINED MAIN STATION SERVICE
A. To the extent that facilities and equipment for the purpose are available, two flat rate individual
line main stations with identical outgoing service privileges may be combined; i.e., permanently
bridged, in a manner permitting answering of calls for either at the other station. Where so
combined, the station bell at each main station will ring when either of the stations is called,
except where it is practicable to associate an extension bell or other auxiliary signal with and on
the same premises as such a main station, to indicate incoming calls directed to the other.
B. If two main stations thus combined are located within the same central office area, and serviced
by a central office of such central office area, the flat rate for individual line business service
applies to each business main station and the flat rate for individual line residence service
applies to each residence main station.
C. Combined main station service is ordinarily provided only when both main stations are
contracted for by the same subscriber, or when one subscriber is in business with, or is an
employee or agent of, the other subscriber concerned.
(1)
Limited to existing customers at existing locations as of February 8, 2000.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
3. EXTENDED AREA SERVICE (EAS)
From
Exchange
To
Exchanges
From
Exchange
Aitkin
Bennettville
Kimberly*
Palisade*
Cologne
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Crosby
Alexandria
(Inc. Lake)
Carlos
Garfield*
Holmes City
Bennettville
Deerwood
Emily*
Dassel
Cokato
Altura
Lewiston
Rollingstone
Winona*
Rochester*
St. Charles*
Deerwood
Bennettville
Crosby
Elgin
Aitkin
Crosby
Deerwood
Eyota
Millville
Plainview
Rochester*
Eyota
Elgin
Rochester
Glencoe
Brownton
Lester Prairie
Plato
Silver Lake
Grove City
Litchfield
Hastings
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Holmes City
Alexandria
Carlos
Garfield*
Howard Lake
Cokato
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Bennettville
*
Benson
(Inc. Swift Falls)
Danvers*
Browerville
Clarissa*
Long Prairie
Brownton
Glencoe
Stewart
Buffalo Lake
Stewart
Hector*
Carlos
Alexandria
Garfield*
Holmes City
Miltona*
Chaska
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Cokato
Dassel
Howard Lake
Non-EMBARQ MINNESOTA, Inc. Exchanges
To
Exchanges
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
3. EXTENDED AREA SERVICE (EAS) (Continued)
From
Exchange
To
Exchanges
From
Exchange
To
Exchanges
Lake City
Millville
Zumbro Falls
Plainview
Elgin
Millville
Rochester*
Lester Prairie
Glencoe
Plato
Silver Lake
Winsted*
Plato
Glencoe
Lester Prairie
Norwood
Rogers
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Rollingstone
Altura
Lewiston
Winona*
St. James
Odin-Ormsby*
St. Michael
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Silver Lake
Glencoe
Lester Prairie
Hutchinson*
Stewart
Brownton
Buffalo Lake
Lewiston
Altura
Rollingstone
Winona*
Rochester*
St. Charles*
Long Prairie
Browerville
Millville
Lake City
Plainview
Elgin
Zumbro Falls
New Richland
Waldorf
Norwood
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Plato
Osseo
(Inc. Maple
Grove)
*
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Non-EMBARQ MINNESOTA, Inc. Exchanges
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
3. EXTENDED AREA SERVICE (EAS) (Continued)
From
Exchange
To
Exchanges
Victoria
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Villard
Glenwood*
Waconia
Minneapolis/St. Paul Metro*
Metro Exchanges
Waldorf
New Richland
Zumbro Falls
Lake City
Millville
Rochester*
*
Non-EMBARQ MINNESOTA, Inc. Exchanges
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
4. FOREIGN CENTRAL OFFICE SERVICE
A. General
Foreign central office service is exchange service furnished to a customer in a multi-office
exchange from a central office other than the one from which he would normally be served.
B. Definitions
Foreign Central Office - a central office other than the normal central office for a given subscriber
location, but which is a part of the same multi-central office exchange.
C. Regulations
1. Foreign Central Office Service will be provided in connection with business or residence
individual line or private branch exchange trunk service. The scope of, and service rates, for
Foreign Central Office Service shall be the same as those within the service area from which
service is actually furnished.
2. Such service is not in accord with the general plan of furnishing telephone service, and it will
be furnished only under special conditions where the service is warranted by the
circumstances involved. The Company does not obligate itself to furnish this service,
particularly when it involves undue expenses or impairment of the service furnished the
general public.
D. Rates
1. The charge for foreign central office service is the established monthly access line rate from
which service is actually furnished.
2. Private and leased line mileage charges as specified in Section 7 of this Catalog, are
applicable in addition to the monthly access line rate. Mileage charges are applicable for the
channel between the central office normally serving the area in which the customer is located
and the foreign central office, based on air line measurement.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
5. FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE
A. General
Foreign Exchange Service is interexchange service provided at a location in an exchange other
than that in which the central office is located and from which the customer would normally be
served. The rates and charges contained herein are in addition to all other applicable rates and
charges located in other parts of this Catalog.
B. Definitions
1. Normal Exchange - the exchange in which the customer's premise is located and in which
service is provided. (Closed end).
2. Serving/Foreign Exchange - the exchange in which the serving central office is located. (Open
end).
C. Regulations
1. A customer to Foreign Exchange Service is considered to be a customer of the local exchange
for all contracts, e.g., initiation of service orders, billing, collections, customer payments and
other related functions.
2. Foreign Exchange Service may be provided in connection with business and residence
individual Line Service, or PBX trunks, when facilities for its provision are available.
3. Foreign Exchange Service may be furnished from rate centers within (or having extended area
service to) the Minneapolis-St. Paul Metropolitan Exchange where the mileage distance
between the rate centers is 40 miles or less. The mileage is measured to the closest rate
center unless the customer requests a specific central office in which case the mileage will be
measured to the rate center of the requested central office. The service will normally be
provided from any central office the Company may elect. All toll under 40 miles in distance
placed on this service will be rated from the rate center of the serving central office. A
customer will be entitled to access to Extended Area Service exchanges associated with the
serving central office. The individual line or private branch exchange trunk rate will be that of
the rate center used in determining the mileage charge.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
5. FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (Continued)
C. Regulations (Continued)
4. One directory listing will be provided, without added charge in the alphabetical directory
covering the serving exchange for each business or residence service. In addition, each
business customer will be entitled to a regular listing in the classified directory covering the
serving exchange without additional charge.
5. Customers to Foreign Exchange Service are required to subscribe to Access Line Service of
the exchange from which service would normally be rendered. Any suspension or termination
of the primary Local Exchange Service will require suspension or termination of the Foreign
Exchange Service.
6. Where the foreign exchange is operated by another telephone company, foreign exchange
service will be provided only when satisfactory arrangements can be negotiated with such
company to furnish a portion of the necessary facilities.
7. The use of the foreign exchange service is limited to the subscriber and his employees for
business purposes, and in the case of residence service, to the members of his immediate
household. Calls beyond the local calling area of the serving exchange will not be permitted.
Local calling area is considered to be the telephones served by the serving exchange, plus any
extended area service which may be provided from the serving exchange. If any subscriber to
this service is found to be transferring or transmitting messages for parties other than
authorized above, in the normal exchange area, and/or making toll calls through the foreign
exchange, such subscriber shall be notified that the practice must be discontinued or the
foreign exchange service may be terminated.
D. Rates
1. The charge for foreign exchange service is the established monthly access line rate, and nonrecurring service connection charge of the foreign exchange, for the grade of service
(individual line business or residence, or PBX trunks) with which the foreign exchange service
is to be associated. Access lines rates may be found in Section 1.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
5. FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICE (Continued)
D. Rates (Continued)
2. Interexchange mileage charges are applicable in addition to the established monthly access
line rate of the serving exchange. Interexchange mileage is measured through the use of the
V and H coordinates between rate centers of the exchanges involved.
3. The appropriate Interexchange Mileage Charges (both fixed and V and H mileage) and the
Service Termination Charge apply. These charges are located in the Embarq Minnesota, Inc.
Access Service Catalog, Section 7.5.3., "Voice Grade Service."
4. Where all or a portion of the interexchange channel facilities are furnished by another
company, charges shall apply to such interexchange channel facilities as specified in the
regulations of such participating company, for the portion of the interexchange channel
provided.
6. JOINT USER SERVICE(1)
A. Joint user service authorizes the use of a subscriber service by certain persons or firms not
otherwise entitled to use, or be listed in connection with, such mainstation or PBX service under
the Rules and Regulations entitled "Use of Equipment and Service."
B. Joint user service is furnished only in those cases where there is a limited requirement for
exchange service which does not warrant the installation of separate services and where the joint
user will be located in the same premise as the subscriber. Joint user service is not established or
continued in those cases where it is evident that the principal purpose of the subscriber in obtaining
facilities is to furnish telephone service to others, or where probable of existing service needs are in
excess of the capacity of the subscribers service, or where the subscriber and the other person or
firm involved are not located in the same premise, as defined in Section 7 of the Catalog.
C. Arrangement for joint user service, including acceptance of billing and responsibility for charges for
service and equipment used by the joint user, must be made by the subscriber to the main station
or PBX service with which the joint user service is associated.
(1)
Limited to existing customers.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
6. JOINT USER SERVICE(1) (Continued)
D. Provision of joint user service in connection with payphone line service has no effect upon the
message allowances or guarantees for such service.
E. Rates
The monthly rate is found in Section 1.
7. LINK-UP SERVICE CONNECTION PROGRAM
A. General
The Link-Up Service Connection Program is a federally sponsored lifeline assistance program
designed to make telephone service accessible to qualifying low-income residential households
who are currently not on the public switched network. Through this program, the service
connection charge for the initial installation of the main access line, as shown in Section 1 of this
Catalog, will be discounted to the applicant at a rate of 50 percent, not to exceed $30.00. The
remaining portion of the service connection charge, up to $200, may be installment billed, interestfree, over a period of one year.
Effective October 1, 2000, eligible applicants living on or near federally recognized Native American
reservations will receive a 100% discount on service connection charges which exceed $60.00, up
to a maximum of $130.00. These charges include both line extension and initial connection
charges.
In compliance with the FCC’s Order, FCC 05-178, dated October 14, 2005, support under the
federal Link-Up program will be provided to victims of Hurricane Katrina moving to temporary
housing arrangements and to those who return to permanent residences in the affected areas.
A federal credit in the amount of thirty dollars ($30.00) per qualifying household will be available
to subscribers upon request and certification by the applicants that they were residents of
counties that are designated by FEMA as eligible for individual assistance. A signed letter with
this certification will suffice. A maximum of two federal credits (one for the temporary location
and one for a return to the permanent location) will be available for qualified subscribers. These
credits will be available for customer orders through March 1, 2007. These subscribers will not
necessarily be eligible for the Lifeline program as specified in this tariff.
B. Eligibility Requirements
To be eligible for assistance, an applicant must meet the following requirements:
(1)
1.
This discount applies on a single line at the principle place of residence for the applicant.
2.
The consumer can receive the benefit of the Link-Up Program for a second or subsequent time
only for a principle place of residence with an address different from the residence address at
which Link-Up assistance was provided previously.
3.
Applicant meets income requirements under criteria B.3.a. or B.3.b. below.
Limited to existing customers.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
7. LINK-UP SERVICE CONNECTION PROGRAM (Continued)
B. Eligibility Requirements (Continued)
3. Applicant meets income requirements under criteria B.3.a. or B.3.b. below. (Continued)
a. Applicant can show current participation in one of the following assistance programs to his
or her local exchange company:
-
Medicaid/Medical Assistance
Federal Public Housing Assistance or Section 8
Food Stamps/Food Support
Low Income Home Energy Assistance (LIHEAP)
Supplemental Security Income
National School Lunch Program’s Free Lunch Program
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (Minnesota Family Investment Program, or
MFIP)
For an applicant living on or near federally recognized Native American Indian
reservations, additional assistance programs are as follows:
-
Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) General Assistance
Tribally Administered Temporary Assistance for Needy Families
Head Start (only for those meeting its income qualifying standard)
National School Lunch Program (free meals program only)
Proof of eligibility must accompany the completed application form. Proof of eligibility can
be made either in person at the local exchange company's business office or by mailing a
copy of the applicant's proof of participation and enclosing that with a completed
application to the local exchange company's business office.
b. Applicant can show household income level of 135 percent or less of the federal poverty
level. Household income is defined as total gross income from all sources for all members
of the applicant's household.
The applicant must show verification of income requirements by showing previous
calendar year's completed federal tax return(s) or proof that their household income level
was below the federal level necessitating they file a tax return for the previous calendar
year.
Applicants who wish to qualify for Link-Up on the basis of criteria B.3.b. must submit the
completed application and proof of income to the local exchange company.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
7. LINK-UP SERVICE CONNECTION PROGRAM (Continued)
C. Eligibility Determination
1. In determining an applicant's eligibility, the eligibility criteria 8.B.1. through 8.B.3. listed above
need to be fulfilled.
2. Applicants will be able to self-certify criteria 8.B.1, 8.B.2, and 8.B.3.
3.
Criterion 8.B.3.a or 8.3.B.b must be verified by the applicant’s local exchange company.
D. Credit and Collections
1.
Credit Reference
The credit verification procedures used for all applicants who apply for service with the
Company will also be used for applicants who apply for service under the Link-Up program.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
7. LINK-UP SERVICE CONNECTION PROGRAM (Continued)
D. Credit and Collections (Continued)
2.
Deposits
The deposit standards used for all applicants who apply for service with the Company will also
be used for applicants who apply for service under the Link-Up program.
Exception:
3.
Lifeline subscribers, who voluntarily elect to receive Toll Restriction, are not
required to pay a service deposit.
Collection Standards
Once service has been established for a Link-Up applicant, he or she will be expected to
adhere to the same bill payment policies expected of any other customer of the Company.
Exception:
There is no restriction as to the number of service connections per year for
which qualifying low-income subscribers who relocate may receive Link-Up
support.
8. LOCAL ACCESS SERVICE
Local Access Service entitles the customer in any given exchange to service, without other additional
charge, to all stations connected with that exchange. The rates specified in Section 1 of this Catalog or
in any supplement hereto are net monthly rates and are payable in advance except as otherwise
provided.
9. MINNESOTA TELEPHONE ASSISTANCE PLAN (TAP)
A. General
TAP is a state sponsored assistance program under Minnesota Statutes Chapter 237 and is
designed to make telephone service accessible to qualifying low-income residential households.
Through this program, eligible households will receive a monthly discount on their local residential
service.
B. Eligibility Requirements
1.
To be eligible for assistance, an applicant must meet the following requirements:
a. This discount applies on a single line at the principal place of residence for the applicant.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 14
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
9. MINNESOTA TELEPHONE ASSISTANCE PLAN (Continued)
B. Eligibility Requirements (Continued)
1. To be eligible for assistance…(Continued)
b. Applicant signs document certifying under penalty of perjury that the consumer receives
benefits from at least one of the following programs:
(1) Medicaid/Medical Assistance
(2) Food Support/Food Stamps
(3) Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (Minnesota Family Investment Program, or
MFIP)
(4) Supplemental Security Income
(5) Federal Public Housing Assistance or Section 8
(6) Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP)
(7) National School Lunch Program’s Free Lunch Program
c.
Individuals who do not qualify under any of the above but live on a federally recognized
reservation may qualify if the applicant signs a document certifying under penalty of
perjury that the applicant receives benefits from at least one of the following programs:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Bureau of Indian Affairs General Assistance
Tribally administered Temporary Assistance for Needy Families
Head Start (only for those meeting its income qualifying standard)
National School Lunch Program’s free lunch program
2. Applicant agrees to notify the carrier if that consumer ceases to participate in any of the above
listed federal assistance programs.
3. The credit shall apply to all residential Local Exchange Service.
C. Regulations
1. The TAP credit will begin at the customer's earliest possible billing cycle but no later than the
second billing cycle after the date the TAP application is received by the Company.
2. Service Charges shall not apply to establish this program on existing service.
3. The Company shall provide TAP credits against monthly charges for each customer enrolled in
the TAP.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 15
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
9. MINNESOTA TELEPHONE ASSISTANCE PLAN (Continued)
D. Funding
This program shall be funded through a TAP surcharge on residence and business customer lines
which pay the 911 surcharge.
E. Surcharge and Credit
TAP Surcharge and TAP Credit can be found through the Department of Commerce.
F. Certification
The applicant will certify eligibility for TAP. Recertification is required annually or at any time the
qualifying criteria for recipients changes.
Recipients of TAP must notify the Company when they no longer qualify for TAP. Upon receipt of
the notification, the Company will discontinue TAP.
If the Company discovers that conditions exist that disqualify the recipient of TAP, local service will
be billed at full rate. The customer will be billed retroactively to whichever is the most recent of the
dates Lifeline Assistance commenced or the recipient no longer qualified for the service not to
exceed 12 months.
10. OPTIONAL LOCAL MEASURED SERVICE (OLMS)
A. General
1. With the effective date as indicated for each exchange, customers will have under this Catalog
offering, the option of subscribing to Local Measured Service. Local measured service
provides for measured calling to all points within the existing non-toll calling area.
2. Business, payphone and residence customers will have the option of maintaining their current
telephone service or changing to local measured service.
3. All customer lines at a given location must be arranged for local measured service and
equipped for outward calling. Group billing will be provided on rotary and PBX trunks.
4. Local measured service will not be provided for Foreign Exchange.
5. Detail billing showing all calls placed from the customer telephone is available.
6. The LMS plan is to continue until canceled, revised or otherwise changed.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 16
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
10. OPTIONAL LOCAL MEASURED SERVICE (OLMS) (Continued)
B. Charges
1. Normal service connection charges for existing customers will not apply for one customer
conversion to and/or from the local measured service offering within any twelve month period
when no activity other than this service change takes place. Changes in excess of this
allowance will be billed the regular Catalog charges as appropriate.
2. Local usage charges will not apply to calls to the Company Business Office or Repair Service,
Directory Assistance, Long Distance Carrier Access Trunks or for Emergency Service as found
in the local exchange telephone directory.
3. Normally, local measured service calls will be on a direct dial basis, however, at the customer's
option, these calls may be billed to a credit card, third number or on sent collect basis.
Operator handling charges as specified under in Section 6 will apply to these type calls in
addition to the normal usage charge.
4. The basic access line rate and usage charges may be found in Section 1.
C. Where Offered
Metro Exchanges
Outstate Exchanges
Chaska
Cologne
Hastings
Norwood
Osseo
Rogers
St. Michael
Victoria
Waconia
Cokato
Crosby
Dassel
Deerwood
Elginz
Eyota
Glencoe
Villard
Waldorf
Zumbro Falls
Aitkin
Alexandria
Altura
Bennettville
Benson
Browerville
Brownton
Buffalo Lake
Carlos
New Richland
Plainview
Plato
Rollingstone
Silver Lake
Stewart
St. James
Outstate Exchanges
Granite Falls
Grove City
Holmes City
Howard Lake
Lake City
Lester Prairie
Lewiston
Long Prairie
Millville
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 17
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
11. PRIVATE BRANCH EXCHANGE SERVICE
A. The access line rate for a private branch exchange trunk is listed in Section 1.
B. Mileage charges in Section 7 apply to circuits for stations located in the same exchange but not
in the same premise as the associated switching equipment.
12. PAYPHONE LINE SERVICE
A. Reserved for Future Use
B. Reserved for Future Use
C. Reserved for Future Use
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 18
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
12. PAYPHONE LINE SERVICE (Continued)
D. Payphone Service Provider
1. General
a. Payphone line service is a class of service furnished to individuals, firms or corporations
which permits connection of a customer-provided instrument that is activated by the
deposit of coins, cards, tokens or the entry of a customer account number, to the lines of
the Company.
b. Payphone line service is available on a metered basis in those central offices which are
equipped to provide measuring capabilities.
c.
Directory listings may be provided under the regulations governing the furnishing of
listings for business main line subscribers. However, listings (not indicating a business
or profession) provided in connection with Payphone Line Service furnished at boarding
or rooming houses or at other locations where the party desiring the additional listings
resides, are furnished under the regulations covering the furnishing of listings in
connection with residence main line service.
d. The subscriber to payphone line service may not charge users of their telephones more
for a particular local message than the Company is authorized to charge for the
placement of a similar message through its coin telephone service provided at nonspecial circumstance (standard service) locations, $.25 and at special circumstance
locations, $.10.
e. Coin control service is available as an optional service for use in conjunction with
payphone line service. Coin control service is based on a central office platform which
offers features for use with coinless or coin operated (payphone) telephone service.
Coin control service uses a software-driven system to provide features and capabilities
similar to those provided by micro-processor based, "smart", payphone sets.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 19
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
12. PAYPHONE LINE SERVICE
D. Payphone Service Provider (Continued)
1. General (Continued)
f.
Answer Supervision provides the capability of delivering "off-hook" supervisory signals
from the subscriber's serving central office to a line interface at the customer premises
for local and 1+ intraLATA toll calls processed and completed by the Company. These
supervisory signals indicate that the called party has answered the incoming call (gone
"off-hook").
(1) Answer Supervision is furnished only from central offices arranged to provide this
service and is provided subject to the availability of facilities.
(2) This feature is only available with line side terminated PBX trunks and pay telephone
access lines. It is not available with residence or business lines, digital facilities, or
trunk side terminated facilities, such as DID trunks, or trunk side access facilities.
2. Responsibility of the Customer
a. The customer shall be responsible for the installation, operation and maintenance of any
payphone service provider telephones used in connection with this service.
b. The customer shall be responsible for the payment of a Maintenance of Service Charge
as provided in Section 3 for visits by a Company employee to the customer's premises
when a service difficulty or trouble report results from the use of payphone service
provider telephones.
c.
The customer shall be responsible for payment of charges for all toll messages
originating from or accepted at this type of service.
d. Payphone service provider telephones must be registered in compliance with Part 68 of
the FCC's Registration Program or connected behind FCC registered coupler.
e. Such payphone service provider telephones must have the following operational
characteristics:
1) Must be able to access the Company operator.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 20
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
12. PAYPHONE LINE SERVICE (Continued)
D. Payphone Service Provider (Continued)
2. Responsibility of the Customer (Continued)
e.
Such payphone service…(Continued)
(2) Must be able to access 911 Emergency Service, where available, at no charge,
without using a coin, and, when such instrument can only access 911 Emergency
Service by use of a dialing sequence other than 911, must prominently display on
such instrument, the appropriate dialing sequence to access 911 Emergency
Service, where available.
(3) Must be able to access all interexchange carriers.
(4) Must comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations
concerning the use of these telephones by disabled persons and the hearing
impaired.
(5) Must allow the completion of both local and long distance calls.
f.
The customer shall cause to be prominently displayed on each payphone service
provider telephone used in connection with this service the name of the owner of such
instrument, the procedure for reporting service difficulties and obtaining customer
refunds, and the percentage by which the cost to the customer of long distance calls is
increased to the user of such equipment.
g.
The customer shall not program or cause to be programmed any such telephone used in
connection with this service to limit the duration of a local message.
h.
The customer shall provide an executed copy of the Application for Authority to provide
payphone telephone services in the state of Minnesota before service will be provided.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 21
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
12. PAYPHONE LINE SERVICE (Continued)
D. Payphone Service Provider (Continued)
2. Responsibility of the Customer (Continued)
i.
Customers who elect not to subscribe to Billed Number Screening, as described in
Section 8, will be fully responsible for all collect calls and third number billed calls which
are billed to customer's payphone access line.
The Company shall have no
responsibility to adjust any such charges and/or release customer from paying such
charges. Customer will hold the Company harmless from and against any liability or loss
resulting from all such collect calls and third number billed calls.
j.
Customers who elect not to subscribe to Selective Class of Call Screening, as described
in Section 8, will be fully responsible for all calls billed to customer's payphone access
line. The Company shall have no responsibility to adjust any such charges and/or
release customer from paying any such charges. Customer will hold the Company
harmless from and against any liability or loss resulting from all calls billed to customer's
exchange access line.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 22
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
12. PAYPHONE LINE SERVICE (Continued)
D. Payphone Service Provider (Continued)
3. Violation of Regulations
a. Where any payphone service provider telephone is in violation of this Catalog, the
Company will promptly notify the customer of the violation and will take immediate
action, including the disconnection of service, as is necessary for the protection of the
telecommunications network and Company employees.
b. The customer shall discontinue use of the payphone service provider telephone or
correct the violation and notify the Company in writing within 5 days after receipt of such
notice that the violation has been corrected.
c.
Failure of the customer to discontinue such use or to correct the violation will result in
the suspension of the customer's service until such time as the customer complies with
the provisions of this Catalog.
E. Rates
1. The monthly rate is found in Section 1.
2. The applicable exchange business EAS rate will apply for each payphone line service.
3. Coin Control, each line
(in addition to the payphone line).......
4. The subscriber will be responsible for paying the multi-line
$ 4.00
subscriber line charge.
5. All other applicable charges (e.g., toll charges, mileage charges, etc.) are the responsibility
of the payphone line service subscriber.
6. Answer Supervision, each line
(in addition to pay telephone service)...
$ 4.00
13. RURAL LINE EXTENSION
A. General
1. Rural service is any class of service furnished outside the base rate area in rural sections or
farming communities by means of lines and apparatus which are provided and maintained
by the Company.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 23
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
13. RURAL LINE EXTENSION (Continued)
A. General (Continued)
2. Where additional construction is required for furnishing rural service and such additional
construction is not warranted by the revenue to be received, applicants may be required to
pay, as advance payment, an amount as outlined in B. under Primary Service and Regrade.
3. The Company reserves the right to connect business and residence stations to the same
line.
4. See Section 1 for proper monthly rate for class of service.
B. Primary Service and Regrade
The Company will extend its lines beyond the base rate area in accordance with the following,
except where it if evident that the service is temporary or where the initial engineering survey
discloses unusual construction problems.
1. One mile of new facilities will be built or two miles of circuit or equivalent will be placed on
existing facilities free of charge.
2. For distances exceeding those listed in one preceding, the Company will require, as
advance payment, $50.00 per 1/10 of a mile not to exceed $1,500.00. All costs beyond that
will be absorbed by the Company.
3. Local service, toll, miscellaneous and tax charges will be credited to the advance payment
balance. Non-recurring charges can not be credited to the advance payment.
4. All advance payment money will be non-refundable to the customer. The Company will not
enter into negotiations with an existing customer and/or his successor regarding the balance
of the advance payment that was made. A successor taking the same grade of service, or
higher, within 90 days of discontinuance of original service will be credited with any unused
advance payment. Any unpaid or delinquent account of the successor will be applied
against any unused advance payment.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 24
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
13. RURAL LINE EXTENSION (Continued)
B. Primary Service and Regrade (Continued)
5. If a line extension involves several customers, the above conditions will apply to each
applicant’s section of the extension.
14. SEASONAL SERVICE
A. General
1. Seasonal Service is only applicable to the exchange access line portion of a customer’s
service. Seasonal Service Rate will reduce the monthly charges by 50% of the exchange
access line rate (including EAS). Seasonal Service Rate is available to Business and
Residence exchange access lines only.
2. Temporary suspension of service can be for a minimum of one month but cannot exceed a
maximum of six months.
3. No incoming or outgoing service is provided during the period of suspension.
4. Temporary suspension of service may begin and terminate on any day of the month,
provided notice is given sufficiently in advance for arrangements to be made.
5. Bills are rendered at the seasonal service rate on normal billing dates and arrangements
must be made to insure full payment of these charges by the payment request date during
the period of suspension.
6. After service has been restored, there will be a minimum charge for one month’s service at
the regular rate before the rate for seasonal service will again be applied.
B. Rates
1. The reduction in rate for the period of suspension is equal to 50 percent of the exchange
access line rate (including EAS).
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 25
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
14. SEASONAL SERVICE (Continued)
B. Rates (Continued)
Charge(1)
2. Activation per line
$13.30
15. TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS MINNESOTA (TAM)
A. General
TAM provides for a surcharge to establish and administer a program to distribute communication
devices to eligible communication-impaired persons and to create and maintain a message relay
service.
"Communication impaired" means certified as deaf, severely hearing impaired, hard of hearing,
speech impaired, or deaf and blind. Certification may be provided by licensed physicians,
audiologists, speech language pathologists, or the staff of Deaf Services, Division of Department
of Human Services.
B. Eligibility for Communications Devices
To be eligible to obtain a communication device a person must be:
1. At least five years of age;
2. Communication impaired;
3. A resident of the state;
4. A resident in a household that has a median income at or below the applicable median
household income in the state, except a deaf and blind person applying for a telebraille unit
may reside in a household that has a median income no more than 150 percent of the
applicable median household income in the state; and
5. A resident in a household that has telephone service or that has made application for service
and has been assigned a telephone number.
(1)
Does not apply to restore service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 26
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
15. TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACCESS MINNESOTA (TAM) (Continued)
C. Eligibility for Wiring Installation
If a communication-impaired person does not have telephone service and is subject to economic
hardship as determined by the TAM board, the company providing local service shall at direction
of the administrator of the program install necessary outside wiring without charge to the
customer.
D. Regulations
Service Connection Charges shall not apply to eligible persons to establish this program on
existing service.
E. Funding
This program shall be funded through the assessment of a monthly surcharge on residence and
business access lines in the same manner as the 911 and Telephone Assistance Plan (TAP)
surcharges.
F. Surcharge
TAM Surcharge can be found through the Department of Commerce.
16. LIFELINE ASSISTANCE
The Lifeline Assistance (Lifeline) program, sponsored by the Federal Communications Commission,
is a means of maintaining and preserving universal service by providing a reduction in the price of
basic local residential exchange access service to qualifying low-income subscribers.
A. General
1.
The Lifeline Program is designed to increase the availability of telecommunications services
to low-income subscribers by providing a credit on monthly recurring local service to
qualifying residential subscribers. Basic terms and conditions are in compliance with the
FCC’s Order on Universal Service in Order No. 97-157, Docket No. 96-45, which adopts the
Federal-State Joint Board’s recommendation in CC Docket 96-45, which complies with the
Telecommunications Act of 1996. Specific rates are as prescribed by the Department of
Commerce and are set forth in this Tariff. Lifeline Assistance is a federal support program
that provides eligible customers with the following benefits.
2.
A waiver/credit of the Federal Subscriber Line Charge.
3.
A Federal Credit off the customer’s monthly basic local service charges.
4.
Federal Universal Service Fund End User Charge will not be billed to Lifeline customers.
5.
Local service for Lifeline subscribers may not be disconnected for non-payment of toll
charges.
a.
Toll Restriction Service will be provided to Lifeline subscribers at no charge.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 27
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
16. LIFELINE ASSISTANCE (Continued)
A. General (Continued)
5.
Local service for Lifeline subscribers… (Continued)
b. Lifeline subscribers are not required to accept Toll Restriction Service as a condition to
avoid disconnection of local service for non-payment of toll.
c.
Lifeline subscribers are not required to pay a service deposit in order to initiate service if
the subscriber voluntarily elects to receive Toll Restriction Service.
6.
Partial payments from Lifeline subscribers will be applied first to local service charges and
then to toll charges.
7.
Lifeline subscribers will not be denied re-establishment of service on the basis that the
subscriber was previously disconnected for non-payment of toll charges.
8.
Lifeline will not be furnished on a Foreign Exchange.
9.
All Lifeline subscribers automatically qualify for TAP.
B. Eligibility Requirements
1.
Lifeline will be provided for one (1) telephone line per household, at the subscriber's principle
place of residence, to those individuals who meet the following two requirements:
a. The applicant must have only one local exchange access line to his/her residential
premises or dwelling place.(1)
b. The applicant's total household gross income does not exceed 135% of the federally
established poverty levels set forth for the number of persons in applicant's household.
(1)
2.
Verification of the first requirement (a) will be accomplished through self-certification.
3.
Verification of the second requirement (b) will be accomplished by the Company. A service
order to enact Lifeline Assistance will not be issued until proof of the applicant's income level
has been obtained and verified. As proof of income eligibility, an applicant can:
A residential premises, or dwelling place, is intended to be that location where an applicant resides,
even if such residential premises or dwelling place is only a single room. Lifeline will not be provided
if the applicant has access to other local exchange access telephone service within the residential
premises or dwelling place, provided/owned by himself/herself or owned/provided by others. If,
however, it can be determined by the Company that access to such other existing local exchange
telephone service owned/ provided by others is virtually denied, or is inaccessible to the applicant,
then Lifeline Assistance will be provided to the applicant.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 28
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
16. LIFELINE ASSISTANCE (Continued)
B. Eligibility Requirements (Continued)
3. Verification of the second requirement… (Continued)
a. Show that he/she is currently a recipient of benefits from one of the following public
assistance programs:
(1) The specified programs are as follows:
-
Food Stamps/Food Support
Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP)
Medicaid/Medical Assistance
Supplemental Security Income (SSI)
Federal Public Housing Assistance or Section 8
National School Lunch Program’s Free Lunch Program
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (Minnesota Family Investment
Program, or MFIP)
(2) Individuals choosing this option are required to obtain and mail to the Company a
photocopy of a valid identification card or the appropriate documents that are issued
to them by the agency administering the program.
b. Provide a copy of the most recent Individual Income Tax Return that was submitted to
the Internal Revenue Service.
(1) Individuals choosing this option are required to obtain and mail to the Company a
photocopy of the most recent U.S. Individual Tax Return (Form 1040, 1040A or
1040EZ) that was submitted to the Internal Revenue Service.
c.
The Company will look at the number of exemptions reported to determine the size of
the family unit and the dollar amount reported on the adjusted gross income line. These
figures will then be compared to current federal poverty income level guideline tables, as
published in the Federal Register, to determine if the applicant meets the income
criteria.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 2
Page No.: 29
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL EXCHANGE SERVICE
16. LIFELINE ASSISTANCE (Continued)
B. Eligibility Requirements (Continued)
4. Applicants living on or near federally recognized Native American reservations are eligible
for additional credit as outlined in 17.A.1. preceding if he/she is currently a recipient of
benefits from one of the following assistance programs:
-
Food Stamps/Food Support
Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program (LIHEAP)
Medicaid/Medical Assistance
Supplemental Security Income (SSI)
Federal Public Housing Assistance or Section 8
Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (Minnesota Family Investment Program, or
MFIP)
Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) General Assistance
Tribally Administered Temporary Assistance for Needy Families
Head Start (only for those meeting its income qualifying standard)
National School Lunch Program (free meals program only)
C. Certification
1. The applicant will certify eligibility for Lifeline Assistance. Recertification is required annually
or at any time the qualifying criteria for recipients changes.
Recipients of Lifeline Assistance must notify the Company when they no longer qualify for
Lifeline Assistance. Upon receipt of the notification, the Company will discontinue Lifeline
Assistance.
If the Company discovers that conditions exist that disqualify the recipient of Lifeline
Assistance, local service will be billed at full rate. The customer will be billed retroactively to
whichever is the most recent of the dates Lifeline Assistance commenced or the recipient no
longer qualified for the service not to exceed 12 months.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 3
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
1. BAD CHECK CHARGE
Each check issued for deposit or payment of account which is returned to the Company because of
non-sufficient funds or a closed account will be assessed a service charge:
Service charge, per check returned
$25.00
This charge shall be in addition to any other charges found in this or any other section of this
Catalog.
2. MAINTENANCE OF SERVICE
The customer shall be responsible for the payment of Company charges for visits by the Company to
the customer' premises where a service difficulty or trouble report is caused by or results from
customer provided equipment and facilities. Normal working hours are 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. on
weekdays.
Per Maintenance of Service Call
Simple Business/Residence:
*
*
Complex Business:
(First Quarter Hour)
(Each Addn’l Quarter Hour)
During Normal
Working Hours
After Normal
Working Hours
$34.00
$47.00
$24.00
$10.00
$32.00
$15.00
Complex Business - Trunks or Access Lines terminating in common equipment associated with
Key Systems, PBX and IntraLATA Interexchange Private Line Services which includes Foreign
Exchange and WATS (800).
3. RESTORATION OF SERVICE
A. Temporary Suspension of Service
If the service furnished a customer is temporarily suspended for non-payment of charges due or
for any other violation of the regulations of the Company, as described under General Rules and
Regulations, but the service has not been terminated or the order to remove the service has not
been completed, such service will be restored at the same location for the following charge:
Charge
Restoration per line
$20.50
Exceptions for Lifeline subscribers are set forth in Section 2 of this tariff.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 3
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
3. RESTORATION OF SERVICE (Continued)
B. Discontinued Service
In cases where the exchange service has been discontinued because of the non-payment of
charges due or for any other violation of the regulations of the Company as described under
General Rules and Regulations, service is re-established only upon payment of the charges that
would apply for a complete new installation for a new customer. Such charges are in addition to
any charges due for services and facilities furnished up to the date of suspension of service.
4. TELEPHONE NUMBER CHANGE
NRC
Per Customer Request
Per Number Changed
$13.30
$ 7.20
5. CHANGE IN RESPONSIBILITY
When service changes from one customer to another customer, except as defined in Section
12.4.G.7, and there is no change in telephone number and no access line or on-premise work
performed, the following charge applies:
NRC
Service Change Charge
$ 8.15
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 3
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
6. RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
7. PRIVACY ID
A. Privacy ID provides Caller ID subscribers with the ability to identify unavailable, unknown,
blocked and private numbers. Privacy ID intercepts all unidentified calls before the subscriber's
telephone rings then asks the caller to state their name or company. Once the calling party has
responded, the service rings the subscriber and announces the calling party's information. The
subscriber has the option to accept the call, reject the call, play an announcement to the calling
party or forward the call to voicemail.
B. The Privacy ID subscriber may provide calling parties with a Caller’s Access Code. Use of this
access code allows the calling party to bypass Privacy ID.
C. Privacy ID is provided subject to availability of facilities.
D. Privacy ID is not offered in conjunction with ISDN, Centrex Service, Centrex Service II,
Payphone Line Service, and PBX Service.
E. When the Call Trace and Return Call features are activated on calls intercepted by Privacy ID,
the telephone number captured is that of the Service Node, which performs Privacy ID, not the
telephone number of the calling party.
F. Caller ID Service is required in order to subscribe to Privacy ID.
G. Service connection charges do not apply when Privacy ID is installed.
H. Rates
S&E Code
1. Privacy ID
FPI1FLC
Monthly Per Line Rate
Residence
Business
$4.95
$5.95
2. Privacy ID is available as an add-on to Personal II Solution for a monthly rate of $4.00.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 3
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
8. TALKING CALL WAITING
A. GENERAL
1.
Talking Call Waiting allows customers to know who is calling while they are on the telephone
with another party. Talking Call Waiting enhances Call Waiting by allowing the customer to
hear the name associated with the directory listing of the calling number after hearing the
call waiting tone while the customer is on the line, unless the message is suppressed, either
via per-call or per-line blocking or unless the calling and called parties are not connected via
SS7 facilities, or the number is not passed by the calling party Telecommunication Provider,
or the calling party’s number is not associated with a name in the LIDB database. Any and
all available names will be voiced to the subscriber. If the name is not available, the terms
"private" or "unavailable" will be voiced in the appropriate situation. The term “private”’ is
voiced if the caller has suppressed the delivery of name and number using per-line or percall blocking. The term “unavailable” is voiced if the calling and called parties are not
connected via SS7 facilities, or the number is not passed by the calling party
Telecommunication Provider, or the calling party’s number is not associated with a name in
the LIDB database. Talking Call Waiting Service subscribers will hear both a call waiting
tone plus the name of the calling party, if available, on an incoming call. The customer then
presses the switch hook or flash button to place the current call on hold and talk to the call
waiting party.
2.
Talking Call Waiting is provided subject to availability of facilities.
3.
Talking Call Waiting is available on a monthly subscription basis. This service requires no
additional adjunct or telephone display equipment.
4.
Talking Call Waiting is available to single-line business and residence customers.
5.
Talking Call Waiting is not offered in conjunction with Centrex Service, Direct Inward Dialing
(DID) Numbers, PBX trunk, Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN), or Payphone
Service Provider (PSP) Access.
6.
A Call Waiting feature, including but not limited to, Call Waiting, Call Waiting Options or any
package containing the Call Waiting feature, is required in order to subscribe to Talking Call
Waiting.
7.
Service connection charges do not apply when Talking Call Waiting is installed.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 3
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
8. TALKING CALL WAITING (Continued)
B. Rates and Charges
1. Service charges and monthly rates for exchange access lines and other services with which
this service is associated apply, as appropriate.
Monthly Rate
Per Residence Line
Per Business Line
$ 2.95
$ 2.95
2. Talking Call Waiting is available as an add-on to the Essentials Package, the Elite Package,
Home II Package, Sure Solution II, Complete Business Bundle and Progressive Plan at a
monthly rate of $2.00.
9. SATISFACTION GUARANTEE PROGRAM
A. General
1. A Satisfaction Guarantee Program is provided for business customers who subscribe to any
business service provided under this tariff. Under this program, a customer may cancel
service within 90 days of the service installation date without incurring a contractual
termination liability or payment of any minimum service period amounts when the customer
is not satisfied with the service provided by the Company. To qualify the customer must
submit the cancellation notice to the Company via a web based on-line form within 90 days
of the service installation date and at least 48-hours before the Company receives a
disconnection request from the customer or its new Local Telephone Service Provider.
2. If the customer had service at the same location from another Local Telephone Service
Provider prior to obtaining service from the Company and returns to that provider, the
customer may be eligible for reimbursement of up to $500 per customer location by the
Company of the installation charges assessed by the provider. To be eligible, the service
must be of the same type, level, and under the same contractual period as was provided by
that provider immediately prior to obtaining service from the Company.
3. All reimbursements will be issued in the form of a check. The customer is responsible for
payment of all invoices issued prior to the date of disconnection and for payment of the final
invoice rendered by the Company. Credits against past due invoice amounts will not be
issued. The reimbursement check will be issued upon the Company’s receipt of payment
of all invoices.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 3
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
9. SATISFACTION GUARANTEE PROGRAM (Continued)
B. Regulations
1. The customer must provide the Company with notice of cancellation prior to contacting the
former Local Telephone Service Provider to have service re-connected. When reconnecting with a former Local Telephone Service Provider the customer must allow the
Company a maximum of 30 days from the date the customer’s cancellation notice is
received prior to having the service(s) disconnected.
2. To receive reimbursement under this program, the customer must submit in writing a
completed Satisfaction Guarantee Program reimbursement claim form to the Company
within three months of the customer’s service disconnect date. Reimbursements will be
processed within 60 business days from the date the Company receives the reimbursement
claim form. The reimbursement claim form must contain the following:
a.
Notice that the customer is invoking the Satisfaction Guarantee Program;
b.
Identification of prior service(s) that were disconnected by the Company;
c.
Reasons for disconnecting service(s);
d.
Signature of a customer representative requesting the Satisfaction Guarantee Program
including telephone number and address;
e.
A copy of an invoice from the customer’s former Local Telephone Service Provider
listing the applicable installation charges;
f.
A copy of the customer’s last invoice with the Company; and
g.
A copy of the customer’s last invoice for services received from the former Local
Telephone Service Provider immediately prior to switching to the Company.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 3
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES
9. SATISFACTION GUARANTEE PROGRAM (Continued)
C. Limitations
1.
This program is not available to customers who cancel service(s) and replace the service(s)
with another service provided by the Company. This program also is not available to
customers for whom installation of the Company’s tariffed services required special
construction or special configurations.
2.
If the customer did not previously have service at the same location to which the service
was provided, or if the former Local Telephone Service Provider will not or cannot provide
service of the same type, level, and under the same contractual period as previously
provided, the Company will not reimburse the customer for installation charges.
3.
If the customer who cancels the service(s) provided by the Company obtains service from a
Local Telephone Service Provider other than the former Local Telephone Service Provider,
the Company will not reimburse the customer for any installation charges passed on by that
provider to establish service.
4.
The reimbursement of installation charges is limited to a maximum of $500 per customer
location for each customer location that qualifies under the program.
D. Liability Limitations
The Company is not liable for any outage, damages or inconvenience encountered by the
customer when switching service back to its former Local Telephone Service Provider.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 4
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
1. ABNORMAL CONSTRUCTION
When abnormal construction due to terrain, location or distance is required to provide service to a
customer, the customer will be billed for excess construction costs. Those excess costs will be the
difference between the estimated cost to establish service for that customer and the estimated cost
to do a similar job without the abnormal conditions. These costs will be computed by Outside Plant
Engineering using material costs, labor rates and overheads in effect at that time.
2. GENERAL
A. All rates, charges and initial service periods, as specified in the Company’s Catalogs,
contemplate the furnishing of service to the extent available or to the extent that such service
can be made available, without incurring disproportionately high costs or risks; and the providing
of the service in such a manner as the Company may elect.
B. Where the facilities required to provide a requested service are not available, and their provision
would not, in the opinion of the Company constitute a prudent investment, construction or
termination charges may apply in addition to regular applicable charges to the extent of the
excessive investment that is required. These charges are applicable to any portion of telephone
service from the Company’s facilities up to the demarcation point.
C. Costs as used in this section are to be interpreted to mean the labor and material plus the same
proportions of the Company’s general operating and supervisory expenses as it applied in the
Company’s accounts.
D. Where acceptable to the Company, the subscriber may furnish labor or material, or both, as part
of whole payment, in kind, of construction charges, provided the labor and material thus
furnished are in conformity with the Company’s specifications.
E. Except as otherwise provided hereinafter, all construction is owned and maintained by the
Company
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 4
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
3. PLANNED DWELLINGS
A. Requests from customers, promoters and/or developers to extend the distribution plant to nonexistent or planned dwellings at a cost of more than $1,000 may not warrant the financial risk of
the plant extensions, when compared to the Company's forecast for the area. For such
requests, the Company may provide a statement to the customers, promoters and/or developers
that itemizes construction costs and those amounts subject to advance construction charges
relating to their service application. The customers, promoters and/or developers are liable for
payment of construction charges.
In cities where joint trench ordinances are in effect or in any situation where the Company has
no option but to construct facilities, the Company has the right to pass all associated
construction costs through to the customers, promoters, and/or developers when constructing
facilities to provide service. These costs will be computed by Outside Plant Engineering using
material costs, labor rates and overheads in effect at that time.
B. The customers, promoters and/or developers may arrange for distribution plant extensions into a
development by depositing with the Company, prior to the start of construction, the estimated
cost determined by the Company, less allowances for known established telephone customers
and/or for providing the properly sized telephone distribution facilities, either aerial or
underground, to service the requested or contracted number of lots or customer locations in the
development.
C. Deposits will be refunded semi-annually for a period of up to five (5) years to customers,
promoters and/or developers who make such deposits. The refunds are determined by multiplying
the estimated average cost per lot or per customer location for placing telephone distribution
facilities by the ultimate number of lots or customer locations in the development which have the
Company’s telephone service established on them since the last allowances or last refunds were
made. Only one (1) allowance or refund per lot or customer location will be made. At the end of
the five (5) year period, the portion of the deposit remaining after all due allowances and refunds
have been made, shall be forfeited by the promoters and/or developers and shall become the
property of the Company.
4. RIGHT-OF-WAY COSTS
A. If, to serve the customers, promoters, and/or developers, it is necessary to use right-of-way on
public roads or on private property, the customers, promoters, and/or developers shall pay the cost
of any licenses, fees, or permits necessary to construct the facilities necessary to provide the
requested service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 4
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
5. SPECIAL ASSEMBLIES
A. Special assemblies of equipment or speculative projects for which provision is not otherwise made
in this Catalog, may be furnished wherever practicable if not detrimental to any of the services
furnished by the Company, at charges based on the costs involved.
B. Such charges in general, are made up of (a) a non recurring charge estimated to compensate for
the labor cost of installation (including engineering, supervision, and payroll taxes), the immediate
depreciation on material, the cost of removing, contingencies and return -- plus (b) a monthly
charge estimated to compensate for the subsequent depreciation, less net salvage and return on
the investment not covered by the non- recurring charge and for the expenses of maintenance,
insurance, taxes, administration and contingencies.
C. The charge may be in the form of a non recurring charge, a monthly charge, a termination charge,
or any combination thereof.
6. SPECIAL ATTACHMENTS
When attachments are made to poles of other companies in lieu of providing pole line construction for
which the subscriber would be charged, the monthly cost, to the Company, of such attachments may
be billed to the subscriber in addition to any applicable mileage or other charges.
7. SPECIAL EQUIPMENT
Where a customer specifies special types of equipment, a construction charge equal to the additional
cost of the special equipment and engineering costs involved will be charged.
8. SPECIAL TYPES OF OUTSIDE CONSTRUCTION
A. If a special type of construction is desired by a subscriber, as when underground service
connections are desired in places where aerial drop wires would ordinarily be used to reach
subscribers' premises, or if the unusual requirements of a subscriber make the cost of an
installation higher than it would be if the usual type of construction were used, the subscriber is
required to bear the difference in cost between the special type construction and the average cost
of the usual type of construction.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 4
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
8. SPECIAL TYPES OF OUTSIDE CONSTRUCTION (Continued)
A. If a special type of construction… (Continued)
Examples of unusual requirements include but are not limited to:
-
When the Company has no other requirement for the facilities requested.
-
When the Company provides service using a type of facility, or via a route, other than that
which the Company would normally utilize in order to provide services for the customer.
-
When the Company provides a greater quantity of facilities than that which the Company would
otherwise provide.
-
When it is requested that construction be expedited resulting in added cost to the Company.
-
When the Company provides facilities which involve excessive or unreasonable costs
(encountering natural or other barriers such as, but not limited to, lakes, rivers, rocky terrain,
gas and oil fields, limited highways, bridges, dams or concrete/asphalt).
B. If the subscriber elects to provide conduit, the underground circuit will be placed without additional
charge, and where a trench is provided for the underground service, the charge will be determined
in accordance with paragraph 1 above.
9. TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
Where construction is necessary to provide temporary service, the customer will be required to pay a
construction charge not to exceed the estimated net cost of installing and removing the temporary
construction.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 5
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
1. GENERAL
A. The alphabetical directory is an alphabetical list of customers, joint users and others for whom
directory listings are provided and is designed solely for the purpose of informing calling parties
of the telephone numbers of customers and others listed therein who are entitled to use a
customer’s service.
B. The directory for each exchange is published at intervals determined by the Company.
C. Special arrangement of names is not permitted, nor any form of listing which does not facilitate
directory service, or is otherwise objectionable or unnecessary for purposes of identification.
The listing of a service, commodity or trade name as such will, in no case, be permitted except
when it is the name or an integral part of the name under which the listed party is doing
business.
D. The length of any listing is contracted by the use of abbreviations where the clearness of the
listing or the identification of the listed party is not impaired thereby. Where more than one line
is required to list a party properly, no additional charge is made.
E. Listings are regularly provided in connection with all classes of main station exchange service.
F. The classified section of the directory is a listing of business users by general business
headings. Each business customer will receive one free such listing under the business heading
of his choice.
2. NON-LISTED LISTINGS
A. Non-listed listings or telephone numbers will not appear in the Company's regular published
directory.
B. Non-listed listings will be available through directory information or the commercial office during
regular business hours.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 5
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
2. NON-LISTED LISTINGS (Continued)
C. Charges for non-listed listings will apply beginning the day the operator information records are
posted.
Monthly
NRC (1)(2)
Rate
Each Non-Listed Listing ADRNLST
$8.15
$1.13
3. NON-PUBLISHED LISTINGS
A. Non-published listings or numbers will not appear in either the Company's regular published
directory or in the operator information records.
B. The only place that such listings or numbers will be available will be in the commercial office
during business hours and then only to the customer or his immediate family.
C. Non-published listings are a special grade of customer service and will be provided only at the
following monthly charge:
Monthly
NRC (1)(2)
Rate
Each Non-Published Listing or Number
ADRNPUB
$8.15
$ 1.57
D. Utilization of Call Trace
Parties with non-published numbers forfeit the privacy afforded by the service to the extent that
the telephone number is identified through activation of a Call Trace procedure whereby the
name and address of the subscriber will be provided to the authorized law enforcement agency
upon request of the agency.
4. PRIMARY LISTING
A. One listing without charge, termed the primary listing, is provided for each separate customer
account, and for each joint user.
B. The primary listing is ordinarily:
1. The name and address of a person or firm contracting for the telephone service.
2. The name and address of a joint user.
(1)
When established in conjunction with a number change, the NRC for Telephone Number Change in
Section 3 applies only.
(2)
NRC applies when changing from a non-listed or non-published number to a listed or published
number.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 5
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
4. PRIMARY LISTING (Continued)
B. The primary listing is ordinarily: (Continued)
3. The name and address of a person or firm for whom the telephone service was contracted
for by another.
4. The name under which a firm regularly conducts business.
5. The same surname (last name) with no more than two individual given names. For
purposes of this Catalog, each given name could be any combination of the following, not to
exceed two:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
First Name
Middle Name
Initial
Nickname
Maiden Name
C. When two or more lines serving a customer are grouped for trunk "hunting" operation, each
group of lines is considered one customer account and is entitled to only one primary listing.
One primary listing per system is provided for each PABX and CENTREX.
D. The primary listing of a joint user may include any one of the telephone numbers serving the
associated customer.
E. If a customer or joint user has both business and residence service, his primary residence listing
may be indented under the business listing without repeating the name.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section 5
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECTORY LISTINGS
F. VANITY LISTINGS
1. Where available, a subscriber may request to have the assigned telephone number published in
the telephone directory in upper case alpha form, i.e., “333-THIS", rather than 333-8447. Use of
Vanity Listings is not exclusive to any single subscriber. The letters “Q” and “Z” are not available
nor may the “#” or “*” symbols be used with this service. The numbers “0” or “1” may not be
used to represent the letters “O” or “I”, respectively, in a Vanity Listing.
2. Prior to establishing a Vanity Listing, the Company reserves the right to require, when necessary
in its sole discretion, satisfactory evidence from the subscriber that the subscriber is authorized
to use any trade name, business name, or any other name or term, requested by the subscriber,
which is copyrighted or otherwise reserved.
3. Provisioning of a Vanity Listing is based upon the current availability of that telephone number.
The Company reserves the right to exclude certain numbers or blocks of numbers from
assignment, and will determine the availability criteria in its sole discretion. No customer waiting
lists will be maintained. The Company reserves the right to reject any listing or number, which in
its sole discretion, may be considered objectionable or would tend to delay or impede the use of
the directory.
4. The Company will not be a party to any controversy or conflict between customers as a result of
the Vanity Listing.
5. The customer shall have no property right in the Vanity Listing, and the number shall remain the
property of the Company. The Company reserves the right to change the Vanity Listing in its
sole discretion. The Company is not liable for any kind of monetary or damage claims due to
errors, omissions, or customer problems associated with Vanity Listings.
6. Vanity Listings may be listed in the Company directories white pages at the rates provided in this
Section. Customers wanting the Vanity Listing will be charged the Vanity Listing rate in addition
to the applicable nonrecurring rates. Customers wanting the numeric equivalent of the Vanity
Listing to also be listed as their primary listing will not be charged an additional monthly recurring
charge but will be assessed the appropriate nonrecurring rate if the numeric equivalent is added
by a subsequent order. When listed, the numeric equivalent of the Vanity Listing will
immediately follow the alpha listing in the directory. Only the numerical listing shall be available
from Directory Assistance.
7. Rates and Charges
Per Vanity Listing, Residence
Per Vanity Listing, Business
NRC
Monthly Rate
N/A
N/A
$3.00
5.00
EMABRQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 6
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL OPERATOR SERVICES
1.
BUSY VERIFICATION SERVICE
A. General
1. Busy Verification service is furnished to customers upon request to provide Line Status or
Busy Interrupt for a requested line or trunk.
2. This service is provided where facilities exist for Line Status or Busy Interrupt through a
Company operator.
3. The provision of Line Status involves an operator determining the condition of a line or trunk
that a customer requests to be checked. The status of this line or trunk is verified to the
customer for a charge as listed below.
4. The provision of Busy Interrupt involves an operator interrupting a line or trunk that a
customer requests to be checked. Information concerning the busy interrupt to this line or
trunk is passed to the customer for a charge as listed below.
5. No request will be processed on a collect or reversal of charge basis.
B. Rates
1. The rates listed below are in addition to the rates and charges associated with local or Long
Distance Message Telecommunications service.
Per Request
Rate
a. Line Status
b. Busy Interrupt
$1.70
$2.40
2. Charges do not apply if the line situation indicates a trouble condition or if the request is
identified as an emergency request by the customer and originates from or to emergency
agencies, such as 911 service, police, fire, rescue or ambulance.
EMABRQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 6
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL OPERATOR SERVICES
2. LOCAL OPERATOR ASSISTANCE
A. General
1. Local Telecommunications service is that of furnishing telephone communications within
local service areas.
2. Local Operator Assistance is furnished to customers upon request in order to complete local
calls.
3. For purposes of rate application, Local Operator Assistance charges are categorized as
follows: Customer Dialed Calling Card, Operator Station, and Person-to-Person.
a. Customer Dialed Calling Card calls - The Customer Dialed Calling Card rate is
applicable when the person originating the call:
(1) Dials the digit zero, plus the telephone number, plus a calling card number (where
equipment is available) to complete the call without operator assistance.
(0 + number + calling card number), or
(2) Dials the digit zero plus the telephone number to complete the call, with operator
assistance limited to recording the calling card number for billing purposes
(0+number), or
(3) Dials the operator and places a Calling Card call when equipment precludes any of
the foregoing.
b. Operator Station calls - The Operator Station rate is applicable to all operator handled
calls except as specified for the Customer Dialed Calling Card or Person-to-Person calls.
This includes the following:
(1) Customer dials (0-) where the call is completed with the assistance of an operator.
(2) Customer dials (0-) where the operator completes the call and arranges billing. The
call can be billed to the originating telephone number, a calling card, the called
number (collect), or to a third number.
EMABRQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 6
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LOCAL OPERATOR SERVICES
2. LOCAL OPERATOR ASSISTANCE (Continued)
A. General (Continued)
3. For purposes of rate application …(Continued)
b.
Operator Station calls…(Continued)
(3) Customer dials (0-) for connection to Directory Assistance where normal Directory
Assistance is available.
c.
Person-to-Person calls - The Person-to-Person rate applies to customer dialed "0-" calls
where the operator completes the call to a designated person or extension. The call can
be billed to the originating telephone number, calling card, the called number (collect), or
a third number.
4. Certified handicapped customers are exempt from Local Operator Assistance charges.
Certification is provided upon the customer's written application to the Company and the
Company's acceptance of that application.
5. Customers who verbally identify themselves as being unable to dial a call because of their
disability will not be required to pay the operator assisted surcharge.
B. Charges
Charge
1. For Customer Dialed Calling Card local calls,
per call......................................
$ .46
2. For all other Operator Station local calls,
per call......................................
$1.25
3. For Person-to-Person local calls, per call..
$3.00
4. Charges for Local Operator Assistance apply in addition to the charges for local messages
originated from a payphone and any other applicable charges as specified in the Catalog.
5. Local Operator Assistance charges do not apply to calls placed to the Company Business
Office, Company Repair Service or to emergency agencies such as 911, police, fire, rescue
or ambulance.
6. Local Operator Assistance charges will not be subject to any discount.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 7
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
EXTENSION SERVICES
1. GENERAL
A. Extension lines may be connected to all classes of service.
B. Extension lines may be installed only at locations where their use will be limited to the customer
or others entitled to use the telephone service under the rules and regulations governing the use
of such service.
C. Extension lines may be installed at a location not on the customers’ premises only when there is
other telephone service at the other location which is adequate, in the opinion of the Company,
to meet exchange and toll service needs at such other location.
D. In applying the rates quoted for extension lines, the term same premises as used herein means
the continuous or contiguous portions of a building which are occupied by the customer, and the
term building means a structure under one roof plus any contiguous wings of or additions to such
structure to the extent that such structure and its wings or additions are generally recognized to
be, and are operated as, parts of a single building.
E. In compliance with MPUC Docket No. P-999/CI-86-747, the Company will not be responsible on
a regulated basis, for providing, repairing, or maintaining new or existing utility cable located
within or between buildings on the same premise beyond the demarcation point except as stated
elsewhere in this Catalog.
F. Customers whose extension is located within or between buildings on the same premise and is
connected through Company owned network facilities will remain regulated and will be charged
applicable mileage rates outlined in this section.
G. Where the outside plant facilities required to provide an extension line outside of the building in
which the associated main station is located are not available, installation or basic termination
charges, or both, based on the costs involved, may apply in addition to any other charges
applicable.
H. Off-premise extension service may be furnished at any reasonable location in connection with
one-party exchange service or PBX stations only, subject to the following conditions:
1. The off-premise location must be within the same exchange and/or wire center area.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 7
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
EXTENSION SERVICES
1. GENERAL (Continued)
H. Off-premise extension service… (Continued)
2. The offering is subject to the availability of facilities. If construction is necessary, the related
provisions of Section 4 of this Catalog shall apply.
3. Off-premise mileage charges shall apply as specified below.
4. There must be a separate business or residence primary service at the off-premise location,
when the off-premise location belongs to another customer.
a.
If a residence extension service is installed at a business location, the residence main
service and extension service must be changed to the business rates.
b.
Business extension service installed in a residence would not require a change in the
residence service rates.
5. When located on other than the subscriber’s premises, the use of the extension service must
be restricted to answering incoming calls only.
I.
On-premise business extension service may be installed in the living quarters of the operator of
a business, without having separate primary local exchange service, under the following
conditions:
1. If such quarters are in the back room of the business establishment or upstairs, mileage
charges shall not apply.
2. If the quarters are in a separate building or mobile home on the same continuous property,
mileage charges shall apply as specified below following.
3. On Premise extensions refer to those extensions located on the same continuous property
which are connected through Company owned network facilities. Extensions not connected
through Company owned facilities are the responsibility of the customer or property owner.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 7
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
EXTENSION SERVICES
1. GENERAL (Continued)
J.
Intercommunication between main and extension station instruments is not contemplated except
as specifically provided with Key Telephone and PBX systems.
K. Extension service provided in connection with Payphone Line Service will be restricted to
answering incoming calls only.
L.
Mileage charges apply to extension lines connected through Company owned facilities as
outlined in this Section.
M. Leased lines are circuits rented from the Company which are not provided as an integral part of
the facilities associated with a class of service offered by the Company.
N. Leased lines, including private telephone lines and off premise extensions, are furnished only for
the use of the lessee, and are not to be sublet by him or used by any other unauthorized person.
O. All apparatus connected to leased lines and any current used over such lines must be in accord
with specifications approved for such use by the Company.
P. Leased lines include private lines, off premise extensions, burglar alarm control, data, fire alarm,
metering, telephone answering, mobile radio, and music loops.
Q. Leased lines are offered at the rates shown below, subject to the availability of the suitable
facilities. Where it is necessary to install special equipment, such as loading coils, repeaters,
special relay circuits, etc., in order to insure satisfactory working of the line or for protective
purposes, an additional initial or monthly charge, or both, may be made, based upon the cost of
the equipment so installed.
R. Special construction in connection with leased lines is furnished only as specified in Section 4.
S. Service connection charges for business main stations apply to each terminal or premise of
private and leased lines.
T. Leased lines furnished hereunder shall not be used for the interconnection of the teletypewriter
equipment.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 7
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
EXTENSION SERVICES
1. GENERAL (Continued)
U. The initial service period for private or leased lines shall be one month.
V. When use of a private or leased line furnished hereunder is interrupted for a period of twentyfour hours or more due to any cause other than negligence of the Company, or failure of facilities
or station equipment provided by the Company, credit will be given, as defined in Section GRR.
W. In compliance with MPUC Docket No. P-999/CI-86-747, the Company will not be responsible, on
a regulated basis, for providing, repairing, or maintaining new or existing cable located within or
between buildings on the same premise. Extensions installed within the same premise which,
due to the network configuration, are connected through Company owned network facilities will
be charged the appropriate mileage charges.
2. APPLICATION OF RATES
A. Private and Leased Lines
1. Lines Connected Through the Central Office
Mileage rates are based on the air line mileage from the originating building to the central
office building plus the air line mileage from the central office building to the terminating
building.
2. Lines Not Connected Through the Central Office.
Mileage rates are based on the air line mileage from the originating building to the
terminating building.
B. Extension Lines
1. All mileage rates are based on air line mileage from the building in which the main service is
located, to the station or service except that, in those cases where the leased line is bridged
to the main line in the central office, mileage charges are computed on the air line
measurement from the central office building where bridged or from the building in which the
main station is located to the building where the service is located, whichever distance is the
lesser. (See diagram 1 and 2).
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 7
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
EXTENSION SERVICES
2. APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued)
B. Extension Lines (Continued)
2. Mileage charges are computed as in paragraph one preceding, except that: a) When
service from a PABX is provided the mileage from the station to the PBX is used for rating
purposes (see diagram 4); b) When stations are activated by a key at the main service
location, the mileage is computed from the main service to the premise service for rating
purposes (see diagram 3).
Facilities
--------------Rate Distance
1 MI
EXT
1.5 MI
ML
EXT
ML
.75 MI
1 MI
1.5 MI
1 MI
CO
CO
1
2
7 MI
PABX
ML
.5 MI
CO
EXT
(BRA
KEY
3 MI
1 MI
15. MI
5 MI
CO
EX T
3
DIAGRAMS 1 THROUGH 4
4
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 7
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
EXTENSION SERVICES
3. RATES
NRC(1)
Per Extension Service ordered
$58.29
Mileage
Monthly Rate
1. Private and Leased Lines:
First quarter mile or fraction thereof
MBBAG (84), MAXPG (84), MCRCQ (84)
$5.46
Each add'l quarter mile or fraction
thereof MBBAL (84), MAXPL (84), MCRCL (84)
4.21
2. For a channel located in different
premises in the same building, per
premise PBAATTJ BDG
2.33
3. For extensions less than 150 feet,
MAXCY1
1.07
4. For off premise stations of a dial intercommunicating system:
S&E
Code
a.
b.
(1)
Within the same
building
Assembly
A
Monthly Rate
S&E
Assembly
Code
B or C
MAXBY
$0.69
MAXBY 7
$4.71
(1) Within 150 feet
MAXCY 5
9.43
MAXCY 8
18.71
(2) Over 150 feet
but less than
500 feet
MAXCY 6
14.72
MAXCY 9
24.11
In another building
Special Construction Charges may apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 7
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
EXTENSION SERVICES
3. RATES
Mileage (Continued)
5.
Equipment
Central Office Mounted Ringdown
Circuit Card PBBASBP
NRC
Monthly
Rate
$190.00
$20.44
$195.00
$30.88
a. Equalization of Leased
Lines.
The Company will provide, at
the rates listed below standard
arrangements of equipment to
provide
amplification
and
equalization of loops used in the
transmission of frequencies at
the 5HZ (AM), 8KHZ (television
audio) and 15KHZ (FM) levels.
b. Equalization, per loop
PBFCCCJ
c.
Generator tap, per premise
PBBASAA
(1)
$2.95(2)
(1)
Special Construction Charges may apply.
(2)
Plus channel charge for generator supply where service of generator is not available in the same
building.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 8
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
BLOCKING SERVICES
1. 900 SERVICE ACCESS RESTRICTION
A. General
900 Service Access Restriction is furnished to customers upon request to prevent access to the
900 network. A call will be diverted to a Company-provided intercept announcement when
customers dial a 900 number from a restricted line.
900 Service Access Restriction is provided in digital central offices where facilities exist and are
available. This restriction service enables customers to prohibit dialing of calls to 1+900. Calls
which are placed using alternative dialing patterns cannot be restricted. The customer
requesting 900 Service Access Restriction agrees to indemnify and save harmless the Company
from any and all claims, losses or damages caused by restriction of 900 service access.
Basic local exchange service will not be discontinued for non-payment of 900 charges.
B. Rates and Charges
There are no recurring or non-recurring charges applicable for establishing 900 Service Access
Restriction.
Note: If at any future time, 960 and 976 service blocking (optional with or without 900 blocking)
becomes available, the criteria, as stated above will apply.
2. BILLED NUMBER SCREENING
A. General
Billed Number Screening provides customers with the capability of restricting collect and/or third
number billing to their telephone number. Callers attempting to place a billed to third number or
collect call to a BNS equipped line will be advised by the operator that such billing is
unauthorized. The customer's telephone number will be included in a data base made available
to companies that provide validation services. Inclusion in the data base indicates incoming
collect and third number billed calls will not be allowed for billing to the customer's line.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 8
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
BLOCKING SERVICES
2. BILLED NUMBER SCREENING (Continued)
A. General (Continued)
BNS is limited to calls handled by Local Exchange Companies or Interexchange Carriers
that access the validation data base and cannot guarantee operator screening of
incoming collect, international collect and third number billed calls to their subscribers.
Charges for any such calls will be the responsibility of the customer.
B. Rates and Charges
Billed Number Screening
Per Order
S&E
Code
Monthly
Rate
Installation
Charge (1)
AAABNSG
$0.00
$8.15
3. CALLER ID BLOCKING
A. Caller ID blocking allows the customer the ability to prevent the delivery of their name and/or
telephone number on a per call basis (per call blocking) or per line basis (per line blocking).
When Caller ID Blocking is activated, the name and/or telephone number will not be transmitted
to the called party. Called parties with Caller ID will receive an "anonymous call" indicator. This
"anonymous call" indicator notifies the called party that the calling party has elected to block the
delivery of the telephone number.
Per call blocking will block the delivery of the customer's name and/or telephone number for one
call only and may be activated by pressing *67 (1167 on a rotary telephone) immediately prior to
placing a call. The activation code will initiate per call blocking, which is available at no charge.
Per line blocking will automatically block delivery of the customer's name and/or telephone
number on all calls. There is no activation code required for per line blocking. Per line blocking
may be unblocked on a per call basis by dialing a deactivation code *82 (1182 on a rotary
telephone) prior to placing a call.
(1)
Applies for Addition or deletion of this service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 8
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
BLOCKING SERVICES
3. CALLER ID BLOCKING (Continued)
B. Caller ID Blocking - Per Call is available, at all times, on all lines where technically feasible,
without subscribing to ExpressTouch features.
Caller ID Blocking - Per Line is available to the following:
1. Residential customers.
2. Law enforcement agencies.
3. Shelters for battered persons.
4. Government agencies engaged in undercover operations.
5. Other business customers which demonstrate in writing to the company that name or
number disclosure could endanger the caller, other persons or property. If the Company
finds the need for per-line block was not demonstrated, the customer may appeal in writing
to the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission.
Per call unblocking is available on all line blocked lines, at all times, at no charge.
C. Caller ID Blocking - Per Line is available to customer groups listed in 3.B., preceding, at no
charge.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 8
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
BLOCKING SERVICES
4. TOLL RESTRICTION
A. Toll Restriction service is furnished to provide outgoing toll call restriction for a requested
individual line or trunk. This service is provided in digital central offices where facilities exist and
are available.
1. Lifeline subscribers may receive Toll Restriction Service without paying a monthly or nonrecurring charge.
The customer shall understand that no outgoing calls may be made to an operator or any part of
the long distance network when this service is in effect, including emergency assistance. The
customer indemnifies and saves harmless the Company from any and all claims, losses or
damages caused by restriction of access to operator services or the long distance network.
Incoming calls from the long distance network shall be allowed.
B. Rates and Charges
Rates and charges are in addition to the established monthly and non-recurring charges
applicable to services or equipment associated with Toll Restriction.
1. Non-recurring Charge................................................................................................. $0.00
2. Monthly Rate (FCE1TLL)............................................................................................ $0.00
Per line or Trunk
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 8
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
BLOCKING SERVICES
5. TOLL AND CASUAL DIALING RESTRICTION SERVICE
A. Description
Where central office facilities permit, Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction prevents the completion
of certain types of calls. Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction may be provided with individual line
residence and business exchange services in exchanges equipped to program Toll and Casual
Dialing Restriction without alteration of the central office equipment.
B. Terms and Conditions
1. Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction Options 1 and 2 restrict access to 1+, 0+ 0-, and 00-, and
restrict access to 01/011+ numbers outside of the North American Numbering Plan. Access to
900, 976, 500 and 700 numbers is also restricted in addition to Directory Assistance and the
casual dialing of toll calls (by preceding the telephone number with 101XXXX+). Option 1
additionally restricts access to Toll Free Code numbers.
2. Restriction of access to operator services prevents the customer from dialing an operator for
all purposes, including emergencies, assistance and the placing of toll calls. Operator
Services will not be accessible from a line with Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction Option 1
or 2. The customer indemnifies and saves harmless the Company from any and all claims,
losses, or damages caused by restriction of access to operator services.
3. Directory Assistance (411, 1411, 555-1212, 1-555-1212, or 1-NPA-555-1212) and Directory
Assistance Call Completion (DACC) will not be accessible from a line with Toll and Casual
Dialing Restriction Option 1 or 2.
4. All local calls and non-chargeable calls to Company numbers (such as repair service) will be
permitted.
5. Where facilities allow, N11 (except 411) will only be restricted with Option 1 and 2 if the call
terminates outside the local calling area or to a non-toll-free number.
6. Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction does not restrict calls to 911 emergency reporting service
or to 1+710 Government Emergency Telecommunications Service Calls.
7. Customers are responsible for calls charged to their number via third number billing, collect
or credit card.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 8
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
BLOCKING SERVICES
5. TOLL AND CASUAL DIALING RESTRICTION SERVICE (Continued)
B. Terms and Conditions (Continued)
8.
Lifeline subscribers may receive Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction without paying a monthly
or non-recurring charge.
9.
Listed following are the Toll and Casual Dialing Restriction options as determined by the
Company. These options may be changed or new options added as determined appropriate
by the Company. A customer may select one of the following Toll and Casual Dialing
Restriction options:
Option #1
1+ DDD, 0-, 0+, 00-, 01/011+DDD to numbers
outside the North American Numbering Plan.
Directory Assistance (411, 1411, 555-1212, 1555-1212, 1-NPA-555-1212), 101XXXX access
to toll numbers, Toll Free Code numbers (1 +
800, 1 + 888, etc.), N11, 500, 700, 900, 976
(Allows 1+710 and 911 calls).
Option #2
1+ DDD, 0-, 0+, 00-, 01/011+DDD to numbers
outside the North American Numbering Plan.
Directory Assistance (411, 1411, 555-1212, 1555-1212, 1-NPA-555-1212), 101XXXX access
to toll numbers, N11, 500, 700, 900, 976
(Allows toll free, 1+710 and 911 calls.).
C. Rates
Rates and charges are in addition to the established monthly and non-recurring charges applicable
to services or equipment associated with Toll Restriction.
Nonrecurring
Charge
Monthly
Rate
Option #1
$0.00
$0.00
Option #2
$0.00
$0.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE
A. General
"911" is a universal telephone number for public use in reporting emergencies and in requesting
emergency assistance. Subject to availability of facilities, the Company will provide this service
when requested by state or local government authorities. The basic "911" system is a one-way
trunk which accesses a public safety answering point (PSAP). The basic system provides forced
disconnect and call hold features. The re-ring feature is an option which is provided upon
request at an additional charge. The re-ring feature will only provide re-ring capability to
telephones equipped with straight line ringers and it is not provided with enhanced 911 systems.
B. Liability and Indemnification
1. The Company's entire liability to any person for interruption or failure of 911 Service shall be
limited to the terms set forth in this section and other sections of this Tariff.
2. The Company shall not be liable for civil damages caused by an act or omission of the
Company, its employees or agents in the design, development, installation, operation,
maintenance or provisioning of 911 emergency communication systems or services. The
provisions of this section shall apply unless the act or omission constitutes willful and wanton
conduct.
3. The 911 customer agrees to release, indemnify, defend, and save harmless the Company
from claims, suits, actions, damages, costs, judgments, actions of every name and
description arising out of or due to acts or omissions of the 911 customer, its agents and its
employees while answering and dispatching 911 calls.
4. The 911 customer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company for any infringement
or invasion of the right of privacy of person or persons, caused or claimed to be caused by
the acts or omissions of the 911 customer and their operation or use of the 911 service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE (Continued)
C. Rates
Installation
Charge
Monthly
Rate
$564.00
$53.41
2. Each Additional 911 Trunk (FCET912)
165.00
19.76
3. First 911 Trunk with Re-ring
Feature (FCET911 RER)
650.00(1)
30.00(1)
1. First 911 Trunk (FCET911)
4. Each Additional 911 Trunk
with Re-ring Feature (FCET912 RER)
(2)
10.00(1)
(1)
These rates are for adding the re-ring feature to non-digital offices with existing 911 service. All
digital offices and all new 911 trunks installed with the re-ring feature will be rated on an individual
case basis as per the Special Assemblies (Section 4 of this Catalog).
(2)
There is no additional installation charge for the additional re-ring features when installed at the
same time as the first feature.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE (Continued)
D. Wireless E911 Phase 2
1. Description of Service
Wireless E911 Phase 2 is only available in combination with E911 as specified in this section
of the tariff and is subject to the regulations specified herein.
In accordance with the FCC’s Report and Order 94-102, Wireless E911 Phase 2 provides
PSAPs with the wireless E911 caller’s location and callback number (CBN) information, as
specified by the FCC. The FCC has adopted specific handset-based and network-based
location accuracy and reliability solutions standards for the Wireless Service Providers
(WSPs).
2. General Regulations
a.
The Company is not responsible for the location determination technology, the accuracy
of the location determination technology, or the investigation or maintenance of said
technologies. Only the data required and specified by the FCC in its Report and Order
94-102 will be delivered by the Company to the PSAP. This required data includes the
cell site or sector location, the callback number, and the latitude/longitude of the caller.
Each customer agrees that delivery, or lack of delivery, of additional data elements
which may be provided by the WSP will not be the responsibility of the Company and the
Company assumes no responsibility or liability for such information.
b.
PSAPs must have all required elements of Wireless E911 Phase 1, utilizing p-ANI
routing and cell site/sector location based information, in place before implementing
Phase 2. This is necessary to accommodate loading of the respective p-ANIs also
known as Emergency Service Routing Key/Emergency Service Routing Digit into the
Company’s Database Management System. In addition, the following requirements
must be met for Phase 2 implementation:
(1) PSAPs must order both the Company’s Extended ALI Display Format and the ALI
Database Upgrade for Wireless Phase 2 to accommodate the x/y data provided by
Wireless E911 Phase 2 Service. See rates in Section 9.1.D.6. following.
(2) WSPs must have Position Determining Entity (PDE) and a Mobile Position Center
(MPC)/Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC) in their network.
(3) WSPs or their designated database provider must have obtained an interface to the
Company’s ALI database that complies with the Company’s existing operating
standard. This interface will be used by the WSP to provide the Phase 2 data.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE (Continued)
D. Wireless E911 Phase 2 (Continued)
3.
Definition of Terms
a.
Callback Number (CBN)
The wireless caller’s 10-digit handset telephone number. The CBN is used by the PSAP
to reestablish a call in the event the call was prematurely disconnected.
b.
Interface
A reference point for a data path that exists between an MPC/GMLC and an ESME (the
ALI database). The data that traverses the interface is made up of an Emergency
Services Position Request and the response. The interface is not provided by and is not
the responsibility of the Company.
c.
Emergency Services Message Entity (ESME)
An entity in the emergency services network which serves as the point of interface to an
MSC for common channel emergency services messaging. ESME is another term for
the ALI database.
d.
Enhanced MF Signaling (EMFS)
A signaling protocol for sending 10 or 20 digits of ANI from the 911 Tandem to the
PSAP. EMF signaling is required when an interconnecting WSP selects Phase 2 NCAS
mode without WLS911.
e.
Mobile Position Center (MPC)
The interface between the wireless network and the Company’s ALI database. The
MPC serves as the wireless network entity which retrieves, forwards, stores, and
controls position data within the wireless location network. The MPC is not provided by
and is not the responsibility of the Company. Global System for Mobile (GSM)
communication Gateway Mobile Location Centers (GMLCs) will be treated as MPCs by
the Company.
f.
Mobile Switching Center (MSC)
The wireless equivalent of a Central Office, which provides switching functions for
wireless calls. The MSC is not provided by and is not the responsibility of the Company.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE (Continued)
D. Wireless E911 Phase 2 (Continued)
3. Definition of Terms (Continued)
g.
Phase 2 NCAS
In this mode the p-ANI and the CBN both are sent to the Selective Router. The trunk
between the Selective Router and the PSAP must support transport of at least two 10digit numbers.
h.
Position Determining Entity (PDE)
The PDE determines the geographic location of a wireless handset when the wireless
caller places a 911 call or while the call is in process. The PDE is not provided by and is
not the responsibility of the Company.
i.
Pseudo-ANI (P-ANI)
A pseudo, non-dialable telephone number assigned to a cell site or a sector of a cell site
to provide location identification for wireless E911 calls.
j.
WLS911
The Company solution that sends either eight or ten digits of ANI to the PSAP and
dynamically updates the static cell site or sector information with the CBN as provided
by the WSP. This solution when used in conjunction with a WSP’s interface allows
WSPs to comply with the FCC’s order without requiring PSAPs to upgrade their PSAP
equipment to utilize Enhanced MF signaling.
k.
Wireless Service Provider (WSP)
A person or entity that provides Commercial Mobile Radio Service (CMRS). The term
wireless includes service provided by any wireless real-time, two-way voice
communication device, including radio-telephone communications used in cellular
telephone service, personal communication service (PCS), or functional or competitive
equivalent. The term does not include service providers whose customers do not have
access to 911 or 911-like services.
l.
Wireline Compatibility Mode
Occurs when the WSP sends only p-ANI to the Company E911 tandem and the PSAP
receives eight or ten digits of ANI.
m. X,Y Coordinates
The latitude and longitude of the 911 wireless caller’s location.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE (Continued)
D. Wireless E911 Phase 2 (Continued)
4.
Enhanced MF
Enhanced MF (EMF) is a new signaling protocol from the 911 Tandem to the PSAP.
Enhanced MF accommodates either ten or 20 digits of ANI. Enhanced MF is not a
requirement of Wireless Phase 2 implementation but EMF must be used by PSAPs when an
interconnecting Wireless Service Provider chooses the Phase 2 NCAS Mode (as defined in
J-STD-036 Annex D, Table D.1.2. and/or D.2.), without WLS911. If an interconnecting WSP
chooses a Phase 2 NCAS solution without WLS911, the PSAP’s equipment must be 20-digit
Enhanced MF capable. The PSAP must request the Company convert them to EMF
signaling when preparing to accept Phase 2 calls from a WSP utilizing Phase 2 NCAS
without WLS911. Once a PSAP has been converted to 20 digit EMF Signaling the
functionality of WLS911 is disabled for all WSPs serving that PSAP.
5.
Wireless E911 Phase 2 Service
This service is comprised of two components, Extended ALI Display Format and ALI
Database Upgrade for Wireless Phase 2. Both components are required for implementation
of this service.
a. Extended ALI Display Format
The PSAP’s Automatic Location Identification (ALI) display format must be changed to
the Company’s Extended ALI Display Format to accommodate the latitude and
longitude, or x,y coordinates. The provision and delivery of the x,y information to the
PSAP requires an interface between the ALI database and the WSP’s Mobile Position
Center (MPC)/Gateway Mobile Location Center (GMLC). The provisioning of the
interface is the responsibility of the WSP.
b. ALI Database Upgrade for Wireless Phase 2
The ALI Database Upgrade for Wireless Phase 2 enables the PSAP to query and
retrieve wireless caller location information from the Company’s Automatic Location
Identification (ALI) database. Location information may include cell site sector location,
longitude and latitude of the wireless caller’s location, and the wireless caller’s callback
number (CBN). This upgrade will enable the necessary interfaces, software, and
databases to permit the wireless caller’s location information to be populated in the
Company’s ALI database and/or retrieved when queried by the customer’s PSAP
equipment.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1.
911 SERVICE (Continued)
D. Wireless E911 Phase 2 (Continued)
6. Rates and Charges
Nonrecurring
Charge
a.
b.
c.
Enhanced MF signaling,
per PSAP
Extended ALI Display
Format, per PSAP
ALI Database Upgrade
for Wireless Phase 2,
per PSAP
Monthly
Rate
SAE
Code
$0.00
$0.00
-
$3,500.00
$0.00
-
$0.00
$250.00
AEMDATA (WLS)
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE (Continued)
E. Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service
1.
Description of Service
a. The Company offers Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service
(Reverse Database Service) to support the ability of Public Safety Answering Points
(PSAPs) to make broadcast notification calls to areas under their jurisdiction in the event
of emergencies.
2.
General Regulations
a. Reverse Database Service is offered solely for the purpose of permitting PSAPs to make
broadcast notifications to particular geographic areas and associated local telephone
numbers in the event of emergencies. PSAPs ordering Reverse Database Service must
provide the Company with written certification of their authority to make public
emergency notifications.
b. PSAPs may not use Reverse Database Service information in connection with enhanced
911.
c. PSAPs subscribing to Reverse Database Service will receive CD-ROM downloads of
information from the Company’s Automatic Location Indicator (ALI) database. The
Company will provide ten-digit telephone numbers, associated addresses, and names to
the extent that information is present in the Company’s ALI database.
d. Reverse Database Service will include ALI information obtained by the Company from
other local exchange carriers serving a PSAP’s jurisdiction, when there are multiple local
exchange carriers in a PSAP’s jurisdiction. Reverse Database Service will include ALI
information obtained from customers who operate private switches and have requested
that carriers maintain appropriate information in the carrier’s ALI database.
e. The Company will provide Reverse Database Service only for the jurisdictional area
where a PSAP is authorized to provide emergency services. PSAPs will not be able to
obtain foreign listings, foreign exchange cross-listings, foreign central office
subscriptions, and multiple listings through Reverse Database Service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE (Continued)
E. Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service (Continued)
2. General Regulations (Continued)
f.
The Company considers all information provided to a PSAP under Reverse Database
Service to be confidential and proprietary. Information received through Reverse
Database Service may contain the names, addresses and telephone numbers of
individuals whose listings are not published in directories and/or are not listed in
directory assistance databases. The PSAP must:
(1) Hold all Reverse Database Service information in confidence and protect it in
accordance with the security regulations by which it protects its own proprietary or
confidential information;
(2) Restrict disclosure of the information solely to those PSAP employees and/or agents
with a need to know and not disclose or resell such information to any other parties;
(3) Use the information only when delivering broadcast notifications of emergencies;
and
(4) Notify the Company immediately of any confirmed or suspected misuse of Reverse
Database Service information.
g. The PSAP represents and warrants that it will use information received through Reverse
Database Service only in emergency situations. A PSAP may not access, use, import,
export, copy, print, distribute or release information for any purpose other than what is
necessary to make outbound telephone emergency notifications.
h. The Company may immediately terminate a PSAP’s use of Reverse Database Service
and demand the return of all Reverse Database Service information furnished to the
PSAP if, in the Company’s judgment, the PSAP misuses the information provided or fails
to comply with any other provision of this tariff.
i.
A PSAP’s modification, merger or enhancement of information received through the
Reverse Database Service will not relieve the PSAP from any provision of this tariff.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE (Continued)
E. Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service (Continued)
3.
Limitations
a. The Company offers no warranty or representation with respect to the accuracy or
completeness of the Reverse Database Service. The Company may rely on other local
exchange carriers or private switch customers for certain information used in the
Reverse Database Service.
b. The Company does not warrant or represent that the Reverse Database Service will be
compatible with every type of reverse notification equipment. PSAPs are responsible for
acquiring their own broadcast notification equipment and for testing the compatibility of
that equipment with the Reverse Database Service.
c. By offering Reverse Database Service, the Company makes no warranties or
representations for the operation of customer’s broadcast notification equipment or for
the availability or performance of any telephone network facilities, including the
Company’s facilities, during a broadcast notification.
4.
Liability of the Company
a. By subscribing to Reverse Database Service, a PSAP agrees to hold harmless and
indemnify the Company, along with its employees, directors, officers, agents, and
subcontractors, from and against all claims or suits arising out of or resulting from the
provision of Reverse Database Service, specifically including, but not limited to, all
claims or suits resulting from or allegedly resulting from errors or omissions in the file or
the use of such information by the PSAP or its agents.
b. To the extent that the PSAP claims sovereign immunity or other statutory limitations
against third party claims, the PSAP will extend that same protection to the Company in
connection with the PSAP’s use of the Reverse Database Service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
1. 911 SERVICE (Continued)
E. Reverse Notification Telephone Number Database Service (Continued)
5. Rates and Charges
a. PSAPs can purchase Reverse Database Service in the following formats:
(1) One-time update – The customer purchases one CD-ROM update and pays a
nonrecurring charge.
(2) Monthly update – The customer purchases monthly CD-ROM updates and pays a
monthly recurring charge. The customer commits to purchasing the CD-ROM for a
minimum of twelve consecutive months. Should the customer terminate service
prior to the twelfth month, the customer will be billed for any remaining months to
fulfill the twelve-month minimum.
Nonrecurring
Charge
Monthly
Rate
$500.00
$ 0.00
0.00
125.00
b. Reverse Database Service,
(1) One-time update (CD-ROM)
(2) Monthly update (CD-ROM)
12 Month Term
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
2. EMERGENCY CONFERENCE SYSTEMS
A. General
1. Emergency Conference service is furnished by means of equipment located in a central
office. This allows a customer, who is calling the number associated with the service, to
make an announcement to several exchange stations simultaneously.
2. This service will be furnished only in connection with individual (private) line service.
3. Since failure, delays or interruptions in transmission may occur without the fault of the
company, and since such service is furnished as an aid in emergency situations, the liability
of the Company for any damage caused by the failure, delay or interruption in transmission,
or for other damages arising out of the use of such service, shall be limited to an amount
equal to the allowance for failure of service as specified in the General Rules and
Regulations of this Catalog.
B. Rates
The following rates are applicable to existing customers at present locations only:
AFAELE1 STE (Stewart)
AFAENE3 ALT (Altura)
AFAENE5 CHK (Chaska)
AFAEAE4 LPR (Long Prairie)
AFAENE3 VLD (Villard)
AFAENE3 WAL (Waldorf)
AFAENE4 BRV (Browerville)
AFAENE2 HLK (Howard Lake)
AFAEAE3 CKT (Cokato)
AFAENE4 PLN (Plainview)
AFAENE5 DAS (Dassel)
AFAENE4 BUF (Buffalo Lake)
AFAEAE1 HST (Hastings)
AFAENE2 ELG (Elgin)
(1)
Limited to existing customers at present locations.
NRC
Monthly
Rate(1)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
$20.05
41.59
46.85
53.55
53.55
54.95
58.25
58.25
58.25
58.25
60.20
61.60
63.35
71.61
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
2. EMERGENCY CONFERENCE SYSTEMS (Continued)
B. Rates (Continued)
AFAENE2 ETA (Eyota)
AFAENE4 DER (Deerwood)
AFAEAE2 ATK (Aitkin)
AFAEAE1 CRS (Carlos)
AFAEAE3 ZUF (Zumbro Falls)
AFAEAE5 LAK (Lake City)
AFAENE4 LEW (Lewiston)
AFAEAE4 GLN (Glencoe)
AFAEAE7 GLN (Glencoe)
NRC
Monthly
Rate(1)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
$ 71.61
71.61
83.17
85.70
91.50
91.50
99.83
103.19
31.35
Rates for all future emergency conference systems will be determined at the time of any inquiry
for such service.
3. ALI DATABASE MANAGMENT
A. General
The Database Management System is the system of procedures and computer programs used
to create, store, and update the data required to provide the Selective Routing (SR) and
Automatic Location Identification (ALI). This data contains customer specific information such as
telephone number, name, location address, etc. for dispatching appropriate emergency
responders.
Automatic Location Identification (ALI) is a feature by which the name and address associated
with the calling party’s telephone number (identified by ANI feature) as well as location
information, where available, is forwarded to a PSAP for display. Additional telephones with the
same number as the calling party’s (secondary locations, off premises, etc.) will be identified with
the address of the telephone number at the main location.
The Master Street Address Guide (MSAG) is the database file that lists standard street names,
address ranges, and routing codes used to develop the ALI feature.
(1)
Limited to existing customers at present locations.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 14
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
3. ALI DATABASE MANAGEMENT (Continued)
B. Charges
1. Database Management System,
ALI establishment and maintenance
of updates to MSAG database, per request
2. Automatic Location Information (ALI)
Provision of nightly updates
to MSAG database. Charge
per 100 access lines.(1)
(1)
NRC
$1,800.00
N/A
Monthly
Rate
N/A
$9.00
For the purpose of determining the monthly charges, access lines are rounded up to the nearest 100.
(Example: 801=900, 849=900). Access line counts will be trued-up annually in January of each year.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 15
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
4. 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS)
A. General
1.
711 Dialing Code ("711") is a three digit local dialing arrangement for telephone voice
transmission access to all certified Telecommunications Relay Services entities as a toll free
call. Pursuant to Order 00-257, issued by the Federal Communications Commissions (FCC)
in CC Docket 92-105, the FCC assigned 711 dialing code for nationwide access to
Telecommunications Relay Services (TRS) entities, to be implemented not later than
October 1, 2001.
2.
711 is available from the Company within the Company's service area only. To provide
access to 711 to end users in another company service area or to a Competitive Local
Exchange Carrier (CLECs) end users within the local calling area, the TRS entity must make
appropriate arrangements with the other company or CLEC serving that territory. The TRS
entity should work separately with competing local providers to ascertain that its end user
customers will be able to reach relay services provided by dialing 711.
3.
This service is subject to the availability of the 711 dialing code.
4.
711 can be delivered via regular exchange access lines (by individual business lines, PBX
trunks, etc.).
5.
Limitations and use of service are as stated in the General Rules and Regulations of this
Tariff.
6.
Directory Listings may be provided for 711 at rates and regulations as specified in Section 5
of this Tariff.
7.
Access to 711 is not available to the following classes of service:
- Hotel/Motel/Hospital Service (toll call only)
- 1+
- 0+, 0- (Credit Card, Third-Party Billing, Collect Calls)
- Inmate Service
- 101XXXX
- Cellular - Type 2A
In addition, operator assisted calls to 711 will not be completed
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 16
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
4. 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS) (Continued)
B. Obligations of the TRS Entity
1.
The TRS entity must, prior to provisioning of the service, sign a written acknowledgement of
possible recall of the 711 dialing code by the FCC and an agreement to return the code upon
receipt of 6 months written notice of such a recall from the Company or regulating entity and
abide by all terms and conditions which may be identified by the FCC in CC Docket 92-105
regarding the use and return of the 711 dialing code. If a recall is effected, the Company will
work with the TRS entity affected by such recall to transfer their service arrangements, to a 7
or 10-digit dialing arrangement within the 6-month notice period. The TRS entity will be
required to migrate to any access arrangement the telecommunications relay services
subsequently agreed to by the industry and approved by the FCC. The TRS entity will be
charged the appropriate tariff rates for the establishment of the new access arrangement.
2.
The TRS entity should work separately with wireless companies to ascertain their end user
customers will be able to reach telephone relay services provided by dialing 711.
3.
The TRS entity should work separately with competitive local exchange companies to
ascertain their end user customers will be able to reach telephone relay services provided by
dialing 711.
4.
The TRS entity is restricted from selling or transferring the 711 dialing code to an unaffiliated
entity, either directly or indirectly.
a. An "affiliate" of a TRS entity is any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the TRS entity.
The term "control" (including the terms "controlling," "controlled by," and "under common
control with") means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause
the direction of the management and policies of an entity, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 17
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
4. 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS) (Continued)
B. Obligations of the TRS Entity (Continued)
5. The 711 Dialing Code will be provided by the Company to the TRS entity under the following
conditions:
a. For network sizing and protection, the TRS entity must provide an estimate of annual
call volumes, the expected busy hour and the expected holding time for each call to the
711 dialing code.
b. The TRS entity will subscribe to adequate telephone facilities initially and subsequently
as may be required, in the judgment of the Company, to adequately handle calls to 711
without impairing the Company’s general telephone service or telephone facilities.
c. The TRS entity is responsible for obtaining all necessary permission, licenses, written
consents, waivers, releases and all other rights from all persons whose work, statements
or performance are used in connection with the 711 dialing code, and from all holders of
copyrights, trademarks, and patents used in connection with said service.
6. If a pre-recorded announcement is provided by the TRS entity, the following conditions
apply:
a. The TRS entity will provide announcements. The company will provide only the delivery
of the call.
b. The provision of access to the 711 network by the Company for the transmission of
announcement is subject to availability of such facilities and the requirements of the
local exchange network.
c. The TRS entity assumes all financial responsibility for all costs involved in providing
announcement including, but not limited to, the recorder-announcement equipment
located on the TRS entity’s premises.
d. The TRS entity assumes, according to other specific rates and charges under tariff, all
financial responsibility for all facilities required, to connect the recorder-announcement
equipment located on the TRS entity’s premises.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 18
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
4. 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS) (Continued)
C. Obligations of the Company
1. Once the 711 Dialing Code has been assigned and the subscriber has provided the
Company the appropriate toll free number, implementation of the 711 Dialing Code will
begin. The Company will implement the TRS entity’s request within a reasonable time,
given the complexity of the order.
If, during or at the end of the provisioning period, the TRS entity has failed to establish
service or decides to discontinue service establishment, the 711 code will be recalled and
the number will be considered available for reassignment.
2. When a 711 Service call is placed by the calling party via interconnection with an
interexchange carrier, the Company cannot guarantee the completion of said 711 Service
call, the quality of the call or any features that otherwise may be provided with 711 dialing
service.
D. Obligations of the Competitive Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC)
1. In those instances where a CLEC provides the 711 dialing code to its end user within the
local calling area, terms and conditions for 711 dialing code are as defined in the appropriate
Interconnection Agreement.
a. For purposes of providing a CLEC end user access to the TRS entity within the local
calling area, appropriate arrangements must be made by the CLEC with the TRS entity
serving the local calling area.
b. A CLEC may negotiate the provision of directory listing as defined in the Interconnection
Agreement.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 19
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
4. 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS) (Continued)
E. Liability
1. The TRS entity is responsible for, and shall indemnify, protect, defend and save harmless
the Company against all suits, actions, claims, demands and judgments, and of all costs,
expenses and counsel fees incurred on account thereof, arising out of and resulting directly
or indirectly from the service or in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, any
loss, damage, expense or liability resulting from any infringement or claim of infringement, of
any patent, trademark, copyright, or resulting from any claim of liable and slander. Unless
otherwise specifically provided in this Tariff, the Company shall be authorized to disconnect
any tariffed service provided to the TRS entity utilized, directly or indirectly, with the 711
dialing code, which fails to comply with regulations and conditions set forth herein, upon five
(5) days of notice to the subscriber. Disconnection may be suspended at the discretion of the
Company if it receives written certification that the TRS entity is in compliance with
regulations and conditions of the tariffs. Continual noncompliance shall be cause for
disconnection without notice at the discretion of the Company.
2. The TRS entity shall respond promptly to any and all complaints lodged with any regulatory
authority against any service provided via the 711 dialing code. If requested by the
Company, the TRS entity shall assist the Company in responding to complaints made to the
Company concerning the 711 dialing code.
3. A written notice will be sent to any TRS entity following oral notification when their service
unreasonably interferes with or impairs other services rendered to the public by the
Company. If after notification the TRS entity makes no modification in method of operation or
in the service arrangements that are deemed service-protective by the Company, or if the
TRS entity is unwilling to accept the modifications, or if the TRS entity continues to cause
service impairment, the Company reserves the right, at any time, without further notice, to
institute protective measures, up to and including termination of service. In an emergency
situation as defined by the Company, the Company reserves the right, at any time, without
notice, to institute protective measures up to and including termination of service.
4. The Company may take all legal and practical steps to disassociate itself from the TRS entity
providing services whose business and/or public conduct (whether demonstrated or
proposed) is of a type that in the Company’s discretion generates unacceptable levels of
complaints by end users.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 20
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
4. 711 SERVICE FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY SERVICES (TRS) (Continued)
E.
Liability (Continued)
5. In no event shall the Company be liable for any losses or damages of any kind resulting from
the unavailability of its equipment or facilities or for any act, omission or failure of
performance by the Company, or its employees, or agents, in connection with this Tariff. The
Company shall not be responsible for calls that cannot be completed as a result of repair or
maintenance difficulties on Company facilities and equipment nor on equipment owned or
leased by the TRS entity.
F.
Other Terms and Conditions
1. Only one 10-digit toll free number may be used as the lead number per basic local calling
area.
2. The 711 Dialing Code is provided where facilities permit.
3. The 711 Service will not provide calling number information in real time to the TRS entity. If
this type of information is required, the TRS entity must subscribe to compatible Caller ID
Service as described in Section 15 of this Tariff.
4. The 711 Service is provided solely for the benefit of the TRS entity. The provision of the 711
Service by the Company shall not be interpreted, constructed, or regarded, either expressly
or implied, as being for the benefit of or creating any Company obligation toward any third
person or legal entity other than the TRS entity.
G. Rates and Charges
1. The 711 Service is ordered by the F.C.C. to be provided without charge. Therefore, there
are no rates or charges for the 711 Service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 21
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
5. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE
A. General
1.
Non-Emergency 311 Service (NE311) is a local telephone exchange communications
service which allows Company subscribers to reach non-emergency local government
services by dialing an abbreviated telephone number. The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) reserved the abbreviated telephone number, 3-1-1, for non-emergency
access to public services. NE311 Service is an optional service which may be purchased by
a local municipality, state or local governmental unit to whom authority has been lawfully
delegated. The NE311 Service Provider must be granted authority by the appropriate city,
county, or state officials to provide the service.
2.
NE311 Service allows a Company subscriber to access an approved NE311 Service
Provider by dialing only the 311 abbreviated dialing code. Subject to other terms and
conditions of this Catalog, Company subscribers shall be able to make and the NE311
Service Provider shall be able to receive calls using the NE311 Service as part of their local
exchange services. The NE311 Service is supplemental to and is not a replacement for
either party’s local exchange service.
3.
All NE311 Service calls must be local in nature and shall not result in any intraLATA toll,
interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges to Company subscribers.
4.
The NE311 Service is not available for the following classes of service: inmate service, 1+
and 0+ calling, 0- operated assisted calling and 101XXXX calling. NE311 Service is
otherwise available wherever local service is accessible.
5.
Only calls originating within a NE311 Service Provider’s area of jurisdiction (the “NE311
Service Area”) will be routed to a call center/answering point designated by the NE311
Service Provider. There can be only one NE311 Service Provider in each geographic area.
NE311 Service areas may not overlap. This assures that NE311 calls from a telephone line
within a NE311 Service Area can be routed to a unique NE311 call center/answering point.
6.
NE311 Service is offered subject to the availability of facilities.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 22
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
5. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Continued)
B. Obligations of the Non-Emergency 311 Service Provider
1.
The NE311 Service Provider must submit a written application for NE311 Service on a
Company local exchange by local exchange basis. The NE311 Service Provider may
establish NE311 Service in all or part of the Company's local exchanges. There may be only
one NE311 Service Provider per exchange.
2.
The NE311 Service Provider’s written application to establish NE311 Service in a Company
local exchange shall include the following:
a. The unpublished local telephone number into which the Company is to translate the
dialed NE311 abbreviated code. If the NE311 Service Provider desires to change the
telephone number into which the NE311 abbreviated dialing code is translated the
NE311 Service Provider must pay the Number Change Charge specified in Section
9.5.F.7 following.
b. A location description of the NE311 Service Provider call center where NE311 calls
made from the Company local exchange will be routed.
c. For network sizing and protection, an estimate of annual call volumes, the expected busy
hour and holding time for each call to the NE311 Service.
d. An acknowledgment of the possibility that the Commission's assignment of the NE311
abbreviated dialing code may be recalled at any time.
3.
Local Calling for Company Subscribers
a. The NE311 Service Provider, in cooperation with the Company, shall assure that all
NE311 Service calls are local in nature and do not generate local, EAS, OLMS,
intraLATA toll, interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges for Company
subscribers.
b. When the NE311 Service Provider applies for NE311 Service in a Company local
exchange, the NE311 Service Provider shall supply the Company with an unpublished
seven or ten digit telephone number that terminates within the Company local
exchange's local calling area. The Company will translate the dialed NE311 dialing code
into the telephone number provided by the NE311 Service Provider.
c. When the NE311 Service Provider applies for NE311 Service in a Company local
exchange and a NE311 Service Provider call center is not located within the local
exchange's local calling area, then the NE311 Service Provider shall establish foreign
exchange service or supply the Company with a toll free telephone number so that
Company subscribers' NE311 Service calls do not incur toll charges.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 23
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
5. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Continued)
B. Obligations of the Non-Emergency 311 Service Provider (Continued)
4. The NE311 Service Provider is liable for and will indemnify, protect, defend and hold
harmless the Company against all suits, actions, claims, demands and judgments, plus any
expenses and counsel fees incurred by the Company on account thereof, whether suffered,
made, instituted or asserted by the NE311 Service Provider or any other party or person, for
any personal injury to or death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or
destruction of any property, whether owned by the NE311 Service Provider or others, arising
out of or resulting directly or indirectly from the NE311 Service.
5. The NE311 Service Provider must develop an appropriate method for responding to NE311
calls directed to it out of confusion or in error by Company subscribers. This includes calls
from customers that reside within the Company local exchange but outside the legally
designated jurisdiction of the NE311 Service Provider (i.e. exchange boundaries that cross
county borders).
6. The NE311 Service Provider must subscribe to termination facilities and lines in sufficient
quantities to provide adequate service to the public, and enable the NE311 Service Provider
to receive calls to the NE311 Service during normal business hours.
7. NE311 Service is provided on the condition that the NE311 Service Provider subscribes to
termination facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to adequately handle calls to the NE311
Service without interfering with or impairing any services offered by the Company. There will
be one path available for each line to which the NE311 Service Provider subscribes.
8. The NE311 Service Provider must comply with all present and future state and federal rules
pertaining to abbreviated dialing codes, including any and all requirements to relinquish the
311 abbreviated dialing code in the event of a national assignment contrary to that made by
the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission.
9. The NE311 Service Provider is responsible for obtaining all necessary permissions, licenses,
written consents, waivers and releases and all other rights from all persons whose work,
statements or performances are used in connection with the 311 Service, and from all
holders of copyrights, trademarks and patents used in connection with the said service.
10. The NE311 Service Provider must respond promptly to any and all complaints lodged with
any regulatory authority against the NE311 Service. If requested by the Company, the
NE311 Service Provider shall assist the Company in responding to complaints made to the
Company concerning the NE311 Service.
11. The NE311 Service Provider shall not promote the NE311 Service with the use of an
autodialer or broadcasting of tones that dial the NE311 abbreviated dialing code.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 24
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
5. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Continued)
B. Obligations of the Non-Emergency 311 Service Provider (Continued)
12. NE311 Service is only available to end users located in Company local exchanges. To
establish NE311 calling to end users in non-Company local exchanges, the NE311 Service
Provider must make appropriate arrangements with the companies serving those local
exchanges, even where Company subscribers may make local calls to the non-Company
local exchanges.
13. The NE311 Service Provider must work separately with competitive local exchange carriers
operating and serving customers in the Company's local exchanges to ascertain whether
NE311 abbreviated dialing will be available to their end users.
14. In the event that an end user misdials and reports an emergency by dialing 311, the NE311
Service Provider agrees to release, indemnify, defend, and save harmless the Company
from claims, suits, actions, damages, costs, judgments, actions of every name and
description arising out of or due to acts or omissions of the NE311 Service Provider, its
agents and its employees while answering and dispatching 311 calls.
C. Obligations of the Company
1. The Company will establish the NE311 Service within ninety days after receipt of the NE311
Service Provider’s completed application(s) for service or of the effective date of the Catalog,
whichever is later.
2. When an NE311 Service call is placed by the calling party via interconnection with an
interexchange carrier, the Company cannot guarantee the completion of said NE311 Service
call, the quality of the call or any features that may otherwise be provided with NE311
Service.
3. The Company will route NE311 calls originating from end users on the Company’s local
exchange network whether they purchase service directly from the Company or from another
provider reselling Company service. Otherwise, the Company is not responsible for
establishing NE311 Service for calls originating from other telecommunications providers.
4. The Company does not undertake to answer and forward NE311 Service calls but furnishes
the use of its facilities to enable the NE311 Service Provider to respond to such calls at
NE311 Service Provider established call centers.
5. The rates charged for NE311 Service do not contemplate the inspection or constant
monitoring of facilities to discover errors, defects, and malfunctions in service, nor does the
Company undertake such responsibility. The NE311 Service Provider shall make such
operational tests as, in the judgment of the NE311 Service Provider, are required to
determine whether the Company's facilities are functioning properly for its use. The NE311
Service Provider shall promptly notify the Company in the event the Company's facilities are
not functioning properly.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 25
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
5. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Continued)
C. Obligations of the Company (Continued)
6. NE311 Service is furnished subject to all operating failures and interruptions, including, but
not limited to, equipment breakdowns, errors, defects, malfunctions and interruptions of
service experienced in the regular telephone exchange system. The rates provided for this
service are subject to the limitations which appear in this section and in other applicable
sections of this and other tariffs. The Company does not undertake to provide a higher level
of service reliability and quality than the telephone exchange service being provided in the
exchange that NE311 Service is offered.
D. Liability
1. The liability of the Company for losses or damages of any kind arising out of mistakes,
omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failure or defects in any
facility furnished by the Company, occurring in the course of furnishing NE311 Service, or of
the Company in failing to maintain proper standards of maintenance and operation or to
exercise reasonable supervision, shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the
proportionate charge to the NE311 Service Provider for the NE311 Service and local
exchange services for the period of service during which such mistake, omission,
interruption, delay, error or defect in transmission or defect or failure in facilities occurs. The
Company has no liability for losses or damages caused by the negligence of the NE311
Service Provider.
2. The Company's entire liability to any person for interruption or failure of the NE311 Service
shall be limited to the terms set forth in this section and other sections of this Catalog.
3. The Commission's local assignment and the NE311 Service Provider’s use of the 311
abbreviated dialing code is subject to preemption by the Federal Communications
Commission. The Company shall not be liable to the NE311 Service Provider for any
damages the NE311 Service Provider may incur that results from a national assignment of
the 311 abbreviated dialing code.
4. The Company accepts no responsibility for obtaining subscriber record information from
telephone end users.
5. The Company will make every effort to route NE311 calls to the appropriate NE311 Service
Provider calling center, however, the Company will not be held responsible for routing
mistakes or errors.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 26
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
5. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Continued)
E. Other Terms and Conditions
1. The NE311 Service will not provide calling number information in real time to the NE311
Service Provider. If this type of information is required, the NE311 Service Provider must
subscribe to compatible Caller ID service as described in Section 15 of this Catalog. The
Caller ID Service will only provide calling number information as described in Section 15 of
this Catalog.
2. The NE311 Service is provided solely for the benefit of the NE311 Service Provider. The
provision of the NE311 Service by the Company shall not be interpreted, constructed or
regarded, either expressly or implied, as being for the benefit of or creating any Company
obligation toward any third person or legal entity other than the NE311 Service Provider.
3. A written notice will be sent to the NE311 Service Provider following oral notification when its
NE311 Service unreasonably interferes with or impairs other services rendered to the public
by the Company or by other subscribers of abbreviated dialing codes. If after notification the
NE311 Service Provider makes no modification in method of operation or in the service
arrangements that are deemed service-protective by the Company, or if the NE311 Service
Provider is unwilling to accept the modifications, or if the NE311 Service Provider continues
to cause service impairment, the Company reserves the right, at any time, without further
notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including termination of service. In an
emergency situation as defined by the Company, the Company reserves the right, at any
time, without notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including termination of
service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 27
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
5.
NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Continued)
F. Rates
1.
The nonrecurring charges associated with the initial NE311 Service establishment are
specified in Section 9.5.F.7. following. These are one-time charges which apply only when
the NE311 Service Provider establishes or modifies NE311 Service.
2.
The NE311 Service Provider shall pay a nonrecurring Central Office Charge for each
Company host central office out of which NE311 Service is established.
a. Some Company local exchanges are served by more than one host central office. In
order to establish NE311 Service in such an exchange, the NE311 Service Provider
shall pay a Central Office Charge for each host central office in the Company local
exchange.
b. Some host central offices serve more than one Company local exchange. If the NE311
Service Provider makes applications to establish NE311 Service in multiple Company
local exchanges served by the same host central office, then only one Central Office
Charge shall apply. However, the full Central Office Charge applies whether or not the
NE311 Service Provider requests NE311 Service in all the Company local exchanges
served by that host central office.
3.
An Exclusion Charge Applies in lieu of a Central Office Charge for the establishment of
NE311 Service as follows:
a. When the NE311 Service Provider does not simultaneously establish NE311 Service in
every Company local exchange served by a host central office, the NE311 Service
Provider shall pay an Exclusion Charge per host central office if any local exchange(s)
are excluded from the translation.
b. When a Company local exchange is once excluded, but the NE311 Service Provider
later applies to establish NE311 Service in the Company local exchange, then an
Exclusion Charge applies per host central office when a local exchange continues to be
excluded from the translation.
c.
When the NE311 Service Provider requests a different telephone number be translated
to the 311 abbreviated dialing code in a participating Company local exchange other
than the telephone number translated to the 311 abbreviated dialing code in the host
central office, then an Exclusion Charge applies per host central office.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 28
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
5. NON-EMERGENCY 311 SERVICE (Continued)
F. Rates (Continued)
4.
A nonrecurring Number Change Charge applies when the NE311 Service Provider changes
the telephone number into which the NE311 abbreviated dialing code is translated. The
Number Change Charge shall be applied on a per telephone number, per host central office
basis.
5.
When translating the seven or ten digit number to the 311 abbreviated dialing code,
applicable Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this Catalog will apply
as follows, in addition to the rates listed below.
a. A business rate Record Order Charge per order as found in Section 12 of this Catalog.
6.
The minimum service period for NE311 Service is one month.
7.
Rates
Nonrecurring Charge
a. Central Office Charge (per host Central Office)
b. Exclusion Charge (per host Central Office)
c. Number Change Charge (per telephone number)
$ 300.00
350.00
40.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 29
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
6. 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE
A. General Regulations
1. The 211 Service for Information and Referral Service (211 Service) is a locally assigned
three digit abbreviated dialing code provided to an Approved Information and Referral
Service Provider for use in making available community information and referral services to
the public by way of voice grade facilities. The 211 abbreviated dialing code is available to
the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider as a tariffed, local calling area
based service (the "211 Service").
2. The 211 Service allows a Company subscriber to access an Approved Information and
Referral Service Provider call center by dialing only the 211 abbreviated dialing code.
Subject to other terms and conditions of this Tariff, Company subscribers shall be able to
make and the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall be able to receive
calls using the 211 Service as part of their local exchange services. The 211 Service is
supplemental to and is not a replacement for either party's local exchange service.
3. All 211 abbreviated dialing code calls must be local in nature and must not result in any
intraLATA toll, interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges to Company subscribers.
4. The 211 Service is not available for the following classes of service: inmate service, 1+ and
0+ calling, 0- operator assisted calling and 101XXXX calling. The 211 Service is otherwise
available wherever local service is available.
B. Obligations of the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider
1. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must submit a written application
for 211 Service to the Company at the local exchange level. The Approved Information and
Referral Service Provider may establish 211 Service in all or part of the Company's local
exchanges. There may be only one 211 Service Provider per exchange.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 30
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
6. 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE (Continued)
B. Obligations of the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider (Continued)
2. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider's written application to establish
211 Service in a Company local exchange must include the following:
a. The local, foreign exchange or toll free telephone number into which the Company is to
translate the dialed 211 abbreviated code. If the Approved Information and Referral
Service Provider desires to change the telephone number into which the 211
abbreviated dialing code is translated, the Approved Information and Referral Service
Provider must pay the Number Change Charge specified in Section 9.6.F.6.
b. A location description of the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider call
center where 211 calls made from the Company local exchange will be routed.
c. For network sizing and protection, an estimate of annual call volumes, the expected
busy hour and holding time for each call to the 211 Service.
d. An acknowledgment of the possibility that the Commission's assignment of the 211
abbreviated dialing code may be recalled at any time.
3.
Local Calling for Company Subscribers
a. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider, in cooperation with the
Company, must assure that all 211 Service calls are local in nature and do not generate
intraLATA toll, interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges for Company
subscribers.
b. When the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider applies for 211 Service in
a Company local exchange, the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider
must supply the Company with a seven or ten digit telephone number that terminates
within the Company local exchange’s local calling area. The Company will translate the
211 digits into the telephone number provided by the Approved Information and Referral
Service Provider.
c. When the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider applies for 211 Service in
a Company local exchange and an Approved Information and Referral Service Provider
call center is not located within the local exchange’s local calling area, then the
Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must establish foreign exchange
service or supply the Company with a toll free telephone number so that Company
subscribers' 211 Service calls do not incur toll charges.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 31
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
6. 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE (Continued)
B.
Obligations of the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider (Continued)
4. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider is liable for and will indemnify,
protect, defend and hold harmless the Company against all suits, actions, claims, demands
and judgments, plus any expenses and counsel fees incurred by the Company on account
thereof, whether suffered, made, instituted or asserted by the Approved Information and
Referral Service Provider or any other party or person, for any personal injury to or death of
any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or destruction of any property, whether
owned by the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider or others, arising out of or
resulting directly or indirectly from the 211 Service.
5. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must develop an appropriate
method for responding to 211 calls directed to it out of confusion or in error by Company
subscribers.
6. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must subscribe to termination
facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to provide adequate service to the public, and
enable the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider to receive calls to the 211
Service during normal business hours.
7. The 211 Service is provided on the condition that the Approved Information and Referral
Service Provider subscribes to termination facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to
adequately handle calls to the 211 Service without interfering with or impairing any services
offered by the Company. There will be one path available for each line to which the 211
Provider subscribes.
8. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must comply with all present and
future state and federal rules pertaining to abbreviated dialing codes.
9. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider is responsible for obtaining all
necessary permissions, licenses, written consents, waivers and releases and all other rights
from all persons whose work, statements or performances are used in connection with the
211 Service, and from all holders of copyrights, trademarks and patents used in connection
with the said service.
10. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall respond promptly to any and
all complaints lodged with any regulatory authority against the 211 Service. If requested by
the Company, the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider will assist the
Company in responding to complaints made to the Company concerning the 211 Service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 32
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
6. 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE (Continued)
B. Obligations of the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider (Continued)
11. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall not promote the 211 Service
with the use of an autodialer or broadcasting of tones that dial the 211 abbreviated dialing
code.
12. The 211 Service is only available to end users located in Company local exchanges. To
establish 211 calling to end users in non-Company local exchanges, the Approved
Information and Referral Service Provider must make appropriate arrangements with the
companies serving those local exchanges, even where Company subscribers may make
local calls to the non-Company local exchanges.
13. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must work separately with
competitive local exchange carriers operating and serving customers in the Company's local
exchanges to ascertain whether 211 abbreviated dialing will be available to their end users.
C. Obligations of the Company
1. The Company will establish the 211 Service within ninety days after receipt of the Approved
Information and Referral Service Provider’s completed application(s) for service or the
effective date of this tariff, whichever is later.
2. When a 211 Service call is placed by the calling party via interconnection with an
interexchange carrier, the Company cannot guarantee the completion of said 211 Service
call, the quality of the call or any features that may otherwise be provided with 211 Service.
3. The Company does not undertake to answer and forward 211 Service calls but furnishes the
use of its facilities to enable the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider to
respond to such calls at the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider established
call centers.
4. The rates charged for 211 Service do not contemplate the inspection or constant monitoring
of facilities to discover errors, defects, and malfunctions in service, nor does the Company
undertake such responsibility. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall
make such operational tests as, in the judgment of the Approved Information and Referral
Service Provider, are required to determine whether the Company's facilities are functioning
properly for its use. The Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall promptly
notify the Company in the event the Company's facilities are not functioning properly.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 33
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
6. 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE (Continued)
D. Liability
1. The liability of the Company for losses or damages of any kind arising out of mistakes,
omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failure or defects in any
facility furnished by the Company, occurring in the course of furnishing 211 Service, or of the
Company in failing to maintain proper standards of maintenance and operation or to exercise
reasonable supervision, shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the proportionate
charge to the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider for the 211 Service and
local exchange services for the period of service during which such mistake, omission,
interruption, delay, error or defect in transmission or defect or failure in facilities occurs.
2. The Company is not liable for losses or damages caused by the negligence of the Approved
Information and Referral Service Provider.
3. The Company’s entire liability to any person for interruption or failure of the 211 Service is
limited to the terms set forth in this section and other sections of this Tariff.
E. Other Terms and Conditions
1. The 211 Service will not provide calling number information in real time to the Approved
Information and Referral Service Provider. If this type of information is required, the
Approved Information and Referral Service Provider must subscribe to compatible Caller ID
service as described in Section 15 of this tariff. The Caller ID service will only provide calling
number information as described in Section 15 of this tariff.
2. The 211 Service is provided for the benefit of the Approved Information and Referral Service
Provider. The provision of the 211 Service by the Company shall not be interpreted,
constructed or regarded, either expressly or implied, as being for the benefit of or creating
any Company obligation toward any third person or legal entity other than the Approved
Information and Referral Service Provider.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 34
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
6. 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE (Continued)
E. Other Terms and Conditions (Continued)
3.
A written notice will be sent to the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider
following oral notification when its 211 Service unreasonably interferes with or impairs other
services rendered to the public by the Company or by other subscribers of abbreviated
dialing codes. If after notification the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider
makes no modification in method of operation or in the service arrangements that are
deemed service-protective by the Company, or if the Approved Information and Referral
Service Provider is unwilling to accept the modifications, or if the Approved Information and
Referral Service Provider continues to cause service impairment, the Company reserves the
right, at any time, without further notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including
termination of service.
4.
In an emergency situation as determined by the Company, the Company reserves the right,
at any time, without notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including termination
of service.
F. Rates and Charges
1.
Subject to other terms and conditions of this Tariff, Company subscribers shall be able to
make and the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall be able to receive
calls using the 211 Service as part of both parties' local exchange service. The 211 Service
is supplemental to and is not a replacement for either party's local exchange service.
2.
A nonrecurring Central Office Charge applies for each Company host central office out of
which 211 Service is established, as follows:
a. When a Company local exchange is served by more than one host central office a
Central Office Charge is applicable for each host central office in the Company local
exchange.
b. If the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider establishes 211 Service in
multiple Company local exchanges served by the same host central office, only one
Central Office Charge shall apply. However, the full Central Office Charge applies
whether or not the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider requests 211
Service in all the Company local exchanges served by that host central office.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 35
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
6. 211 SERVICE FOR INFORMATION AND REFERRAL SERVICE (Continued)
F. Rates and Charges (Continued)
3. An Exclusion Charge Applies for the establishment of 211 Service as follows:
a. When the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider does not simultaneously
establish 211 Service in every Company local exchange served by a host central office,
the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider shall pay an Exclusion Charge
for each Company local exchange served by the host central office where 211 Service is
not established.
b. When a Company local exchange is once excluded, but the Approved Information and
Referral Service Provider later applies to establish 211 Service in the Company local
exchange, an Exclusion Charge again applies for each local exchange that continues to
be excluded.
c. When the Approved Information and Referral Service Provider requests a different
telephone number be translated to the 211 abbreviated dialing code in a participating
central office than the telephone number translated to the 211 abbreviated dialing code
in the host central office.
4. A nonrecurring Number Change Charge applies when the Approved Information and
Referral Service Provider changes the telephone number into which the 211 abbreviated
dialing code is translated. The Number Change Charge is applied on a per telephone
number, per host central office basis.
5. When translating the seven or ten digit number to the 211 abbreviated dialing code,
applicable Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this tariff will apply as
follows, in addition to the rates listed below.
a. A business rate Record Order Charge per order, as found in Section 12 of this tariff.
6. Rates
Nonrecurring
Charge
a. Central Office Charge
(per host Central Office)
b. Exclusion Charge
(per Exchange)
c. Number Change Charge
(per telephone number)
$ 300.00
350.00
40.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 36
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
7.
511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES
A. General
1.
511 Dialing Code ("511") is a three digit local dialing arrangement for telephone voice
transmission access to all certified Travel Information Service entities as a toll free call. The
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) assigned the 511 dialing code for nationwide
access to Travel Information Services.
2.
The three digit 511 abbreviated dialing code is assigned to the Approved Travel Information
Service Provider (“511 Provider”) for use in providing community Travel Information services
to the public by way of voice grade facilities.
3.
511 is available from Embarq Minnesota, Inc. within the Company's service area only. To
provide access to 511 to end users in another company service area or to a Competitive
Local Exchange Carrier (CLEC) end users within the local calling area, the 511 Provider
must make appropriate arrangements with the other company or CLEC serving that territory.
The 511 Provider should work separately with competing local providers to ascertain that its
end user customers will be able to reach relay services provided by dialing 511.
4.
All 511 abbreviated dialing code calls must be local in nature and will not result in any EAS,
OLMS, intraLATA toll, interLATA long distance or pay-per-call charges to Company
subscribers.
5.
The 511 Service is not available for the following classes of service: inmate service, 1+ and
0+ calling, 0- operator assisted calling and 101XXXX calling. 511 Service is otherwise
available wherever local service is accessible.
6.
511 Service is offered subject to the availability of facilities.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 37
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
7. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued)
B. Obligations of the Approved Travel Information Services Provider
1. The 511 Provider must submit a written application to the Company for 511 Service at the
local exchange level. The 511 Provider may establish 511 Service in all or part of the
Company's local exchanges. There may be only one 511 Provider per exchange.
2. The 511 Provider's written application to establish 511 Service in a Company local exchange
must include the following:
a. The local, foreign exchange or toll free telephone number into which the Company
should translate the dialed 511 abbreviated code. If the 511 Provider desires to change
the telephone number into which the 511 abbreviated dialing code is translated, the 511
Provider must pay a Number Change Charge as found in Section 9.7.F.6.
b. A location description of the 511 Provider call center where 511 calls made from the
Company local exchange will be routed.
c.
For network sizing and protection, an estimate of annual call volumes and holding time
for calls to the 511 Service.
d. An acknowledgment of the possibility that the Commission’s assignment of the 511
abbreviated dialing code may be recalled at any time.
3. Local Calling for Company Subscribers
a. The 511 Provider, in cooperation with the Company, will assure that all 511 Service calls
are local and do not generate extended area calling, intraLATA toll, interLATA long
distance or pay-per-call charges for Company subscribers.
b. When the 511 Provider applies for 511 Service in a Company local exchange, the 511
Provider must supply the Company with a seven or ten digit telephone number that
terminates within the Company local exchange’s local calling area. The Company will
translate the 511 digits into the telephone number provided by the 511 Provider.
c.
When the 511 Provider applies for 511 Service in a Company local exchange and a 511
Provider call center is not located within the local exchange’s local calling area, the 511
Provider must establish foreign exchange service or supply the Company with a toll free
telephone number so that Company subscribers' 511 Service calls do not incur toll
charges.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 38
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
7. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued)
B. Obligations of the Approved Travel Information Services Provider (Continued)
4. The 511 Provider is liable for and will indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the
Company against all suits, actions, claims, demands and judgments, plus any expenses and
counsel fees incurred by the Company on account thereof, whether suffered, made,
instituted or asserted by the 511 Provider or any other party or person, for any personal
injury to or death of any person or persons, or for any loss, damage or destruction of any
property, whether owned by the 511 Provider or others, arising out of or resulting directly or
indirectly from the 511 Service.
5. The 511 Provider must develop an appropriate method for responding to 511 calls directed
to it out of confusion or in error by Company subscribers.
6. The 511 Provider must subscribe to termination facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to
provide adequate service to the public, and enable the 511 Provider to receive calls to the
511 Service during normal business hours.
7. The 511 Service is provided on the condition that the 511 Provider subscribes to termination
facilities and lines in sufficient quantities to adequately handle calls to the 511 Service
without interfering with or impairing any services offered by the Company. There will be one
path available for each line to which the 511 Provider subscribes.
8. The 511 Provider must comply with all present and future state and federal rules pertaining
to abbreviated dialing codes, including any and all requirements to relinquish the 511
abbreviated dialing code in the event a national assignment contrary to that made by the
Minnesota Public Utilities Commission.
9. The 511 Provider is responsible for obtaining all necessary permissions, licenses, written
consents, waivers and releases and all other rights from all persons whose work, statements
or performances are used in connection with the 511 Service. The 511 Provider is also
responsible for obtaining all necessary permissions, licenses, written consents, waivers and
releases and all other rights from all holders of copyrights, trademarks and patents used in
connection with the said service.
10. The 511 Provider must respond promptly to all complaints lodged with any regulatory
authority against the 511 Service. If requested by the Company, the 511 Provider must
assist the Company in responding to complaints made to the Company concerning the 511
Service.
11. The 511 Provider shall not promote the 511 Service with the use of an autodialer or
broadcasting of tones that dial the 511 abbreviated dialing code.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 39
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
7. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued)
B. Obligations of the Approved Travel Information Services Provider (Continued)
12. The 511 Service is available only to end users located in Company local exchanges. To
establish 511 calling to end users in non-Company local exchanges, the 511 Provider must
make appropriate arrangements with the companies serving those local exchanges, even
where Company subscribers may make local calls to the non-Company local exchanges.
13. The 511 Provider must work separately with competitive local exchange carriers ("CLECs")
operating and serving customers in the Company's local exchanges to ascertain whether
511 abbreviated dialing will be available to their end users.
C. Obligations of the Company
1. The Company will establish the 511 Service within ninety days after receipt of the 511
Provider's completed application(s) for service or the effective date of this Catalog,
whichever is later.
2. When a 511 Service call is placed by the calling party via interconnection with an
interexchange carrier, the Company cannot guarantee the completion of said 511 Service
call, the quality of the call or any features that may otherwise be provided with 511 Service.
3. The Company will route 511 calls originating from end users on the Company’s local
exchange network whether they purchase service directly from the Company or from another
provider reselling Company service. Otherwise, the Company is not responsible for
establishing 511 Service for calls originating from other telecommunications providers.
4. The Company does not undertake to answer and forward 511 Service calls but furnishes the
use of its facilities to enable the 511 Provider to respond to such calls at the 511 Provider
established call centers.
5. The rates charged for 511 Service do not contemplate the inspection or constant monitoring
of facilities to discover errors, defects, and malfunctions in service, nor does the Company
undertake such responsibility. The 511 Provider must conduct such operational tests as, in
the judgment of the 511 Provider, are required to determine whether the Company's facilities
are functioning properly for its use. The 511 Provider must promptly notify the Company in
the event the Company's facilities are not functioning properly.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 40
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
7. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued)
D. Liability
1.
The liability of the Company for losses or damages of any kind arising out of mistakes,
omissions, interruptions, delays, errors or defects in transmission, or failure or defects in any
facility furnished by the Company, occurring in the course of furnishing 511 Service, or of the
Company in failing to maintain proper standards of maintenance and operation or to exercise
reasonable supervision, shall in no event exceed an amount equivalent to the proportionate
charge to the 511 Provider for the 511 Service and local exchange services for the period of
service during which such mistake, omission, interruption, delay, error or defect in
transmission or defect or failure in facilities occurs.
2.
The Company is not liable for any losses or damages caused by the negligence of the 511
Provider.
3.
The Company's entire liability to any person for interruption or failure of the 511 Service is
limited to the terms set forth in this and other sections of this Catalog.
4.
The Commission’s local assignment and the 511 Service Provider’s use of the 511
abbreviated dialing code is subject to preemption by the Federal Communications
Commission. The Company shall not be liable to the 511 Service Provider for any damages
the 511 Service Provider may incur that results from a national assignment of the 511
abbreviated dialing code.
5.
The Company will make every effort to route 511 calls to the appropriate 511 Service
Provider calling center, however, the Company will not be held responsible for routing
mistakes or errors.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 41
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
7. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued)
E. Other Terms and Conditions
1.
The 511 Service will not provide calling number information in real time to the 511 Provider.
If this type of information is required, the 511 Provider must subscribe to compatible Caller
ID service as described in Section 15 of this Catalog. The Caller ID service will only provide
calling number information as described in Section 15 of this Catalog.
2.
The 511 Service is provided for the benefit of the 511 Provider. The provision of the 511
Service by the Company shall not be interpreted, constructed or regarded, either expressly
or implied, as being for the benefit of or creating any Company obligation toward any third
person or legal entity other than the 511 Provider.
3.
A written notice will be sent to the 511 Provider following oral notification when its 511
Service unreasonably interferes with or impairs other services rendered to the public by the
Company or by other subscribers of abbreviated dialing codes. If after notification the 511
Provider makes no modification in method of operation or in the service arrangements that
are deemed service-protective by the Company, or if the 511 Provider is unwilling to accept
the modifications, or if the 511 Provider continues to cause service impairment, the
Company reserves the right, at any time, without further notice, to institute protective
measures, up to and including termination of service.
4.
In an emergency situation as determined by the Company, the Company reserves the right,
at any time, without notice, to institute protective measures, up to and including termination
of service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 42
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
7. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued)
F. Rates and Charges
1.
A Central Office Charge applies for each Company host central office out of which the 511
Provider orders 511 Service, as follows:
a. When a Company local exchange is served by more than one host central office, a
Central Office Charge is applicable for each host central office in that local exchange.
b. If the 511 Provider establishes 511 Service in multiple Company local exchanges served
by the same host central office, only one Central Office Charge applies. However, the
full Central Office Charge applies whether or not the 511 Provider requests 511 Service
in all the Company local exchanges served by that host central office.
2.
An Exclusion Charge applies in lieu of a Central Office Charge for the establishment of 511
Service as follows:
a. When the 511 Provider does not make simultaneous applications to establish 511
Service in every Company local exchange served by a host central office, the 511
Provider must pay an Exclusion Charge per host central office if any local exchange(s)
are excluded from the translation.
b. When a Company local exchange is once excluded, but the 511 Provider later makes
application to establish 511 Service in the Company local exchange, then an Exclusion
Charge applies per host central office when a local exchange continues to be excluded
from the translation.
c. When the 511 Provider requests a different telephone number be translated to the 511
abbreviated dialing code in a participating Company local exchange other than the
telephone number translated to the 511 abbreviated dialing code in the host central
office, then an Exclusion Charge applies per host central office.
3.
A Number Change Charge applies when the 511 Provider established service or applies to
change the telephone number into which the 511 abbreviated dialing code is translated. The
Number Change Charge is applied on a per telephone number, per host central office basis.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 9
Page No.: 43
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
N11 SERVICE
7. 511 SERVICE FOR TRAVEL INFORMATION SERVICES (Continued)
F. Rates and Charges (Continued)
4.
When translating the seven or ten digit number to the 511 abbreviated dialing code,
applicable Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this Catalog will apply
as follows, in addition to the rates listed in Section 9.7.F.6. below.
a. A business rate Record Order Charge per order, as found in Section 12 of this Catalog.
5.
The minimum service period for 511 Service is one month.
6.
Rates:
Nonrecurring
Charge
a. Central Office Charge
(per host Central Office)
$300.00
b. Exclusion Charge
(per host Central Office)
350.00
c.
Number Change Charge
(per telephone number)
40.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 10
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOMIZED SERVICES
1. CALL TRACE
A. Call Trace enables the customer to initiate an automatic trace of the last incoming call received,
regardless of the time lapse since that call, providing there have been no intervening calls. To
initiate the trace, the customer must dial the activation code *57 (1157 on rotary phones), then
dial a "1". Upon activation by the customer, the network automatically sends a message to the
Company indicating the calling number, the time the call was received, and the time the trace
was activated. The customer will hear a confirmation announcement acknowledging whether the
trace was successful. The customer is not provided the traced number, and must contact the
law enforcement agency for further action. The law enforcement agency will have the Call Trace
information released to them upon request.
If the customer receives another call before activating the trace, or if the Call Waiting feature
(described in Section 15) is activated prior to activating the trace, Call Trace feature will not
record the correct number.
Call Trace will only trace those calls that originate from a location served by the CLASS network.
In situations where the Call Trace functionality is activated by a subscriber, information pertaining
to non-published numbers will be provided to the authorized law enforcement agency upon
request of the agency.
B. Call Trace is automatically available, in the deactive state, on all lines, at all times. Call Trace
per activation charges apply as shown below for each successful trace the customer initiates.
The results of a trace will be held for a minimum of 30 days and will only be provided to legal
authorities with proper authorization from the customer. The Company will not be liable for
damages if, for any reason, a customer initiated trace is not successful. Should the customer no
longer require the Call Trace feature, they must contact the Company to have it removed.
Residence
Call Trace,
per activation
FTC1FCC / FTC1FAB
$1.00
Per Activation Rate
Business
Trunk
$1.00
N/A
Centrex
$1.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 10
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOMIZED SERVICES
2. HOLD AND TRACE
A. General
Hold and Trace is a service option designed to capture the telephone number associated with an
incoming call, of a harassing nature, on a subscriber’s line for the purpose of caller identification.
Minnesota General Rules and Regulations Chapter 7813 contains additional information
regarding "Call tracing." Hold and Trace is available in all exchanges.
B. Definitions
The definitions for the following terms apply to only this Section of the Catalog.
Customer - A customer is a person, firm partnership, limited liability company, corporation,
municipality, cooperative association or organization, governmental agency, or other entity
receiving telecommunications service.
Emergency - An emergency is a situation that appears to present immediate danger to person or
property.
ExpressTouch Call Trace - An ExpressTouch Call Trace is a customer activated, call specific
form of capturing the telephone number associated with an incoming call on the customer’s
telephone line. ExpressTouch Call Trace is available in exchanges that have been equipped with
Custom Local Area Signaling technology. ExpressTouch Call Trace is described in 1. preceding.
Harassing Telephone Call - A harassing telephone call is a telephone call in which the caller:
-
threatens injury to person or property;
makes any comment, request, suggestion, or proposal that is obscene, lewd, or lascivious;
repeatedly makes telephone calls, whether or not conversation ensues, with intent to abuse,
threaten, or harass; or
makes or causes the telephone of another person to ring repeatedly or continuously, with
intent to harass a person at the called telephone number.
Investigative or Law Enforcement Officer - An Investigative or Law Enforcement Officer is an
officer of the United States, a state, or a political subdivision of the United States or a state, or a
University of Minnesota peace officer, which is empowered by law to investigate or make arrests
for crimes related to communications, or an attorney authorized by law to prosecute those
crimes.
C. Regulations
1. Hold and Trace will be provided when requested by both a customer and an investigative or
law enforcement officer and the customer has provided consent, except as provided in B.
following.
2. In emergencies, Hold and Trace will be provided upon receiving oral consent from the
customer. The customer will be requested to provide written consent promptly and advised
to seek the assistance of an investigative or law enforcement officer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 10
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOMIZED SERVICES
2. HOLD AND TRACE (Continued)
C. Regulations (Continued)
3. The information obtained from Hold and Trace will only be provided to investigative or law
enforcement officers. In no instance will this information be disclosed to the Hold and Trace
customer.
4. Hold and Trace procedures will generally be conducted for a maximum of 14 days unless a
specific period of time is determined and agreed to by an investigative or law enforcement
officer and the Company.
5. Rates and Charges
Hold and Trace information will be provided to law enforcement without charge. Hold and
Trace Setup Charges are not applicable.
3. ROTARY HUNT SERVICE
A. General
A type of service which provides access to two or more Business or Residence lines or trunks of
a customer when the primary listed telephone number is dialed.
Installation
Charge(1)
Per Order
Per Line or Trunk
(1)
Monthly
Rate
$20.50
$1.86
Per Service Order charge waived if service is purchased in conjunction with another service where
the per order charge is applied.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 11
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PROMOTIONS
1. GENERAL
A. The Company may, during certain promotional periods, waive or discount certain recurring
and/or non-recurring charges for new and/or existing services. (Charges discounted or waived
may include service connection charges, service and equipment charges, monthly rates, etc.)
B. Any promotional waiver or discounted rate will apply only one time per customer participant for
each service in any given exchange area during the course of the promotional period. No single
promotion may be effective for longer than 90 days at a time.
C. A promotion may take effect the day after the notice is filed with the commission. The notice
must identify customers to whom the promotion is available.
D. A special promotion will be offered from July 1, 2004, through and including September 28, 2004.
During the promotion, the Company will waive all regulated tariffed nonrecurring installation and
service charges for all services installed under the same order when new business customers
establish an account and subscribe to business local exchange service (B1), Key Line, PBX
Trunk, Solutions Package (Sure Solution II, Standard Solution II, Classic Solution or Priority
Solution), High Capacity (T1) service, ISDN (BRI-PRI), Frame Relay Service or ATM Service.
In addition, customers who are contacted by the Company or who contact the Company and
request this promotion and who subscribe to the above services will have the first month’s
monthly recurring charges waived for all services installed under the same order Thereafter, the
customer will receive a credit equal to the monthly recurring charges for services ordered and
retained under this promotion on the anniversary date of the installation for four years or as long
as the customer retains the services, whichever is shorter. Customers who discontinue their
services prior to the end of a Term Discount Plan will be assessed all charges waived under this
promotion in addition to any applicable termination liability charges.
The customer's initial monthly charges must be at least $50.00 to qualify for participation in this
promotion. That amount does not include deregulated charges, taxes, late payment charges,
charges billed pursuant to federal or state access service tariffs, charges collected on behalf of
municipalities, (including but not limited to services for 911 service and dual party relay
services), and charges for services provided by other companies.
Existing business customers who establish a new account at a new location or who upgrade their
current services under an existing account are eligible for this promotion upon request. This
promotion does not apply to moves, changes, or additions to a customer's existing business
account.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 11
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PROMOTIONS
1. GENERAL (Continued)
E. A special promotion will be offered from July 1, 2004, through and including September 28, 2004.
During the promotion, when new business customers are contacted by the Company or who
contact the Company and request this promotion and who subscribe to Individual Voice
Channels for Custom Access Solutions as specified in Section 13.1, the first month’s monthly
recurring charges will be waived. Thereafter, the customer will receive a credit equal to the
monthly recurring charges for the Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions
service(s) ordered under this promotion on the anniversary date of the installation, for the
duration of the Term Discount Plan under which the customer subscribed to the accompanying
Custom Access Solutions services from Embarq LOCs' F.C.C. Tariff No. 1. Customers who
discontinue their services prior to the end of a Term Discount Plan will be assessed all charges
waived under this promotion.
The customer's initial monthly charges must be at least $50.00 to qualify for participation in this
promotion. That amount does not include deregulated charges, taxes, late payment charges,
charges billed pursuant to federal or state access service tariffs, charges collected on behalf of
municipalities, (including but not limited to services for 911 service and dual party relay
services), and charges for services provided by other companies.
Existing business customers who establish a new account at a new location or who upgrade their
current services under an existing account are eligible for this promotion upon request. This
promotion does not apply to moves, changes, or additions to a customer's existing business
account.
F. During the promotional period May 25, 2005 through August 22, 2005, the Company will waive
all nonrecurring installation and/or service charges for all services installed under the same order
when a business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to a Basic Business Local
Service (B1), Key Trunk, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex, Frame Relay, PBX Trunk or Translink
under the same order.
In addition customers who sign a new 3-year contract for ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex, Frame
Relay or Translink will receive a credit equal to the first month’s recurring charges for all services
installed during the promotional period. Customers who sign a new 5-year contract for these
services will receive a second credit equal to the monthly recurring charges for services ordered
and retained under this promotion on the 37th month of their contract.
Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year
of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.
G. During the promotional period June 16, 2005 through September 13, 2005, the Company will
waive all nonrecurring installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a
business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to Basic Business Local Service
(B1), Key Trunk, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex, Frame Relay, PBX Trunk or Translink under the
same order.
Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year
of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 11
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PROMOTIONS
1.
GENERAL (Continued)
H. During the period August 26, 2005 through and including October 8, 2005, the Company will
offer Special Plan Bundle to new and existing residential customers for $45.00. This bundle
includes the following: Local Exchange Service, Call Waiting (Optional) or Talking Call Waiting
(Optional), Enhanced Call Forwarding, Caller ID with Name, Anonymous Call Rejection, Call
Forwarding, Call Waiting ID, Selective Call Acceptance, Repeat Dialing and Return Call.
Customers are eligible to receive Special Plan Bundle at a discounted rate of $20.95 when they
also subscribe to Embarq LOC t Solutions Unlimited Long Distance Plan - Option 1 plus either
the Company’s High-speed Internet (DSL), DISH Network® Satellite TV from the Company or
Embarq Wireless. If the customer discontinues either of those services, the monthly recurring
charge for the Special Plan Bundle will revert to $45.00.
The rates offered under this promotion are applicable for 9 months as long as the customer
retains the qualifying services or until the Company notifies customers that the rates will be
revised in accordance with filed tariffs.
Privacy ID is available to subscribers of this Special Plan Bundle at the rate of $4.00.
The Special Plan Bundle is not available with Residential ISDN-BRI service lines or to customers
who are or become toll restricted.
I.
The purpose of this filing is to offer a promotion to business customers. During the promotional
period September 14, 2005 through December 13, 2005, the Company will waive all
nonrecurring installation and/or service connection charges that are otherwise applicable when a
business customer establishes a new account and subscribes to Business Local Service (B1),
Key Trunk, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex II, Frame Relay, PBX Trunk or Translink under the
same order. The customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $100.00 to qualify for
participation in this promotion.
Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year
of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.
This promotion will be advertised through direct mail and the Company’s internet site
J. The purpose of this filing is to offer a promotion to business customers. During the promotional
period January 3, 2006 through April 2, 2006, the Company will waive all nonrecurring
installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer
establishes a new account and subscribes to Business Local Service (B1), Key Trunk, ISDNBRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex, Frame Relay, PBX Trunk or Translink under the same order. The
customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $75.00 to qualify for participation in this
promotion.
Customers subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year
of installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.
This promotion will be advertised through direct mail and the Company’s internet site.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 11
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PROMOTIONS
1.
GENERAL (Continued)
K. During the period February 13, 2006 through May 13, 2006, residence customers who subscribe
to Home II Solution bundle plus Embarq LOC or Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions
Unlimited Market Test – Option 2 or the Company’s High Speed Internet, will receive a $10.00
discount on the Home II Solution bundle for 9 months. Customers must be contacted by the
Company or must contact the Company and request this promotion.
L. During the period March 20, 2006 through June 17, 2006, business customers may be eligible
for discounted nonrecurring charges for Frame Relay Service. To be eligible, customers must
subscribe to Frame Relay Service and to the Company's 1.5 Mbps Dedicated IP service offering
under a one-year, two-year, three-year, or five-year term commitment. All service charges
otherwise applicable for installation of Frame Relay Service will be waived for qualified
customers. In addition, when customers subscribe to a one or two-year term, a single
discounted Nonrecurring Charge (NRC) will apply in lieu of the Frame Relay Access Line NRC
(includes access line and port) and the Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC)-InterLATA NRC
otherwise applicable for those individual Frame Relay rate elements. The NRC for a one or twoyear term is $500 and $350, respectively. All NRCs will be waived when customers subscribe
under a three or five-year term.
M. During the period April 3, 2006 through July 1, 2006, the Company will waive all nonrecurring
installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer
establishes a new account and subscribes to Flat Rate Business Individual Line, Key Trunk, PBX
Trunk, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex Service II, Frame Relay, or Translink under the same
order. The customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $70 and the customer must
commit to a minimum of a one year term in order to qualify for participation in this promotion.
Charges for all regulated and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes, surcharges
and other fees, contribute towards the qualifying monthly charges. Customers subscribing to
services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year of installation will be
assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.
N. During the period April 3, 2006 through July 1, 2006, the Company will waive all nonrecurring
installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a business customer
establishes a new account and subscribes to ATM, Digilink, or Lightlink under the same order.
The customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $70 and the customer must commit to a
minimum of a three year term in order to qualify for participation in this promotion. Charges for
all regulated and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes, surcharges and other
fees, contribute towards the qualifying monthly charges. Customers subscribing to services
under this promotion who discontinue service within three years of installation will be assessed
all charges originally waived under the promotion.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 11
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PROMOTIONS
1. GENERAL (Continued)
O. During the period April 3, 2006 through July 1, 2006, business customers may be eligible for a
one-time invoice credit. To be eligible, customers must (1) be contacted by the Company or
contact the Company and request this promotion and subscribe to any combination of business
services for which the total monthly charges equal or exceed $50 or (2) contact the Company to
request that their service(s) be disconnected and agree to retain their service(s), with the
customer’s continued total monthly charges equal to or exceeding $50. Charges for all regulated
and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes, surcharges and other fees, contribute
towards the qualifying monthly charges.
A one-time credit amount, as specified below, will be reflected on the customer’s first invoice.
Total Monthly Charges
$50 - $100
Over $100 - $200
Over $200 - $300
Over $300 - $400
Over $400 - $500
Over $500 - $600
Over $600 - $700
Over $700 - $800
Over $800 - $900
Over $900 - $1,000
Over $1,000
Credit Amount
$ 50.00
100.00
00.00
300.00
400.00
500.00
600.00
700.00
800.00
900.00
1,000.00
P. During the period June 19, 2006 through September 16, 2006, existing business customers with
five or more lines or trunks (including T1 based voice channel services such as ISDN-PRI,
Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions, and Digital Trunking Service) who add
ISDN-BRI, Frame Relay, ATM, Digilink, Translink or Lightlink to their account, will receive a bill
credit for the first month’s service for each qualified service added to the customer’s account.
There is no limit to the number of qualified services that a customer can add to their account nor
is there a limit to the number of times a customer can qualify for the bill credit during the
promotional period. The bill credit for qualified services installed during this promotional period
will be reflected on the customer’s first bill immediately following the installation of qualified
services. The first month's service for which the customer is credited will count as the first month
of service where a minimum service period or term commitment period are applicable. If a
customer discontinues service for which credit was issued prior to the end of required service
period, credits issued under this promotion will not be rescinded, and the customer is subject
only to the applicable minimum service period or termination liability charges that are normally
applicable for that service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 11
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PROMOTIONS
1. GENERAL (Continued)
Q. During the period July 13, 2006 through October 10, 2006, the Company will waive all
nonrecurring installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a business
customer establishes a new account and subscribes to Flat Rate Business Individual Line, Key
Trunk, PBX Trunk, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, Centrex Service II, Frame Relay, or Translink under
the same order. The customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $75 and the customer
must commit to a minimum of a one year term in order to qualify for participation in this
promotion. Charges for all regulated and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes,
surcharges and other fees, contribute towards the qualifying monthly charges. Customers
subscribing to services under this promotion who discontinue service within one year of
installation will be assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.
R. During the period July 13, 2006 through October 10, 2006, the Company will waive all
nonrecurring installation and/or service charges that are otherwise applicable when a business
customer establishes a new account and subscribes to ATM, Digilink, or Lightlink under the
same order. The customer’s initial monthly charges must be at least $75 and the customer must
commit to a minimum of a three year term in order to qualify for participation in this promotion.
Charges for all regulated and non-regulated services, including all applicable taxes, surcharges
and other fees, contribute towards the qualifying monthly charges. Customers subscribing to
services under this promotion who discontinue service within three years of installation will be
assessed all charges originally waived under the promotion.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 11
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
MARKET TRIALS
1. GENERAL
A. A market trial shall be offered to test the packaging, pricing and/or other marketing features of a
product or service.
B. Services may be offered on a trial basis for a specified time period to specific areas and/or classes
of customers. Trial offerings will meet the following criteria:
1. The period of the trial does not exceed nine months.
2. The trial offering is for a flexibly priced or non price regulated service(s).
2. REGULATIONS
A. Each trial shall be briefly described in a written notice to the Commission filed at least ten days in
advance of the trial commencement date. The notice will be in the form of a tariff page filed in
Section 11 of the catalog and will remain in effect for the length of the trial.
B. This notice will contain information pertinent to the trial such as class of customer, geographic
area, description of service, dates and duration of trial, price(s) of features during the trial, and
customer notification.
C. If a trial offering does not perform due to a technical malfunction, all charges will be refunded to the
customer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 12
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SERVICE CONNECTION CHARGES
1. GENERAL
Service Connection Charges to connect, move, or change telephone service and equipment are one
time charges and may consist of one or more of the following:
A. Record Order Charge – For receiving, recording, and processing information necessary to execute
a customer request where only customer or Company records are involved and no premise work,
access line, or central office work is necessary. A record order charge does not apply for a change
in billing address or address corrections or for orders issued to record attachments of
customer-owned equipment. The record order charge is a stand-alone charge and does not apply
when other service connection charges are applicable.
B. Service Order – Charge for the work associated with receiving and processing information
necessary to execute a customer request to connect, move, or change telephone service and
equipment.
C. Network Interface Device – Charge for the material and labor associated with the installation of an
NID upon customer request. This charge would not apply if the customer is being charged an
access line charge on the same order. This charge only applies on one- and two-line business or
residence customers.
D. Network Terminating Wire – Wire associated with a network service, which is installed upon
customer request between the predetermined demarcation point and the customer’s chosen
demarcation point and which is used to connect the access line to the network interface.
E. Installation Charge – Charge for the installation of each access line when establishing service.
2. REGULATIONS
A. Service Connection Charges are in addition to any other scheduled rates and charges. They may
apply in addition to and not in lieu of construction charges which are found in other sections of this
Catalog.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 12
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SERVICE CONNECTION CHARGES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
B. Present customers or applicants incurring service connection charges of $25.00 or more may
arrange to be billed the amount in equal installments on the first three monthly telephone bills
following the occurrence. A service charge of $2.00 is applicable for each installment
arrangement.
C. Low-income customers may be eligible for discounted service connection charges and deferred
payments as described under "Link Up America Service Connection Program" in section 2 of the
Catalog.
D. The charges specified herein do not contemplate work being performed at a time when overtime or
premium wages apply due to the request of the customer, nor do they contemplate work once
begun being interrupted by the customer. If the customer requests overtime labor performed or
interrupts work once begun, a charge in addition to the specified charges will be made equal to the
additional cost involved.
E. "Cost," as used in this section, is to be interpreted to mean the cost of labor and/or materials,
including charges for supervision and other overhead expenses.
F. Service Connection Charges are applicable for changes in telephone service as requested by the
customer when a portion of the service is affected.
G. Certain inter-exchange service connection charges covered by the connecting company tariffs
apply to installations, moves, and changes or inter-exchange services, such as foreign exchange
lines, WATS lines, and other special services, and are in addition to charges in this Catalog.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 12
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SERVICE CONNECTION CHARGES
3.
RATES
Business
A.
B.
C.
D.
Record Order Charge
Service Ordering Charge
Network Interface Device Charge
Network Terminating Wire Charge
(Per 15 Minute Increment or
Fraction Thereof)
E. Installation Charge – per access line
4.
Residence
$ 8.15
13.30
31.00
9.50
$ 8.15
13.30
31.00
9.50
43.00
19.00
APPLICATION OF RATES
A. Record Order Charge
The Record Order Charge is applicable for a customer’s request for service which does not involve
a service order charge, installation charge or non-recurring charge (NRC).
B. Service Order Charge
1. One Service Order Charge per order is applicable for work done to comply with a customer’s
request for inside moves, rearrangements, and changes in telephone service and equipment.
2. The term "per order" means all work or service ordered at the same time by the customer,
which is performed or provided on the same premises.
3. Unless otherwise specified, the Service Order Charge is applicable to a customer’s order for
service when an installation or non-recurring charge is not applicable to the service provided.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 12
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SERVICE CONNECTION CHARGES
4. APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued)
C. Network Interface Device (NID) Charge
The Network Interface Device (NID) charge applies for each one- or two-line customer who
requests the installation of an NID when service is already available at the location. An NID is
required anytime a customer rewires or makes additions to existing customer premise inside wire.
The charge would not apply if a new drop is being installed and the customer is being charged an
access line installation charge.
D. Network Terminating Wire Charge
Labor incurred to extend the demarcation point beyond the predetermined location to the
customer’s requested location. The first 15 minutes of labor are provided without charge, after
which the rate is applied in 15 minute increments. This charge applies only to complex multi-line
systems.
E. Installation Charge
The Installation Charge is applicable for a customer’s request to install an access line. This charge
is applicable for each access line installed.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 12
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SERVICE CONNECTION CHARGES
4. APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued)
F. Service Connection Charges for Off-Premise Moves
Where telephone service is moved from one to another premise in the same exchange:
1. Any service at the old location which is terminated rather than moved is subject to any
minimum or termination charges which apply.
2. Any service moved to or established at the new location is subject to any installation charges,
minimum and basic terminating charges, and to the initial service period, which would apply to
a complete new installation.
G. Service Connection Charges Do Not Apply To:
1. Reserved For Future Use
2. Company provided equipment located on a customer's premises but used exclusively by the
Company for maintenance or training activities.
3. Inside moves or changes of Company provided equipment made at the initiative of the
Company for service reasons.
4. Service re-establishment after destruction of the customer’s premises by an act of God or a
public enemy, whether at the same or another location. Regular installation charges apply,
however, to service re-established in the old location after termination of service or subsequent
to its establishment at another location under the above circumstances.
5. Disconnection of service for non-payment of charges due.
restoration of service is specified in Section 3 of this Catalog.
The charge applicable for
6. The "From" order of a service request involved in a transfer of service from one to another
premises.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 12
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SERVICE CONNECTION CHARGES
4. APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued)
G. Service Connection Charges Do Not Apply To: (Continued)
7. The following cases, if the contract for the service and responsibility for the account including
any amounts due or past due, are taken over prior to discontinuance of service and without
lapse in rendition of or charge for service:
a. A change in the ownership of a business if no service order is issued.
b. A transfer of residence service from one member of a family to another.
8. A change of name without change in the identity of a customer, as where a customer’s name
is changed by marriage or by authority of court.
9. Government or Company directed customer address change.
10. Establishing, changing, or discontinuing arrangements for:
a. The issuance of two company calling cards.
b. Bank-a-Matic billing plan.
11. Temporary detachment and subsequent replacement without change in location of drop wires
and/or associated protective equipment and NID.
12. The establishment or termination or a receivership, provided responsibility for service and
facilities is assumed prior to discontinuance of service and without lapse in charge.
13. Service connection charges do not apply when a customer’s classification changes from
Business to Residence or from Residence to Business.
14. Changes in billing name and address.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 13
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DERIVED CHANNEL SERVICES
I.
INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS
A. Description
1. Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is an intra-exchange digital service
designed to provide for the integration of multiple voice channels over Custom Access
Solutions as found in Embarq LOC’s FCC Tariff No. 1, Section 8.7.
2. Individual Voice Channels are segregated from the data channels using a Digital Access and
Cross-connect System (DACS) located in the Telephone Companies’ central office. The
DACS will route the voice traffic to the serving wire center switching equipment. Individual
Voice Channels may be provisioned with ISDN-PRI functionality upon request.
3. Customers subscribing to Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions are limited
to a maximum of 20 Individual Voice Channels per 1.544 Mbps facility. Each channel is
dedicated to the provisioning of Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions.
Channels not activated will not be used for purposes other than providing Individual Voice
Channels for Custom Access Solutions.
4. Customers subscribing to Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions must also
order data channels at the same time from Embarq LOC’s FCC Tariff No. 1, Section 8.7, in
one of the following combinations:
Individual Voice
Channels (1)
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
256 Kbps
(4 Channels)
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
Frame Relay Service
384 Kbps
512 Kbps
(6 Channels) (8 Channels)
12
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
20
22
22
24
24
N/A
N/A
N/A
768 Kbps
(12 Channels)
18
20
22
24
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Shaded area reflects total channels utilized for each combination.
(1)
A minimum of 12 Individual Voice Channels is required when provisioned with ISDN-PRI
functionality and each configuration requires one D-channel. For example, when a customer
subscribes to 12 Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality, the customer is provided
with 11 B-channels and one D-channel.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 13
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DERIVED CHANNEL SERVICES
I.
INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS (Continued)
A. Description (Continued)
5. Individual Voice Channels may be equipped with the following features, where available:
a.
Incoming Call Identification (Caller ID) – Caller ID provides the customer with the
telephone number of the calling party and is intended solely for the use of the Individual
Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions subscriber.
6. Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality provides functionality equivalent to
ISDN-PRI Service as described in Section 23 of this tariff. All standard features included
with ISDN-PRI Service are standard for Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI
functionality. In addition, optional features available with ISDN-PRI Service are available
with Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI functionality, with the exception of D-Channel
Backup and Circular Hunt. Optional features are provided at the rates and charges specified
in Section 23 of this tariff on a per 1.544 Mbps facility basis.
B. Definitions
1. Digital Access and Cross-connect System (DACS) – A digital switching device for routing
and switching T-1 lines, and DS0 portions of lines, among multiple T-1 ports. The DACS
performs all the functions of a normal “switch” except connections are typically setup in
advance of the call, not together with the call.
2. Custom Access Solutions – Provides for the integration of multiple voice and data channels
over the same 1.544 Mbps facility, as referenced in Embarq LOC’s FCC Tariff No. 1, Section
8.7.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 13
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DERIVED CHANNEL SERVICES
I.
INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS (Continued)
C. General Regulations
1.
The regulations and rates specified herein for Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access
Solutions are in addition to the applicable regulations and rates in other tariffs and other
sections of this tariff. Unless specified, the regulations for Individual Voice Channels for
Custom Access Solutions apply in addition to the General Regulations set forth in the
General Rules and Regulations Section of this tariff.
2.
Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is provided subject to the availability
of appropriate facilities as determined by the Company. Service inquiries will be necessary
to determine availability.
3.
Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) that is compatible with Individual Voice Channels for
Custom Access Solutions is the customer’s responsibility to provision.
4.
The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of the equipment, operations or
procedures of the Company utilized in the provisioning of Individual Voice Channels for
Custom Access Solutions render any facilities provided by the customer obsolete or require
modification or alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or
performance.
5.
Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions is only available where facilities
permit.
6.
Customers may disconnect Individual Voice Channels for Custom Access Solutions, without
penalty, should the total of the monthly recurring rates associated with Individual Voice
Channels for Custom Access Solutions increase by 10% or more at any one time.
7.
Custom Calling Features and Expresstouch Services are available as specified in Section 15
of this tariff at the applicable tariffed recurring rates.
8.
One Directory Listing will be provided per 1.544 Mbps facility. Additional Directory Listings
are available as specified in Section 5 of this tariff.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 13
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DERIVED CHANNEL SERVICES
I.
INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS (Continued)
C. General Regulations (Continued)
9.
Guaranteed Installation Intervals for initial and additional installations are as follows:
a. With facilities available
The Company shall install initial service within forty-five (45) working days from the date
of the request for service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is
later. For subsequent service changes which do not include the addition of a new
facility, the Company shall install service within thirty (30) days from the date of the
request for service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later. A
request for additional service, that includes a new facility, will be installed within the
parameters of an initial install.
If the Company fails to meet the above installation dates, the associated installation
charge(s) will be waived.
b. With facilities not available
The Company shall install service within sixty (60) days from the date of the request for
service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later.
If the Company fails to meet this installation date, the installation charges will be waived.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 13
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DERIVED CHANNEL SERVICES
I.
INDIVIDUAL VOICE CHANNELS FOR CUSTOM ACCESS SOLUTIONS (Continued)
D. Service Components
1.
Individual Voice Channels - A monthly rate is applicable for each individual voice channels
for Custom Access Solutions. Custom Access Solutions is found in Embarq LOC’s FCC
Tariff No. 1, Section 8.7. Individual Voice Channels can be purchased in increments of 6, 8,
10, 12, 14, 16, 18 or 20 voice channels. Individual Voice Channels with ISDN-PRI
functionality can be purchased in increments of 12, 14, 16, 18 or 20 voice channels.
2.
All other service components apply as found in Embarq LOC’s FCC Tariff No. 1, Section 8.7.
E. Application of Rates
1.
The monthly rate per Individual Voice Channel includes all mandatory and applicable
Extended Area Service (EAS) recurring charges. Individual Voice Channels receive the
same local calling area as any other form of basic local exchange service.
2.
Optional toll and extended local calling plans are available as specified in this tariff at the
applicable tariffed recurring rates and usage charges.
3.
All federal and state surcharges apply per Individual Voice Channel, including, but not limited
to, 9-1-1 surcharges and Telecommunications Relay Service (TRS) surcharges.
4.
Federal monthly end user charges apply, as described in Embarq LOC’s FCC Tariff No. 1,
Section 4. (e.g., End User Common Line (EUCL), Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier
Charge (PICC), Line Port Charge (LPC), Local Number Portability (LNP), Federal Universal
Service Fund (USF)).
F. Rates and Charges
1.
Individual Voice Channel without ISDN-PRI functionality:
(per channel)
2.
Individual Voice Channel with ISDN-PRI functionality:
(per channel)
Monthly Rate
$24.00
$27.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 14
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
MOBILE AND PAGING COMMON CARRIERS
1.
GENERAL
Interconnecting service is furnished for Common Carriers for their mobile unit customers in
accordance with the Special Construction Section 4 of this Catalog.
2.
RATES FOR MOBILE DID NUMBERS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
Monthly
Rate
3.
10 Numbers (RMEMNUM TEN)
$ 15.25
100 Numbers (RMEMNUM)
138.62
RATES FOR MOBILE PAGING DID NUMBERS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
Monthly
Rate
10 Numbers (RPMNUM TEN)
$ 4.80
100 Numbers (RPMNUM)
43.30
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
1. GENERAL
Custom Calling Services will be offered on individual lines. Trunk lines will be provided with custom
calling features where technologically feasible. The restriction of custom calling features to trunk
customers may be inherent due to equipment limitations. RCF or trunk facilities customers and
Payphone Line Services, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, are excluded.
ExpressTouch is a set of advanced call management features. These features are commonly known
as Custom Local Area Signaling Services (CLASS) and, in general, will only be offered on one-party
service and will not be activated on multi-party lines, certain FX lines, ISDN-BRI, ISDN-PRI, and
Payphone Line Services. Certain ExpressTouch features may be offered in conjunction with certain
Key and PBX trunks and Centrex services.
2. REGULATIONS
A. Rates and charges for Call Waiting Control as described herein are applicable to all Business
customers and those Residential customers in those exchanges where facilities exist.
B. Other facilities, miscellaneous and supplemental equipment requested by customers and not
detrimental to this service or other services of the Company will be furnished in accordance with
regulations and at the rates specified in the applicable sections of this Catalog.
C. Custom Calling Services are available in central offices equipped to provide the service.
D. ExpressTouch features can be provided on a stand alone basis or may be enhanced by use with
Custom Calling Service features as described herein.
E. ExpressTouch features are provided from specially equipped Company Central Offices and
enable customers to access various features by dialing a specific code on either a rotary-dial or
Tone-Touch calling basis.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
F. The customer of record will be responsible for payment of all the charges associated with
ExpressTouch as described in Section 5.B. following. For each feature ordered on a per line
basis, the customer of record will be charged the applicable monthly subscription rate for each
line. For each usage sensitive feature used, the customer of record will only be charged the
applicable per activation rate.
G. ExpressTouch features are available to customers who have rotary or Touch-Tone service for
calls within the ExpressTouch Calling Service area. Customers with rotary service can access
ExpressTouch features by dialing 11 instead of *.
H. An ExpressTouch customer may employ available ExpressTouch features only under either of
the following:
-
When both the ExpressTouch customer and the other party involved in the call are served
from the same central office, even if the other party does not subscribe to an ExpressTouch
feature; or
-
When both the ExpressTouch customer and the other party involved in the call are served
from different central offices which are linked by facilities that can handle the delivery of the
calling name and/or number, even if the other party does not subscribe to ExpressTouch.
I.
The liability of the Company is as specified in the General Rules and Regulation section of this
Catalog. In addition to the provisions of the Catalog, the calling party and customer relieves the
Company against any and all claims for damages caused or claimed to have been caused,
directly or indirectly, by the transmission to a Caller ID customer of a telephone number which
the calling party has requested to be omitted from the telephone directory or has requested not
to be disclosed to any person.
J.
ExpressTouch features will only be offered with one-party service, compatible Key/PBX
equipment and Centrex service. ExpressTouch features cannot be activated for certain FX lines
and Payphone Line Services.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
K. The Company will offer ExpressTouch only where technically feasible.
L. Telephone numbers transmitted via Caller ID may not be sold or given to another party without
the caller's consent. Caller ID information may only be used for: a) routing or completion of
calls, b) billing of calls, c) account management purposes, d) services directly related to the call
or transaction, e) verification of calling party identity. Caller ID customers failing to comply with
any of these conditions may be subject to termination of these services.
M. Calls that reach a recording activated by Selective Call Rejection or Anonymous Call Rejection
will be treated as calls that are not answered.
N. Usage Sensitive Return Call, Repeat Dialing and Three-Way Calling are options automatically
available to customers where facilities permit. Usage sensitive features may be removed upon
customer request at any time, at no charge.
3. CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES
Custom Calling Features are optional telephone service arrangements which provide one or more of
the following features:
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
3. CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES (Continued)
A. Call Waiting (FCW1FLC)
Alerts a customer who is using his telephone, by means of an audible tone, that another caller is
trying to reach him. Customers may turn off the Call Waiting tone before or during a call (but
before the Call Waiting tone has been heard), so that the call will not be interrupted by the Call
Waiting tone. The Call Waiting tone capability will automatically be restored when the call is
terminated.
B. Call Forward Features
Call Forward Features permit the forwarding of incoming calls under a variety of conditions to
another telephone number either by dialing an activation code or via pre-programming by the
Company. Calls may be forwarded to any number subject to the availability of the necessary
facilities in the central office from which the calls are to be transferred. The customer
subscribing to this service is responsible for applicable usage charges. Only one call forwarding
arrangement, consisting of a single calling path, will be provided per exchange service line for
which the customer subscribes to this feature.
Call Forward Features shall not be used to extend calls on a planned and continuing basis to
intentionally avoid the payment in whole or in part, of usage charges that would regularly be
applicable between the station originating the call and the station to which the call is ultimately
transferred.
1.
Call Forwarding
This feature permits the manual forwarding of incoming calls to another telephone number.
When activated, all calls will forward; calls cannot be answered from a line with Call
Forwarding activated. Call Forwarding overrides Call Forward No Answer and Call Forward
Busy, but those features resume functionality when Call Forwarding is deactivated.
a. Call Forwarding (FCF1FLC) – Provides a customer the capability to control
activation/deactivation and the forward-to number of the service by using dialing tones.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
3.
CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES (Continued)
B. Call Forward Features (Continued)
2. Call Forward No Answer
This feature permits the automatic forwarding of an incoming call to another telephone
number when the called telephone remains unanswered for a predetermined number of
rings, usually four or five.
Where facilities are available, this feature also includes Call Forwarding of Call Waiting when
the customer is also subscribed to Call Waiting or Enhanced Call Waiting. Call Forwarding
of Call Waiting forwards unanswered waiting calls to a customer-designated telephone
number using Call Waiting and Call Forward No Answer. An incoming call to a busy line first
receives a Call Waiting tone. If the call is not answered within a set period of time, the
incoming call is forwarded to a customer-designated telephone number.
a. Call Forward No Answer-Fixed (FCD1FLC) – This feature is activated and the customer
selected forward-to number is preprogrammed by the Company at the time service is
established and can only be changed via service order.
b. Call Forward No Answer-Customer Programmable (FCD1FLC PRG) – Provides a
customer the capability to control activation/deactivation and the forward-to number of
the service by using dialing tones.
c.
Call Forward No Answer-Customer Controlled (FCD1FLC CC) – Provides a customer
the capability to control activation/deactivation of the service by using dialing tones. The
customer selected forward-to number is preprogrammed by the Company at the time
service is established and can only be changed via service order.
3. Call Forward Busy
This feature permits the automatic forwarding of an incoming call to another telephone
number when the called telephone is already in use. Call Forward Busy shall not be used to
extend calls on a planned and continuing basis to intentionally avoid the payment of Rotary
Line/Hunting Service.
a. Call Forward Busy-Fixed (FCB1FLC) – This feature is activated and the customer
selected forward-to number is preprogrammed by the Company at the time service is
established and can only be changed via service order.
b. Call Forward Busy-Customer Programmable (FCB1FLC PRG) – Provides a customer
the capability to control activation/deactivation and the forward-to number of the service
by using dialing tones.
c.
Call Forward Busy-Customer Controlled (FCB1FLC CC) – Provides a customer the
capability to control activation/deactivation of the service by using dialing tones. The
customer selected forward-to number is preprogrammed by the Company at the time
service is established and can only be changed via service order.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
3.
CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES (Continued)
C. Directory Number Transfer (FDT1FLC)
Permits a customer to transfer all calls to a fixed single telephone number within the exchange or
on the Long Distance Telecommunications Network where facilities permit.
D. Hot Line/Warm Line (FHL1FLC)
Automatically routes the customer's telephone to a predetermined trunk or telephone number
when the handset is removed. The Hot Line is switched immediately and the Warm Line is
switched after a brief timing period and prior to dialing.
E. Intercom Service (FRT1FLC)
Allows customers with an individual residence or business lien to use their line to provide an
intercom system between their telephones. This is accomplished by the customer dialing his
own number, receiving a recording and hanging up. All telephones at that number will then ring
and when one of the other telephones goes off-hook, the ringing will stop and the initiator of the
call can go off-hook and engage in conversation.
F. Remote Call Forward (FCF1MLC)
Remote Call Forward (RCF) allows all calls dialed to a telephone number equipped for RCF
Service to be automatically forwarded to another dialable telephone number. This services
enables a customer to list a local directory number that is forwarded to a different city or
exchange. The RCF customer is responsible for any applicable usage rates/charges between
the RCF number and the terminating number.
G. SignalRing (FNA1FLC)
Provides for a second directory number to be added to an existing telephone line. The second
number will have a distinctive coded ring. If the customer elects to list the second number in the
directory, charges as specified in the Directory Listing Section will apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
3. CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES (Continued)
H. Speed Dial 8 (FS81FLC)
Enables a customer to place calls to other telephone numbers by dialing a one- or two-digit code
rather than the complete telephone number. The 8-code capacity and/or the 30-code capacity
may be provided on the same line.
I.
Speed Dial 30 (FS31FLC)
Enables a customer to place calls to other telephone numbers by dialing a one- or two-digit code
rather than the complete telephone number. The 8-code capacity and/or the 30-code capacity
may be provided on the same line; however, duplicate code capacities may not be provided.
The combination of code capacities is not available on multi-line hunting lines.
J. Three-Way Calling (F3W1FLC)
Enables a customer to add a third party to an existing call without operator assistance, thereby
establishing three-way conversation. The transmission may vary depending on the distance and
routing necessary; therefore, transmission may not meet normal standards. To use this feature
on a usage sensitive basis, the customer must press an activation code *71, (1171 for rotary
phones), prior to dialing the second party's number.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
3. CUSTOM CALLING FEATURES (Continued)
K. Three-Way Calling with Transfer
1. This feature allows a user to hold an in-progress call and complete a second call while
maintaining privacy from the first call, or to add on the previously held call for a three-way
conference. Incoming calls may be transferred to another access arrangement on an interor intra-switch basis, except as specified in Section 15.3.O.3 following:
The subscriber can transfer the caller to the secondary destination in one of three ways:
a. Blind Transfer
By placing the original caller on hold, dialing the secondary destination, and upon
hearing the ring, hang up, resulting in the original caller being connected to the
secondary destination.
b. Announced Transfer
By placing the original caller on hold, dialing the secondary destination, and upon the
party at the secondary destination answering the phone, the subscriber announces the
transfer of the call (on hold at the time) and hangs up (on hook), resulting in the original
caller being connected to the secondary destination.
c. Three-Way Conferencing with Option to Transfer
By placing the original caller on hold, dialing the secondary destination, and upon the
party at the secondary destination answering the phone, taking the original caller offhold; resulting in a three way connection. The subscriber can then hang up; resulting in
the original caller continuing to be connected to the caller at the secondary destination.
2. The subscriber of Three-Way Calling with Transfer can receive or originate the initial call.
Three-Way Calling with Transfer allows the subscriber to originate both legs of a three way
connection and subsequently disconnect, enabling the other parties to remain connected.
3. Where the subscriber originates both legs of a three-way call, those legs will remain bridged
together when the subscriber goes on hook when at least one of the legs is a call for which
both the originating and terminating points are served by the same switch. Where the
subscriber originates two inter-switch legs of a three-way call, both legs remain bridged
when the subscriber goes on hook where the serving switch is not a 5ESS switch. For such
calls in a 5ESS switch, both inter-switch legs are disconnected when the subscriber goes on
hook.
4. This feature shall not be used to extend calls on a planned and continuing basis to
intentionally avoid the payment in whole or in part of message charges, toll or otherwise, that
would regularly be applicable between the stations bridged together by the subscriber.
5. The Three-Way Calling with Transfer subscriber is responsible for all applicable local and toll
usage charges for calls originated by the subscriber including connections which continue
after the subscriber exits the call.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
4. EXPRESSTOUCH FEATURES
A. Return Call
Return Call allows the customer to call the telephone number associated with their last incoming
call whether or not the call was answered or the telephone number is known by the customer.
To operate Return Call, enter activation code *69 (1169 on rotary phones). If the called line is
available, the call is immediately completed. If the called line is not available, a queuing
process, which may last up to thirty minutes, takes place. When both lines are available, the
customer receives a distinctive ring that the network is ready to place the call. When the
customer answers the telephone, the call is automatically placed.
Return Call can return certain long distance calls. If Return Call is used to call back a long
distance number, the customer is responsible for the payment of applicable toll charges.
Return Call cannot return a call to the telephone number of the last incoming call if the telephone
number was originally blocked by the calling party.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
4. EXPRESSTOUCH FEATURES (Continued)
B. Caller ID
Caller ID allows the customer to view the telephone number of an incoming call before
answering. During the time that the incoming call is placed, the calling number is forwarded from
the central office to compatible customer provided auxiliary equipment. The calling telephone
number is then delivered to the customer provided auxiliary equipment between the first and
second ring.
The calling telephone number is not available from calls made from most cellular phones or units
and certain interexchange carrier calls. The calling number is also not available when incoming
calls have been handled by an operator or charged to credit cards. The number delivered for
calls originated from a PBX will display the main PBX trunk number only. If the caller's number
is not part of the CLASS network, is a multi-party line, or is blocked, the number will not be
displayed.
Caller ID customers who do not wish to receive calls with blocked numbers can activate
Anonymous Call Rejection by dialing *77 (1177 on rotary phones). While the feature is
activated, incoming calls with blocked numbers are routed to an announcement in the central
office. The code to deactivate this feature is *87 (1187 on rotary phones). Anonymous Call
Rejection is automatically available, in the deactive state, to residence subscribers of Caller ID
and to business subscribers where technically feasible.
C. Caller ID with Name
Caller ID with Name functions in the same manner as Caller ID but also includes the delivery of
a calling party's name. The name and number are displayed on compatible customer provided
auxiliary equipment.
The name displayed shall be the name associated with the calling telephone number as shown
on the Company's records. The Company, at its discretion, may abbreviate or limit that name for
display purposes. The Company does not assure name accuracy, and it shall not be liable to
any party for errors, omissions, or mistakes. The Company's sole and only obligation shall be to
reasonably correct errors in names when notified in writing of such errors.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
4. EXPRESSTOUCH FEATURES (Continued)
C. Caller ID With Name (Continued)
Caller ID With Name customers who do not wish to receive calls with blocked numbers can
activate Anonymous Call Rejection by pressing *77 (1177 on rotary phones). The code to
deactivate is *87 (1187 on rotary phones). While the feature is activated, incoming calls with
blocked numbers are routed to an announcement in the central office. Anonymous Call
Rejection is automatically available, in the deactive state, to residence subscribers of Caller ID
with Name and to business subscribers where technically feasible.
D. Call Waiting ID
Enables the customer to view the calling party's name and telephone number associated with an
incoming Call Waiting call, unless the name and telephone number of the calling party is
suppressed, either via Per Call or Per Line Blocking. This gives customers the opportunity to
identify incoming callers without interrupting their current call, which helps the customer decide
whether or not to answer the new call.
E. Call Waiting Options
Provides the customer with a variety of options for handling incoming calls. The customer can
place the current call on hold and take the Call Waiting call, drop the current call and take the
Call Waiting call, send a "please hold" announcement to the Call Waiting call, add the Call
Waiting call into a three way conference or forward the Call Waiting call to a voice mail.
A customer must have an analog display service interface compatible telephone in order to use
this feature. Call Waiting Options is only available when a customer subscribes to the Elite
package.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
4. EXPRESSTOUCH FEATURES (Continued)
F. Repeat Dialing
Repeat Dialing allows the customer to automatically redial the last number dialed from the
customer's telephone regardless of whether the last number dialed was answered. To operate
the Repeat Dialing function, enter activation code *66 (1166 on rotary phones). If the called line
is available, the call will be placed immediately. Where technically feasible, when a caller
receives a busy condition, the service will automatically play an announcement offering the caller
the option of having the service complete the call when the called line becomes available by
entering the activation code "7". If the redialed line is busy, the network will queue the request
for thirty minutes and process the call when both the called and calling party lines are idle.
When the call can be completed, a distinctive ring will be provided to the caller's line to alert the
customer that the requested callback is ready. When the customer answers the telephone, the
call is automatically placed.
This feature cannot be activated for calls originating from a line that is forwarded.
G. Selective Call Forward
Selective Call Forward allows the customer to forward selected calls to another telephone
number within the exchange or on the long distance telecommunications network where facilities
permit. A screening list of up to 12 telephone numbers is created by the customer and placed in
the network memory via an interactive dialing sequence.
This list can only be created from ExpressTouch Service serving area telephone numbers. Only
calls from those telephone numbers in the screening list will be forwarded to the designated
telephone number even if the number being screened was blocked.
Calls may be forwarded to a number within the subscriber’s home exchange, EAS exchanges, or
to a long distance message telecommunications point subject to the availability of the necessary
facilities in the central office from which the calls are to be transferred. The customer
subscribing to this service is responsible for applicable usage charges or toll charges.
H. Selective Call Rejection
Selective Call Rejection provides the customer the ability to prevent incoming calls from certain
telephone numbers even if the number was blocked. Through an interactive dialing sequence,
the customer creates a screening list of up to 12 telephone numbers in the ExpressTouch
network. When a call is placed to the customer's number from a number on the screening list,
the calling party receives an announcement indicating that the call cannot be completed to the
called party at this time.
For calls from a line within multi-line hunting the call is blocked only when the main telephone
number has been entered in the screening list.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
4. EXPRESSTOUCH FEATURES (Continued)
I.
Selective Call Ring
Selective Call Ring provides a distinctive ringing pattern to the subscribing customer for specific
telephone numbers even if the number was blocked. The customer creates a screening list of
up to 12 telephone numbers through an interactive dialing sequence by entering an activation
code *61 (1161 on rotary phones). When a call is received from one of the predetermined
telephone numbers, the customer is alerted with a distinctive ringing pattern. Calls from
telephone numbers not included on the screening list will produce a normal ring.
If the called customer subscribes to Call Waiting (described in other sections of this Catalog) and
the call arrives while the line is busy, the Call Waiting tone has a distinctive pattern.
J. Selective Call Acceptance
Selective Call Acceptance – an arrangement that allows a subscriber to selectively accept only
calls arriving from a list of up to 12 previously identified directory numbers.
A call will only be accepted when it is received from a telephone number that matches one of up
to 12 numbers on the Selective Call Acceptance list. Calls from telephone numbers that do not
match one of the 12 numbers on the Selective Call Acceptance list will be routed to an
announcement stating that the called party does not wish to receive the call. If the incoming call
is from a telephone number in a multi-line hunt group, this feature will not work unless the
number is the main telephone number in the group, or each terminal has a unique telephone
number associated with it within the group.
The Selective Call Acceptance list is created by the Selective Call Acceptance subscriber,
through an interactive dialing sequence, and can be altered at the subscriber’s discretion.
This feature can be activated or deactivated at the subscriber’s discretion.
5. RATES AND CHARGES
A. Custom Calling Features
The following rates and charges apply in addition to the established rates and charges for the
services with which these features are associated.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 14
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
5. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
A. Custom Calling Features (Continued)
Monthly Per Line Rate
Installation
Residence
Business
Charge
1. Speed Dial 30
$5.00
$7.00
N/A
2. Directory Number Transfer
$4.00
$5.35
$5.00(1)
3. Hot Line/Warm Line
$4.00
$5.35
$20.50(2)
4. Intercom Service
$0.45
$0.65
N/A
5. SignalRing
$5.00
$6.00
$13.30
6. Call Waiting
$6.00
$7.00
N/A
7. Three-Way Calling with Transfer
N/A
$5.00
N/A
8. Call Forwarding
$3.00
$5.00
N/A
9. Three-Way Calling
$4.00
$5.00
N/A
10. Speed Dial 8
$3.00
$3.00
N/A
11. Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
$1.00
$1.00
$5.00(1)
12. Call Forward No Answer - Customer Programmable
$1.00
$1.00
$5.00(1)
13. Call Forward No Answer - Customer Controlled
$1.00
$1.00
$5.00(1)
14. Call Forward Busy - Fixed
$1.00
$1.00
$5.00(1)
15. Call Forward Busy - Customer Programmable
$1.00
$1.00
$5.00(1)
16. Call Forward Busy - Customer Controlled
$1.00
$1.00
$5.00(1)
(1)
The Installation Charge applies when a customer requests a change of the predetermined number to
which calls are forwarded.
(2)
Installation Charges are waived for certified hearing and mobility impaired customers.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 15
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
5. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
A. Custom Calling Features (Continued)
Monthly Per Line Rate
Residence
Business
17. Remote Call Forwarding
(per path)
18. Call Waiting ID
$16.00
$16.00
$3.00
$3.00
Installation
Charge
$19.00 (1)(2)
N/A
(1)
The Installation Charge applies when a customer requests a change of the predetermined number to
which calls are forwarded.
(2)
The Installation Charge associated with each additional path applies only if the additional path is
installed on a subsequent order. The Installation Charge is not applied for additional paths installed
on the same order as the first access path.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 16
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
5. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
B. The following ExpressTouch features are available at the following monthly rates for the
customer group specified. Installation Charges will not be required to place or remove
ExpressTouch features on a customer's line.
Monthly Per Line Rate
Residence
Business
Centrex(1)
1.
Return Call
FTB1FCC/FTB1FAB
$4.00
$4.50
$3.50 (2)
$3.25 (3)
2.
Caller ID
FTE1FCC(ACR)/FTE1FAB(ACR)
$9.00
$10.00
$6.50 (2)
$5.95 (3)
3.
Caller ID with Name
FTK1FCC(ACR)/FTK1FAB(ACR)
$9.00(4)
$10.00
$7.50 (2)
$6.95 (3)
4.
Repeat Dialing
FTA1FCC/FTA1FAB
$4.00
$5.00
$3.75 (2)
$3.50 (3)
5.
Selective Call
Forward
FTG1FCC/FTG1FAB
$4.00
$5.00
$4.50 (2)
$4.10 (3)
6.
Selective Call
Rejection
FTH1FCC/FTH1FAB
$5.00
$6.00
$4.75 (2)
$4.35 (3)
7.
Selective Call
Ring
FTF1FCC/FTF1FAB
$4.00
$5.00
$4.50 (2)
$4.10 (3)
8.
Selective Call
Acceptance
FTJ1FCC / FTJ1FAB
$5.00
$6.00
$6.00 (2)
$5.60 (3)
(1)
Centrex rates apply only to customers with 1-150 lines. Features for customers with more than 150
Centrex lines will be priced on an Individual Case Basis. Call Trace, however, will be offered to all
Centrex lines at the rate shown in Section 10.
(2)
Applies to 1-20 Centrex lines
Applies to 21-150 Centrex lines
Residential Customers who purchase the deregulated services LineGuard or Data LineGuard and
Home Phone Warranty may purchase Caller ID with Name for $5.00.
(3)
(4)
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 17
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
5. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
B. The following ExpressTouch features… (Continued)
Residence
9. Caller ID with
Name/Repeat
Dialing (package)
FTF1FAB
N/A
10. Repeat Dialing
/Return Call
(package)
FTG1FAB
N/A
Monthly Per Line Rate
Business
Trunk
Centrex(1)
N/A
N/A
$9.50 (2)
$7.60 (3)
N/A
N/A
$6.50 (2)
$5.20 (3)
11. Package I (4)
F3C1FLC
$12.00
$15.50
N/A
N/A
12. Package II (5)
F3C1FLC
$12.00
$14.75
N/A
N/A
(1)
Centrex rates apply only to customers with 1-150 lines. Features for customers with more than 150
Centrex lines will be priced on an Individual Case Basis. Call Trace, however, will be offered to all
Centrex lines at the rate shown.
(2)
Applies to 1-20 Centrex lines.
Applies to 21-150 Centrex lines.
Package I consists of: Caller ID with Name and Selective Call Rejection, Plus one of the following:
Selective Call Ring, Repeat Dialing or Selective Call Forward.
Package II consists of: Caller ID and Selective Call Rejection; Plus one of the following: Selective
Call Ring, Repeat Dialing or Selective Call Forward.
(3)
(4)
(5)
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 18
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
5.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
C. Certain Custom Calling Service features are available at the following usage sensitive rates for
the customer groups specified below.
A customer will be given a one time credit for charges associated with one month's use of any of
the usage sensitive features below upon request. These features can be blocked upon the
customer’s request, at no charge.
Residence
(1)
Usage Sensitive Rate
Business
Trunk
Centrex
1. Return Call(1)
per activation
$0.95
$0.95
N/A
N/A
2. Repeat Dialing(1)
per activation
$0.95
$0.95
N/A
N/A
3. Three-Way Calling(1)
per activation
$0.95
$0.95
N/A
N/A
Total monthly charge per line not to exceed $7.50.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 19
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
5. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
D. Custom Calling Services Packages
Custom Calling Services Packages are offerings that combine certain ExpressTouch and
Custom Calling Features into packages at rates that provide a monthly savings over the rates
that would apply if the services were purchased individually.
The ExpressTouch and Custom Calling Features included in the packaged services are also
offered on an individual basis as shown in this section of the tariff. All descriptions and
regulations for the ExpressTouch and Custom Calling Features are applicable to these
packages.
No substitutions will be permitted to the services available in each package. Should a customer
no longer want a certain service contained in a subscribed-to package, the customer may
choose another package which includes the services desired or select the individual services as
provided for in the ExpressTouch and Custom Calling Feature section of this Catalog.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 20
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
5. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
D. Custom Calling Services Packages (Continued)
Package
Monthly Per Line Rate
Residence
Business
In Touch w/Call Forwarding
FPKICF
Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, Three-Way Calling,
Call Forward Busy - Fixed and Call Forward
No Answer - Fixed
$ 8.00
$11.00
In Touch w/SignalRing(1)
FPKISR
Call Waiting, SignalRing, Three-Way Calling,
Call Forward Busy - Fixed and Call Forward
No Answer - Fixed
$ 9.00
$10.00
In Touch w/Return Call
FPKIRC
Call Waiting, Return Call, Three-Way Calling,
Call Forward Busy - Fixed and Call Forward
No Answer - Fixed
$ 9.00
$10.00
Call Manager
$12.00
FPKCM
Call Waiting, Return Call, Three-Way Calling,
Call Forwarding, Repeat Dialing, Call Forward Busy –
Fixed and Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
$15.00
Essentials(2)
FPKCMPN
Call Waiting, Return Call, Three-Way Calling,
Call Forwarding, Repeat Dialing, Caller ID w/Name(3)
Call Waiting ID, Call Forward Busy - Fixed and
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
$20.00
$17.00
(1)
Limited to existing customers at existing locations as of December 1, 1999.
(2)
Talking Call Waiting can be added to customers who subscribe to either Essentials or Elite at the
monthly rate shown in Section 3.8.B.2.
(3)
Anonymous Call Rejection is included with Caller ID w/Name at no additional cost.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 21
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
5.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
D.
Custom Calling Services Packages (Continued)
Package
Monthly Per Line Rate
Residence
Business
Elite(1)
$20.00
FPKCMPV
Call Waiting, Return Call, Three-Way Calling,
Call Forwarding, Repeat Dialing,
Caller ID With Name w/ACR,
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed, Call Waiting Options
$23.00
Advantage(2)
FPKADVN
Call Waiting, Return Call, Caller ID w/Name(3),
Call Waiting ID, Call Forward Busy - Fixed and
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
$14.00
$15.00
Classics Calling Package
FPKCIDP
Return Call, Three-Way Calling,
Call Forwarding, Caller ID w/Name(3),
Call Forward Busy - Fixed and Call Forward
No Answer - Fixed
$14.00
$18.00
N/A
$13.00
Priority Package
FPKRLS
Call Waiting
Call Forwarding
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Caller ID w/Name(3)
(1)
Talking Call Waiting can be added to customers who subscribe to either Essentials or Elite at the
monthly rate shown in Section 3.8.B.2.
(2)
Limited to existing customers at existing locations as of December 1, 1999.
(3)
Anonymous Call Rejection is included with Caller ID w/Name at no additional cost.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 22
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
5. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
D. Custom Calling Services Packages (Continued)
Package
Home II Package (1)
Call Waiting – Optional
Call Waiting ID
Three-Way Calling
Caller ID w/Name(2)
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Monthly Per Line Rate
Residence
Business
$13.00
N/A
(1)
Talking Call Waiting is available as an add-on to this package at the monthly rate shown in Section
3.8.B.2 of this tariff.
(2)
Anonymous Call Rejection is included with Caller ID w/Name at no additional cost.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 15
Page No.: 23
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CUSTOM CALLING SERVICES
6. SPECIAL BILLING NUMBER SERVICE
Special billing codes, assigned by the
Company, used to allocate long
distance messages to specific
stations – per group of 10 codes or
fraction thereof.
(ASBTENN)
NRC
Monthly Rate
$13.30
$ 2.50
7. SELECTIVE CLASS OF CALL SCREENING
A. General
Selective Class of Call Screening provides the customer, the option of restricting the classes of
toll calls originating over their line. By means of Company operator, only those toll calls will be
allowed which are charged to the telephone number, a third number, or a Company calling card.
This service may be provided where facilities permit and are available. Selective Class of Call
Screening will be offered to single-line residence, single-line business, and complex customers.
When a telephone is arranged for Selective Class of Call Screening, all lines or central office
trunks for which such telephone has out dialing capabilities, must be arranged for Selective
Class of Call Screening.
All local calls and calls to Company numbers such as repair service, directory assistance service,
and public emergency service numbers, such as 911, will be permitted.
B. Rates and Charges
These rates and charges are in addition to the established monthly non-recurring charges
applicable to services or equipment associated with Selective Class of Call Screening.
1.
Non-recurring charge
$35.00
Per establishment, addition or change of existing line or trunk.
2.
Monthly rate
Per access line or trunk equipped.
$ 2.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 16
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
RESERVED FOR FUTURE USE
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 17
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE (D.A.) SERVICE
1.
GENERAL
A. The Company furnishes local, long distance and national directory assistance whereby
customers may request assistance in telephone numbers or names associated with
directory listings of individuals and/or businesses. Where technically feasible, customers
may have their calls to the requested telephone number completed by the automated
directory assistance system.
B. A Directory Assistance Service Charge applies when customers request assistance in
determining telephone numbers or names in the local calling area in which the customer
receives local exchange service (local directory assistance), telephone numbers or names
located outside the local calling area but within the customer's Home Numbering Plan Area
(HNPA) (long distance directory assistance), or telephone numbers or names that are
located outside the customer's HNPA (national directory assistance).
C. Directory assistance call completion is provided with directory assistance at no
additional charge where technically feasible. Customers who dial directory assistance
service may choose to have the requested telephone number automatically dialed and the
call completed by the automated directory assistance system. When the customer
receives the requested directory number from the automated directory assistance system,
the customer will hear the directory assistance call completion announcement prompt
offering to automatically dial the requested number. The customer will be prompted to
activate directory assistance call completion by depressing a specific digit on a touch-tone
telephone during the directory assistance call completion announcement prompt. Directory
assistance call completion is not available when requesting the name associated with a
directory listing.
2.
REGULATIONS
A.
A maximum of two telephone numbers or names will be provided per directory assistance
call. If two telephone numbers are requested in a single directory assistance call, directory
assistance call completion is available only for the second telephone number provided.
B.
Directory assistance call completion is not available to the following customer groups:
Hospitals
Hotels/Motels
Prisons/Inmates
Wide Area Telecommunications Service (WATS)
Interexchange Carriers
Mobile
Payphone Line Service
C.
National directory assistance is not available from Payphone Lines, Hotel/Motel
Telephones or Hospitals Telephones.
D.
Directory Assistance is not available to customers subscribed to Toll and Casual Dialing
Restriction Service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 17
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECTORY ASSISTANCE (D.A.) SERVICE
3.
4.
EXEMPTIONS
A.
There are no call exemptions or allowances for Directory Assistance Service except as
specified in 3.B following.
B.
Charges for local and long distance Directory Assistance Service are not applicable to calls
placed from payphone line service, hospitals and customers (residence telephone numbers)
who certify that they are unable to use a directory because of a physical, visual or mental
handicap. Handicapped customers may obtain this exemption upon their completion and
submission of an exemption form supplied by the Company, and the Company’s acceptance
of that form. There are no exemptions for national directory assistance calls.
RATE REGULATIONS
A.
The Directory Assistance Service Charge applies per call even if the customer requests
telephone numbers or names that are not published or otherwise not found by the operator or
automated directory assistance system, or if the call is not completed by the automated
directory assistance system (i.e., busy, no answer, customer does not invoke directory
assistance call completion or directory assistance call completion is not available).
B.
In locations where the customer has the technical capability to direct dial Directory
Assistance but places the call by dialing "0", Operator Handled Service Charges will apply in
addition to the Directory Assistance Service Charge as specified in 5.B following.
5.
RATES
A.
Directory Assistance Service Charge,
per Directory Assistance call
$1.45
B.
When the customer requests Directory Assistance by dialing "0" where the customer has the
technical capability to direct dial Directory Assistance, the Operator Station rate specified in
Section 6 applies in addition to the Directory Assistance Service Charge.
C.
Applicable usage charges will apply for completed calls in addition to the Directory
Assistance Service charge.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 18
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
SIMPLIFIED MESSAGE DESK INTERFACE (SMDI)
1. GENERAL
A. Simplified Message Desk Interface (SMDI) is a feature that provides an integrated, automated
interface to customers who provide an answering bureau service or voice messaging service for
their clients, and to PBX/Centrex customers that provide their own voice messaging service.
B. SMDI furnishes the following call related information to an Enhanced Service Provider's Uniform
Call Distribution (UCD) group. Enhanced Service Provider refers to any entity that furnishes
answering and/or voice messaging service to clients.
1. Identification of the called station number.
2. Identification of the calling station number when the call originates in the same central office
that serves the customer.
3. Identification of the type of Call Forwarding feature used by the called station number (Call
Forwarding, Call Forwarding - Busy or No Answer).
4. Identification of the UCD line receiving the call forwarded call.
This call related information is passed to the Enhanced Service Provider's message system via a
data link from the central office to the Provider's premises.
C. SMDI allows the Enhanced Service Provider to activate the Message Waiting Indicator feature
on the called station number.
D. Message Waiting Indicator (MWI) is an additional feature included with SMDI to lines located in
the same central office in which the SMDI is provided. This feature provides for an audible
interrupted (stuttered) dial tone which allows an Enhanced Service Provider to supply their
client's lines with a stuttered dial tone on a predesignated telephone number, to alert clients
when a message is waiting.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 18
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SIMPLIFIED MESSAGE DESK INTERFACE (SMDI)
2. REGULATIONS
A. The provider must have a hunt group arrangement in the same central office where the data
channel terminates.
B. A full duplex RS232 format data channel connected via modems is required to provide signaling
between the central office and the Enhanced Service Provider's messaging equipment.
C. SMDI service requires the Enhanced Service Provider to have a UCD Group in the same central
office where the data channel originates.
D. SMDI is furnished only from central offices that have been arranged to provide this feature. The
feature is provided subject to availability of facilities.
E. In addition to the rates and charges associated with SMDI service, each line must be equipped
with at least one of the following Call Forwarding features:
1. Call Forwarding
2. Call Forwarding - Busy
3. Call Forwarding - No Answer
Rates, charges and regulations for these services are listed in Section 15.
3. RATES AND CHARGES
The following rates and charges apply in addition to the applicable nonrecurring charges and
monthly rates for the services with which these features are associated.
Monthly
Rate
SMDI Feature - per data link
(FCEVFMI)
(1)
$185.00
Non-recurring
Charge (1)
$615.00
Waived if Company fails to install service within 15 days (facilities available); 30 days (no facilities
available) or the Customer requested due date, whichever is later.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
1.
GENERAL
A.
Centrex Service is an optional communications system arrangement offering central office
based features similar to those found in intelligent customer premise equipment to business
customers with one or more access lines. Centrex is offered only in those exchanges with
central offices equipped to provide this service. In addition, some features may not be
available in all central offices.
Centrex Service is currently available in the following exchanges:
Aitkin
Alexandria
Altura
Benson
Bennettville
Browerville
Brownton
Buffalo Lake
B.
Carlos
Chaska
Cokato
Cologne
Crosby
Dassel
Deerwood
Lake City
Lester Prairie
Lewiston
Long Prairie
Millville
New Richland
Norwood
Osseo
Waconia
Waldorf
Zumbro Falls
Rogers
Rollingstone
Silver Lake
Stewart
St. James
St. Michael
Victoria
Villard
Centrex Basic Service consists of an access line, Touch-Tone capability and the features
listed below:
Automatic Line
Automatic Route Selection
Call Back Queuing
Call Forwarding
Call Hold
Call Park
Call Pickup
Call Waiting
Call Waiting Exempt
Call Waiting Originating
Code Call Access
Dial Call Waiting
Dictation Access and Control
Direct Inward Dialing
Direct Outward Dialing
Directed Call Pickup
Barge-In
Directed Call Pickup
Non-Barge-In
Distinctive Ringing
(1)
Elgin
Eyota
Glencoe
Granite Falls
Grove City
Hastings
Holmes City
Howard Lake
Plainview
Plato
Executive Busy Override
Executive Busy Override-Exempt
Expensive Route Warning Tone
Group Intercom
Hunt Groups
Last Number Redial
Loudspeaker and Radio Paging Access
Make Set Busy
Meet-Me Conference
Message Waiting
Network Class of Service
Off Hook Queuing
Permanent Hold
Ring Again
Speed Calling
Station Controlled Conference
Three-Way Conference/Call Transfer
Consultation Hold
Uniform Call Distribution
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
1.
GENERAL (Continued)
B.
Centrex Basic Service… (Continued)
Centrex Basic Service supports all of these features; however, all features cannot be
assigned to all lines. For example, when a line is assigned call busy status, it cannot be
assigned Call Waiting.
C.
Centrex Meridian Service consists of an access line, Touch-Tone capability, the features
listed in I.B. and the following additional features. A specialized business set with keys to
activate each feature is needed with the Meridian Service package.
Meridian Auto Answer Back
Meridian Automatic Dial
Meridian Automatic Line
Meridian Call Back Queuing
Meridian Call Forwarding
Meridian Call Park
Meridian Call Pickup
Meridian Call Waiting
Meridian Directed Call Pickup
Non-Barge-In
Meridian Group Intercom
Meridian Intercom
D.
Meridian Last Number Redial
Meridian Make Set Busy
Meridian Malicious Call Hold
Meridian Message Waiting
Meridian Ring Again
Meridian Speed Calling
Meridian Station Controlled
Conference
Meridian Three-Way Conference/
Call Transfer
Multiple Appearance Directory
Number
Multiple Directory Number
The following optional services are available for Centrex Basic Service and Centrex Meridian
Service. Rates are prescribed in section 4. following, and are in addition to the Centrex Basic
Service or Centrex Meridian Service rate.
Call Forwarding - Remote Activation
Mini-Console
Music on Hold - Software Interface Only
2.
DEFINITIONS
Automatic Line - This feature provides an automatic connection between a calling station, by going
off hook, and a predetermined terminating number.
Automatic Route Selection - Automatic Route Selection (ARS) allows an outgoing toll call to be
automatically completed by the least cost route available. The selection of routes is determined by
the customer. If the primary route is busy, the ARS feature automatically tries alternative routes as
prioritized.
(1)
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires. Centrex
Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Call Back Queuing - Call Back Queuing allows a station user encountering an all trunks busy
condition to activate the Call Back Queuing feature and hang up. When a circuit becomes idle, the
system will recall the user, and when they answer, automatically place the call. Call Back Queuing
only affects outgoing local trunks on an originating basis.
Call Forwarding - Call Forwarding allows a Centrex station user to have incoming calls to his
station automatically forwarded to a predetermined telephone number. Four (4) types of Call
Forwarding are available: Call Forward Universal, which re-routes incoming calls to another
telephone number; Call Forward Intragroup, which reroutes incoming calls to only those stations
within the same customer group; Call Forward Busy, which directs incoming calls to a busy station
to be forwarded to a designated station or attendant; and Call Forward Don't Answer, which routes
incoming calls to another designated station or attendant if the called station does not answer
within a specified time.
Call Forward Universal and Call Forward Intragroup are user
programmable; Call Forward Busy is not.
Call Forwarding - Remote Activation - This feature permits Call Forward Universal station users
who are traveling, the ability to activate, change, or deactivate their Call Forwarding service from
anywhere in the town, state or country.
Call Hold - Call Hold is an optional feature available to a Centrex station user with a single line set.
It allows the user to hold one call for any length of time provided neither party hangs up. The user
may also place other calls while a call is on hold.
Call Park - The Call Park feature allows a station to park one call against its own directory number.
The parked call can be retrieved from any station within the same customer group. Once a call is
parked against a directory number, the user is free to make or receive calls on that directory
number.
Call Pickup - Call Pickup allows a station user to answer incoming calls to another station within a
present pickup group by dialing a feature activation code.
Call Waiting - This feature allows a station user, already talking on the phone, to be informed by a
tone that another call is waiting to reach the station.
Call Waiting Exempt - The Call Waiting Exempt feature prevents call waiting tones from being
imposed on a station. This feature is programmed via service order.
Call Waiting Originating - Call Waiting Originating (CWO) allows an originating line to impose a call
waiting tone automatically on a busy called line.
(1)
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Code Call Access - This service allows stations to gain access to customer-provided code call
equipment by dialing an access code and a called party code.
Dial Call Waiting - Dial Call Waiting (DCW) permits a station user to impose a call waiting tone on a
busy station that normally does not have Call Waiting. DCW is similar to CWO except that DCW is
applied at the discretion of the station user and CWO is applied automatically.
Dictation Access and Control - This feature provides access to customer-provided dictation
recording equipment by dialing an access code. It also provides dictation equipment control
functions, such as playback and correct, by transmitting Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) signals
over the voice path to the dictation recording equipment.
Direct Inward Dialing - This service allows for incoming calls from the exchange network to reach a
specific station. The calling party dials the seven-digit directory number to reach the station.
Direct Outward Dialing - With this service, a Centrex station user can place external calls to the
exchange network by dialing the access code (usually the digit 9), receiving an optional second dial
tone, then dialing the external number.
Directed Call Pickup Barge-In - This feature is like Directed Call Pickup Non-Barge-In except
Directed Call Pickup Barge-In will create a three-way call if the ringing station has been answered
before completion of the pickup dialing sequence.
Directed Call Pickup Non-Barge-In - This feature permits a Centrex station user to answer a call
which is ringing on a selected station within the same customer group and served by the same
central office.
Distinctive Ringing - Distinctive ringing gives the Centrex station user the ability to determine
whether the call is from a station within the customer group or from the exchange network by the
cadence of the ringing of the phone.
Executive Busy Override - This feature allows a station user to gain access to a busy station by
flashing the switchhook during busy tone and dialing a feature activation code.
Executive Busy Override-Exempt - This feature blocks the Executive Busy Override feature if
another user attempts to barge-in on an existing call.
(1)
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Expensive Route Warning Tone - Expensive Route Warning Tone (ERWT) is an optional feature
used in conjunction with ARS that can provide a Centrex calling party a warning tone to indicate the
selection of an expensive toll route.
Group Intercom - This feature allows a station abbreviated dialing to other station members within
the same intercom group.
Hunt Groups - Line or station hunting provides a means of searching a number of lines to find an
idle one.
Last Number Redial - Last Number Redial allows a station user to redial his last called number by
depressing one or two keys rather than the entire number.
Loudspeaker and Radio Paging Access - This feature permits Centrex station users to dial an
access code to connect loudspeaker paging equipment. Access is subject to the originating
station's Network Class of Service (NCOS).
Make Set Busy (MSB) - A Centrex 500/2500 station user can have the option of making the line
busy to incoming calls while still completing outgoing calls. Calls attempting to terminate on a line
with MSB activated can hear a busy signal or be routed to a recording.
Meet-Me Conference - A station user may set up a conference call for a special time of day with the
Meet-Me Conference feature. The assigned Meet-Me Conference directory number for the
conference is dialed at the designated time. Each conferee is automatically added to the
conference when the Meet-Me conference number is dialed. As conferees are added, all
conferees, excluding the new arrival, will receive a tone to indicate that a party has been added.
Meridian Auto Answer Back - This feature, when implemented on a specialized business set, allows
any incoming call to the Primary Directory Number of the set to be automatically answered after
four seconds. Conversation takes place through a hands-free unit.
Meridian Automatic Dial - This feature allows a Meridian user to call a frequently dialed number by
depressing the assigned key. The user is permitted to program and change the number.
(1)
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Meridian Automatic Line - This feature is a directory number feature that may be assigned to
individual directory number appearances on a specialized business set, including the primary
directory number. When an off hook condition is reported from the directory number appearance,
to which Automatic Line has been assigned, a connection is automatically established to a
predetermined location.
Meridian Call Back Queuing - With this feature, a Meridian user encountering an all trunks busy
condition has the option of being notified when a trunk becomes idle. The user is automatically
connected to the called number. Meridian Call Back Queuing only affects outgoing local trunks on
an originating basis.
Meridian Call Forwarding - This feature is functionally identical to Call Forwarding.
Meridian Call Park - This feature functions identically as stated under the Call Park with the
following exception: The Business Set Call Park is a set feature that can be activated by either a
key or an access code.
Meridian Call Pickup - Functionally the same as Call Pickup.
Meridian Call Waiting - An incoming call encountering a busy Meridian line receives audible ringing
while the called station user receives call waiting notification. The called station user can choose to
acknowledge the new caller and place the existing party on hold, to alternate between the callers,
or to abandon one of the calls.
Meridian Directed Call Pickup Non-Barge-In - Functionally the same as Directed Call Pickup NonBarge-In.
Meridian Group Intercom - The feature allows a Meridian user to call a member of a predesignated
group using abbreviated dialing.
Meridian Intercom - This feature allows a Meridian user to call a member of a predesignated group
using abbreviated dialing.
Meridian Last Number Redial - Functionally the same as Last Number Redial.
(1)
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Meridian Make Set Busy - This feature allows directory number appearances, excluding private
business lines and Multiple Appearance Directory Number (MADN) group members, and call
terminations such as call waiting calls, camp-on and busy override, on a Meridian set to be made
busy to incoming calls.
Meridian Malicious Call Hold - This feature allows a Meridian subscriber to hold a connection on a
malicious call, enabling the call to be traced.
Meridian Message Waiting - This feature permits a Meridian user to dial a code to access the
person who activated the Message Waiting feature. With the Meridian capability, an LCD lamp will
be activated when a message is waiting.
Meridian Ring Again - This feature is functionally like Ring Again but is classified as a set feature
requiring assignment to a specific key and associated LCD indicator.
Meridian Speed Calling - This feature allows a Meridian user to access two different speed call lists
by pressing Speed Call keys or dialing speed call access codes.
Meridian Station Controlled Conference - A specialized business set with this feature assigned can
establish a conference call of up to thirty (30) parties. Any of the other parties may be external to
the switch.
Meridian Three-Way Conference/Call Transfer - This feature allows a Meridian user to include a
third party in the call and then optionally transfer the call to the third party.
Message Waiting - This feature permits a station user to dial a code to access the person who
activated the Message Waiting feature. It also permits the station to activate Message Waiting for
another station. Stuttered dial tone will also be used to inform users that a message is waiting for
them.
Mini-Console - An optional feature that enables answering positioning functionality on a Meridian
Business Set. It gives the user the ability to monitor the status of Directory Numbers (DN) through
the use of lamp status (Busy Lamp Field), direct dialing to a monitored DN (Direct Station
Selection), and the ability to transfer a call to a busy line (Camp On). A Multiple Appearance
Directory Number (MADN) charge per monitored appearance is also applicable.
(1)
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Multiple Appearance Directory Number - A directory number that is assigned to more than one
specialized business set or single line set is called a Multiple Appearance Directory Number
(MADN). The telephone sets that are assigned this number are known as a MADN group. MADN
groups can be comprised of 2 to 32 stations and configured in either single call arrangements or
multiple call arrangements.
Multiple Directory Number - An optional feature that allows a single Centrex line to have telephone
numbers associated to the primary directory number while allowing only one call path.
Music on Hold - Software Interface - An optional feature that provides for music to be played to a
caller while he/she is placed on hold. The music source is provided by the subscriber, and requires
an additional Centrex line to carry the music to the central office.
Network Class of Service - The Network Class of Service (NCOS) feature in the Centrex system
defines the specific features and calling patterns available to individual stations and attendants
within a customer group. Access code restrictions can be set up to restrict stations and attendants
from trunk types such as local, toll, DID and WATS. Also the ability to use certain features like
Network Speed Call, Call Back Queuing and Off Hook Queuing are assigned by NCOS.
Off Hook Queuing - Off Hook Queuing enables a call that cannot be completed because no
outgoing trunk is available to wait off hook in queue for an idle trunk. Once a trunk is available, the
call progresses normally.
Permanent Hold - The Permanent Hold option allows a Centrex station user to put an active call on
hold and return the handset to the cradle.
Ring Again - A station user encountering a busy directory number can choose to be notified when
the busy station becomes idle and automatically re-access that same number using the Ring Again
feature. Both stations must be in the same customer group and be served by the same central
office.
Speed Calling - Speed Calling allows a user to place calls to a list of frequently called numbers by
dialing a speed call activation code instead of dialing the complete number. The speed call
numbers are programmed by the individual users at their stations. A speed dial number may be a
directory number, authorization code, account code, access code or feature access code. Speed
Call Lists of 30 to 70 numbers can be shared. Ten (10) number Speed Call Lists are private and
cannot be shared.
(1)
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
Station Controlled Conference - This feature allows a 500/2500 Centrex station user to establish a
conference call consisting of six parties.
Three-Way Conference/Call Transfer/Consultation Hold - This feature allows a Centrex station user
to call a third party to conference him in, notify him of a call being transferred or consult with him
while the other party is on hold.
Uniform Call Distribution - The Uniform Call Distribution (UCD) feature allows for an even
distribution of incoming calls to a listed directory number answered by a group of 500/2500 stations.
This group of stations is called a UCD group. Each station has its own directory number and is
assigned the UCD feature.
3.
(1)
REGULATIONS
A.
The minimum service period for Centrex Service is one (1) month except when the provision
of the service requires the construction of additional facilities and/or equipment. The
customer may be required to pay all or a portion of the construction and installation charges
and/or contract for service beyond the minimum service period in an arrangement agreeable
to both the Company and the customer.
B.
A Rate Stability Plan is a payment option that allows the customer to pay a fixed monthly
rate, which is not subject to rate changes, for Centrex Service over a fixed period. This plan
covers the Centrex line or trunk rate, Meridian Services rate, and the Additional Numbers
rate. The plan does not cover Extended Area Services rates or any other rates or charges
not set forth in 4. below. Customers subscribing to this plan will sign a termination agreement
for their service. Lines may be added to the existing contract, but the customer is subject to
the terms of the agreement if a request is made to take lines out of service.
C.
Three-Way Calling, Call Forwarding and the Centrex Meridian Service are furnished subject
to transmission limitation. The Company does not guarantee satisfactory transmission on
such arrangements. If the customer requests additional equipment to improve transmission,
and facilities permit, additional charges based upon the costs incurred may apply.
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
3.
(1)
REGULATIONS (Continued)
D.
Centrex Service lines may be designated as either Public Access lines or Intercommunication
Only lines. Public Access lines allow access to the exchange network. Intercom Only lines
allow calls to only those within the customer group. Through the use of a virtual facilities
software package, Intercom Only lines can share access to the exchange network with the
Public Access lines. The number of lines to the exchange network at any time is limited by
the number of Public Access lines ordered.
E.
Centrex Service is intended for customers utilizing single line telephone sets. Use of PBX or
Key Systems in conjunction with Centrex Service is allowed only to provide connection
between lines served by the existing system and other lines of the customer. The Direct
Inward Dialing Feature is provided to trunk lines at the rates as found in Section 10.
F.
Centrex Service is not provided in association with Payphone Line Service.
G.
Centrex Service is not provided in association with Local Measured Service.
H.
Centrex Service is normally available for stations within the base rate area of an exchange
only; exceptions may be made at the Company's discretion if facilities are available.
I.
Directory listings will be furnished in accordance with the regulations set forth in the Catalog.
J.
The assignment of telephone numbers for the Centrex Service lines shall be in accordance
with the General Rules and Regulations of the Catalog.
K.
Company central offices with Centrex switching arrangements, providing access to WATS,
Tie Lines, Foreign Exchange Lines, etc., are considered to be customer premises for the
purposes of this section.
L.
Extended Area Service (EAS) rates found in Section 1 of the Catalog will be in addition to the
Centrex Service rates for all Public Access lines in those exchanges offering EAS.
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
3.
REGULATIONS (Continued)
M.
End User Common Line Charges will apply to all lines as prescribed by Embarq LOC’s
Interstate Access Service Tariff (FCC No. 1).
N.
Directory Assistance charges and allowances will apply to Public Access Lines rather than
the individual Centrex lines.
O.
Guaranteed Installation Intervals for initial and additional installations are as follows:
1.
With facilities available
The Company shall install initial service within ten (10) working days for 4-20 lines and
within forty-five (45) days for 21-150 lines from the date of the request for service or on
the customer requested installation date, whichever is later.
The Company shall install additional service within ten (10) working days for 4-150
lines from the date of the request for service or on the customer requested installation
date, whichever is later.
If the Company fails to meet this installation date the installation charge will be waived.
2.
With facilities not available
The Company shall install initial and additional service within forty-five (45) days for 420 lines and within one hundred and eighty (180) days for 21-150 from the date of the
request for service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later.
If the Company fails to meet this installation date the installation charge will be waived.
3.
(1)
Special Assembly services will be installed upon a date agreed to by the customer and
the Company.
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
4.
RATES
A.
Centrex Basic Service Intercommunication Lines
(2)
(2)
1 - 20 Lines, each
21 - 150 Lines, each
151 and above, each
Premise visit per
location
NRC per order
Month
To Month
36 Month
Rate Stable
60 Month
Rate Stable
NRC
per line
$16.50
$16.00
Special
Assembly
$15.75
$15.25
Special
Assembly
$15.00
$14.50
Special
Assembly
$54.60
$54.60
ICB
$7.85
$13.30
$7.85
$13.30
$7.85
$13.30
B.
The Centrex trunk additive of $5.00 will be applied to the trunk rates found in Section 1 of the
Catalog, for all Centrex lines terminating in multi-line equipment (e.g., key and PBX systems).
The line rate is for Centrex lines terminating in single line instruments.
C.
The rates applying to Centrex Meridian Service will be the same as those for Centrex Basic
Service plus the Meridian Service rate of $3.60 per line. (FBS1FAB.MN1)
D.
The number of lines to the exchange network for a customer at any one time is limited by the
number of Public Access Lines ordered. Add $5.00 to the intercom line rate for each Public
Access Line ordered.
Extended Area Service rates also apply to each Public Access Line where applicable.
(ASBEASN.ABC)
E.
For each Multiple Appearance Directory Number, terminating on one key on a Meridian set,
an Additional Number rate of $0.75 shall be applied. Each Multiple Appearance Directory
Number must appear as a primary intercom line on one Centrex station.
F.
If the addition (or deletion) of lines for an existing Centrex customer places the customer into
a different rate level, all lines will be priced based on the total number of lines serving that
customer.
(1)
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
(2)
Rates are based on quantities for single location service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 19
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
CENTREX SERVICE (1)
4.
(1)
(2)
RATES (Continued)
G.
Subscribers under a Rate Stability Plan, whose Centrex lines increase in number, may
receive a lower rate as specified by the tiered rate structure shown previously. If the number
of Centrex lines decreases, the contract is subject to termination and the subscriber is subject
to the conditions of termination as specified in the termination contract.
H.
Meridian sets can support private business lines which shall be offered at the current
Business rate specified in Section 1.
I.
Music on Hold rates are applicable as follows:
Line Size
Interface
Only (2)
1-20 Lines
21-150 Lines
151+ Lines
$15.00
$35.00
ICB
J.
For each Mini-Console package, a rate of $7.00 shall be applied per console. In addition, for
each Multiple Appearance Directory Number (MADN) assigned to the console, the MADN
rate prescribed in 4.E above is applicable.
K.
For each Multiple Directory Number terminating on one key on a Meridian set, an Additional
Number rate of $0.75 shall be applied. In addition, rates for number block assignments in
increments of 10 are applicable, and can be found in the section containing Direct Inward
Dialing.
L.
Call Forwarding - Remote Activation is available at $4.00 per line, per month. The Call
Forwarding-Remote Activation customer is responsible for all toll calls when the forward-to
number is outside the local calling area. (FCG1FAB)
M.
Other rates found in this Catalog may also be applicable.
N.
Certain ExpressTouch features are also available at the rates shown in Section 15 of the
Catalog.
Effective March 15, 2003, Centrex Service is no longer available to new customers. Existing
customers may continue to purchase at their existing rates until their term or contract expires.
Centrex Service II is available to new customers as specified in Section 27.
An additional Centrex line is necessary for this service, at the rate designated in 4.A.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 20
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) SERVICE
1.
REGULATIONS
A.
DID service permits calls incoming to Customer Premises Equipment requiring
outpulsing of digits from the network to reach a specific station line without the
assistance of an attendant. DID service is provided subject to the availability of facilities
and telephone numbers and other conditions as specified in Section GRR, General
Rules and Regulations, of this catalog.
B.
The rates specified herein are in addition to the rates shown elsewhere in the catalog for
the services with which this offering is associated (e.g., central office Trunks, ISDN-PRI
Service, Digital Trunking Service, etc.).
C.
DID service includes central office switching equipment necessary for in-dialing from the
network directly to stations associated with customer premises switching equipment.
Subscribers to DID service will be required to maintain an adequate number of trunks as
determined by the Company in order to provide quality grade of service and prevent
network degradation.
D.
The service must be provided on all lines in a trunk group arranged for inward service.
Where DID is required on more than one group of trunks or central office lines, each
such group shall be considered as a separate DID service.
E.
The assignment of telephone numbers and the sequence of the numbers assigned to a
DID service is made at the discretion of the Company. Where the equipment
configuration requires the assignment of blocks of telephone numbers or where the
customer requests additional blocks of telephone numbers held in reserve for future use,
rates and charges as shown in Section 20. 2. A.1) b) are applicable for each unused
block of telephone numbers.
F.
The rates herein contemplate the use of standard Company equipment and serving
arrangements. When equipment or service of a special type arrangement is requested
and provided, rates and charges are based on costs involved to meet the individual
requirements of each case.
G.
Operational characteristics of interface signals between the Company-provided facilities
and the customer-provided switching equipment must conform to the rules and
regulations the Company considers necessary to maintain proper standards of service
as specified in other sections of this catalog.
H.
The Company shall not be responsible to the customer or authorized user if changes in
protection criteria or in any of the facilities, operations, or procedures of the Company
render any of the facilities provided by a customer or authorized user obsolete or require
modification or alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or
performance.
I.
Directory listings will be provided in accordance with the regulations of Section 5,
Directory Listings, of this catalog for Trunks. DID numbers furnished herein are not
entitled to directory listings without charge.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 20
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) SERVICE
1.
REGULATIONS (Continued)
J.
All switching systems provided this service must be arranged to provide for the
intercepting of reserved, idle and/or unassigned station numbers.
K.
At the customer’s request and at the discretion of the Company, subject to operating limits
and the availability of facilities, DID service may be provided outside the customer’s
normal serving central office. Where a DID trunk group is served from a central office
other than the customer’s normal serving central office, the appropriate mileage rates for
Foreign Exchange service, per trunk will apply.
L.
In addition to the rates and charges specified in Section 20.2, appropriate Service
Connection Charges are applicable to the establishment or rearrangement of trunks and
numbers in connection with providing DID service.
M.
Installation charges for DID central office switching equipment are not applicable if the
customer presently subscribes to DID service and changes the type of customer premises
switching equipment. The following provisions apply:
N.
1.
The customer must maintain at least the same level of DID service requirements.
2.
The replacing customer premises equipment must be served by the same central
office as the existing customer premises equipment.
3.
Central office switching equipment additions or modifications must not be required in
order to provide DID service to the replacing customer premises switching
equipment.
4.
Rates and charges are applicable to additional DID service requirements which
exceed the customer’s existing level of DID arrangements.
The removal of one or more numbers from a DID number block is offered subject to the
availability of facilities at the charge specified in 20.2. A.1) d) following. In such cases, the
customer shall continue to pay the appropriate rate for the original block of DID numbers.
The re-instatement of one or more numbers to a DID number block is offered, subject to
the availability of facilities, at the charge specified in 20.2.A.1) e) following.
O.
A DID customer may reuse his DID numbers for non-DID purposes when the customer’s
DID service is disconnected. Rates and charges will be determined by the appropriate
catalogs for the new services.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 20
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) SERVICE
1.
REGULATIONS (Continued)
P.
In cases where a customer converts a larger block of numbers into one or more smaller
blocks of numbers, or converts one or more smaller blocks of numbers into a larger block
of numbers, it will constitute a disconnection and the appropriate installation charges will
apply to establish the new number block(s). However, the customer may be required to
accept different numbers from those in the original number block(s).
Q.
Special steps are required for PBX customers to have 9-1-1 service features consistent
with those provided to other end users in the same 9-1-1 service area. Automatic Number
Identification, Automatic Location Identification and/or Selective Routing are only available
through coordination with the governmental agency responsible for 9-1-1 service within the
area served by the PBX in accordance with the provisions of Section 9, N11 Service, of
this catalog.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 20
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIRECT INWARD DIALING (DID) SERVICE
2.
RATES AND CHARGES
A.
Central Office Components
1.
Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Service(1 :
Installation
Charge
Monthly
Rate
$100.00
$0.00
b. Blocks of Numbers
(1) Individual Numbers, per number (2)
(2) Block of 10 DID numbers (4)
(3) Block of 20 DID numbers
(4) Block of 100 DID numbers
(5) Block of 200 or more DID numbers
10.00
13.30
10.00
10.00
ICB
1.50
11.00
20.00
100.00
ICB
DID Trunk Termination, per Trunk (3)
20.50
14.67
a. Establish DID trunk group
c.
Nonrecurring Charge
d. Removal of a number from DID number block, per
Number per order
25.00
e. Re-instatement of a number to a DID number block,
per Number per order
25.00
(1)
In addition to the rates and charges for the DID service, rates and charges for Trunks as specified in
Section 1, Local Exchange and EAS Rates, of this catalog apply as appropriate.
(2)
Individual numbers apply to ISDN-PRI Service only.
(3)
DID Trunk Termination charges are not applicable with ISDN-PRI Service.
(4)
Effective December 17, 2004, Block of 10 DID numbers is no longer available to new installation or
rearrangement requests. Existing customers may continue with existing Block of 10 DID numbers at
the same location until such service is discontinued by the customer. In addition, existing customers
may convert to Block of 20 DID numbers, Block of 100 DID numbers, or Block of 200 or more DID
numbers without incurring Installation Charges or Service Connection Charges.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 21
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
AUTOMATIC METER READING (AMR) SERVICE
1. GENERAL
A. Automatic Meter Reading (AMR) Service provides gas, electric and/or water utilities, the ability to
read meters at the end users’ premises through a dial-up system via the local exchange network.
B. A utility polls its meters using a personal computer located at the utility premise, which
communicates with an access device located at the Company central office and a meter interface
unit attached to an end user’s meter.
C. The access device located at the Company central office connects to a test trunk to provide the
utility with a connection to the end user’s telephone line without ringing or interfering with the end
user’s use of the telephone line.
D. AMR Service will only operate when the end user is not using the telephone, that is, when the
instrument is on-hook, or if their basic exchange service is not otherwise incapacitated.
2. DEFINITIONS
A. Customer/Utility - The customer is a public utility company, or their agent, which provides gas,
electricity, and/or water products and/or related services to their customers and which contracts
with the Company for access to the end user’s exchange line for use with this service.
B. End User - In the case of AMR, the end user is the utility’s customer as well as the Company’s
subscriber to Basic Local Exchange Service. It is on this end user’s telephone line that the utility
connects the Meter Interface Unit, or MIU, which is necessary to interface the meter with the
telephone line.
C. System Components
The AMR system consists of three basic elements:
1. Meter Interface Unit (MIU)
a. The meter interface unit, located at the end user’s premise, functions as a modem for the
transfer of meter readings from the utility meter to the utility. The utility company sends a
tone to wake up the MIU, which responds by gathering the reading and transferring it to
the utility via the phone line.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 21
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
AUTOMATIC METER READING (AMR) SERVICE
2. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
C. System Components (Continued)
1. Meter Interface Unit (MIU)… (Continued)
a. The meter interface unit,… (Continued)
This process takes from four to ten seconds, depending on the number of meters
connected and the amount of data transmitted. An MIU has the capacity to read up to
four different meters.
b. This equipment is customer premise equipment and may be owned, installed and
maintained by either the utility or the Company.
Ownership, installation, and
maintenance of this equipment are contractual matters between these two parties.
2. Meter Reading Access Circuit (MRAC)
a. The MRAC, located at the Company central office, establishes and controls dial access
interconnection between the utility computer and the MIUs during a meter reading
session. The MRAC is connected to a Company test trunk, which doesn’t send ringing
current and allows the utility’s meter reading calls to be connected to the MIU without
ringing the end user’s phone.
b. If the end user’s phone is in use or the end user picks up the phone during a reading, the
read will be terminated and attempted again later.
c.
The MRAC also registers and retains information for billing the utility for its use of the
AMR system. This information includes the number of successful connections to the
MIUs, the number of unsuccessful attempts, and the amount of time the utility is
connected to the MRAC.
d. The MRAC is installed in the Company central office and is owned and maintained by the
Company.
3. Utility Terminal Unit (UTU)
a. A utility personal computer equipped with special software acts as the central control and
data gathering element in the AMR system. The computer stores a file containing end
user account information (including end user telephone numbers). During a meter
reading
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
_
Section No.: 21
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
AUTOMATIC METER READING (AMR) SERVICE
2. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
C. System Components (Continued)
3. Utility Terminal Unit (UTU)… (Continued)
a. A utility personal computer… (Continued)
operation, the computer connects to the MRAC and provides end user telephone
numbers in succession. The MRAC dials the number, establishes a connection to the
MIU, and the MIU provides the meter reading to the utility computer.
b. The utility computer accumulates the readings as they are received and produces a file of
meter readings for further processing and billing.
c.
The computer and associated software are owned, installed and maintained by the utility.
3. REGULATIONS
A. AMR Service is available only to public utility companies, or their agents, which provide electric,
gas and/or water products and related services.
B. The end users must be customers of the utility and must have basic exchange service within the
boundaries of the local serving central office of the Company which is equipped with the
necessary AMR Service facilities.
C. This service is offered contingent upon the Company’s central office capabilities and the
availability of necessary facilities.
D. All other AMR related services and issues not referenced in this Catalog are contractual matters
between the utility and the Company.
4. RATES
A. The utility will be charged a flat monthly rate for each end user meter, as well as a usage
sensitive rate per read initiated by the utility, based on the following rate structure:
Each Meter
B. The utility will be billed on a monthly basis.
Monthly
ICB
Per Read
ICB
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 22
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIGITAL TRUNKING SERVICE
1. GENERAL
Digital Trunking Service (DTS) is a digital intraexchange service furnished for use with PBX systems
and appropriately equipped Key Systems and provides up to 24 digital channels within a single DS1
signal.
2. DEFINITIONS
Serving Wire Center - denotes the local telephone central office in which telephone communication is
established between stations within a specified area.
DTS Facilities - include the local loop between the customer’s premise and the serving wire center
and the central office common equipment.
3. REGULATIONS
A. DTS is offered only where facilities are available from digital central offices as determined by the
company.
B. 2-Way DID trunk connections are available only in appropriately equipped serving wire centers.
C. The minimum service period for DTS facility and common equipment is one year. A Termination
Liability Charge is applicable at the date of termination and is reduced by 1/12 per month of
service to the customer from the date of installation.
D. The minimum service period for each trunk ordered is one month.
E. DTS trunks are subject to all general regulations and rates applicable to individual business lines
as outlined in the Catalog and in Embarq LOC’s Federal and other State Catalogs, which include
but are not limited to the following:
-
Subscriber Line Charge
-
Exchange Trunk EAS Rates (ASBEASN.DTS)
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 22
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIGITAL TRUNKING SERVICE
3. REGULATIONS (Continued)
F. DTS is not offered in conjunction with the following services:
-
Basic Exchange Service
-
Feature Groups A, B, C, or D
-
Private Line Access Services and facilities unless otherwise stated in this section.
G. When lines ordered as Outward WATS, Two-Way WATS or 800 Service terminate on a DTS,
they will be considered as one of the available 24 channels per DTS facility. The Access Line
rates and charges contained in the WATS and 800 provider’s Catalogs will also apply.
H. Local Measured Service (LMS) is not offered with DTS.
I.
Suspension of service is not available for DTS facilities.
J. Digital Trunking Service will be available on a digital basis at the network interface on a
customer’s premises. The customer is required to provide the appropriate multiplexing
equipment needed for analog trunk terminations. BellCore Publication 62411 provides the
standard High Capacity Digital Service Channel Interface specifications.
K. The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of its equipment, operations, or
procedures utilized in the provision of DTS render any facilities provided by a customer obsolete,
require modification or alteration of such equipment or system, or otherwise affect its use or
performance. In such instances, the Company will notify the customer, generally a minimum of
six months in advance, of the change to allow the customer sufficient time to respond, make any
necessary changes, and schedule cooperative testing if needed.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 22
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIGITAL TRUNKING SERVICE
3. REGULATIONS (Continued)
L. Special Construction is required when a request for DTS requires the construction of facilities
and one or more of the following conditions exist:
-
The Company has no other requirement for the facilities requested.
-
It is requested that service be furnished using a type of facility, or via a route, other than that
which the Company would normally utilize in furnishing the requested service.
-
It is requested that construction be expedited, resulting in added cost to the Company.
Construction charges are contained in Section 4 of the Catalog.
M. Guaranteed Installation Intervals for initial and additional installations are as follows:
1. With facilities available
The Company shall install initial service within twenty (20) working days from the date of the
request for service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later. For
subsequent trunk additions, which do not include the addition of a DTS facility, the company
shall install service within ten days from the date of the request for service or on the
customer requested installation date, whichever is later. Requests for additional service that
include a DTS facility will be installed within the parameters of an initial install.
If the Company fails to meet the above installation dates the associated installation charge(s)
will be waived.
2. With facilities not available
The Company shall install service within sixty (60) days from the date of the request for
service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later.
If the Company fails to meet this installation date the installation charges will be waived.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 22
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
DIGITAL TRUNKING SERVICE
4. RATES AND CHARGES
Service Order Charge
(per order)
$ 13.30
S&E
Code
Per 24 Channel DTS Facility
and Common Equipment(1)
Nonrecurring
Charge
Monthly
Rate
PBVH1FA.DTS
$560.00
$187.00
Inward with DID and Rotary
Hunt PBX
KEY
TSRTLC.DTS
TKCTLC.DTS
$ 45.00
$ 45.00
$ 30.00
$ 30.00
Outward with Answer
Supervision
TSCBLC.DTS
$ 45.00
$ 30.00
Two-Way with DID,
Rotary Hunt, and Answer
Supervision
PBX
KEY
TSRTLC.DT2
TKCTLC.DT2
$ 45.00
$ 45.00
$ 30.00
$ 30.00
$35.00
$ 14.67
DTS TRUNKS(2)
(Per Trunk)
-
-
-
DID Trunk Termination for DTS Enhanced Trunks
each Inward Only Trunk
(1)
A 50% NRC discount applies for each additional DTS facility ordered and installed at the same time.
(2)
The DTS Trunks monthly rate and the applicable EAS monthly rate will appear as a single item on
the customer’s bill
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICE DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
1
BASIC RATE INTERFACE (BRI)
A. General
1. Integrated Services Digital Network - Basic Rate Interface (ISDN-BRI) is a local exchange
telecommunications service that provides integrated voice and data communications
capability. ISDN-BRI service supports the simultaneous transmission of voice and data over
a single exchange access line.
ISDN-BRI provides a customer two B-channels with transmission speeds up to 64 Kbps
each and one 16 Kbps D-channel. The service provides switched communication paths
providing end user access to a variety of network services and features including data, voice
and video, which conforms to internationally developed, published and recognized standards
generated by the International Telecommunications Union.
2. Service Capabilities
a. ISDN-BRI consists of three distinct channels delivered to the customer’s premise: two B
(bearer) channels and one D (delta) channel. This is also known as 2B+D. ISDN-BRI is
not available in other channel configurations of 1B+D or 0B+D.
b. The B-channel carries voice and/or circuit-switched data communications at speeds up
to 64 Kbps, from the customer’s premise, over the loop facility, to the central office.
Packet data services are not available over the B-channel.
c. The D-channel carries administrative signaling at 16 Kbps for call-control for either a
voice or data B-channel call on the ISDN-BRI line. The D-channel does not have voice
capability. Packet data services are not available on the D-channel.
d. Customers subscribing to ISDN-BRI must comply with ISDN Basic Rate Network
Interface specifications as specified by the Company. The ISDN Basic Rate Interface is
comprised of a limited set of standard user-network interfaces. The BRI customer
premises equipment (CPE) located at the customer premises must be compatible with
the network interface. This interface is defined as follows:
A two-wire interface is the physical interface between a central office switch equipped
with ISDN and the customer premises equipment which is necessary for terminating a
telephone circuit or facility at the customer premises.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
1. BASIC RATE INTERFACE (BRI) (Continued)
A. General (Continued)
3. Standard Features
a. Closed User Group – allows the user to establish sub-networks within
which
the
members of the Closed User Group can communicate. Each data terminal in a Closed
User Group can be arranged in one of the following modes:
(1) Outgoing Access – The data terminal originates outgoing calls only. These calls
may terminate within or out of the Closed User Group.
(2) Incoming Access – The data terminal receives incoming calls only. These calls may
terminate within or out of the Closed User Group.
(3) Incoming Calls Barred – The data terminal originates outgoing calls only to the data
terminals in the Closed User Group with which it is associated.
(4) Outgoing Calls Barred – The data terminal receives incoming calls only from the
data terminals in the Closed User Group with which it is associated.
(5) Unrestricted Access – The data terminal receives and originates both incoming and
outgoing calls.
b. Configuration Group – Associates a button or buttons of an ISDN-CPE station to a
feature or group of features. Each different telephone set button arrangement requires
that a different Configuration Group be assigned.
4. Service Capability Packages(1)
a. Customers shall subscribe to one of the following Service Capability Packages
specifying the assignment of each B-channel. Through the North American ISDN Users’
Forum, a set of ISDN Service Capability Packages have been defined and given a letter
designation. Each of the Service Capability Packages describes a specific interface
configuration as well as the features and capabilities of that interface. Detailed technical
specifications are defined for each of the Service Capability Packages. These packages
have been established to help simplify the ordering, provisioning, and installation of
ISDN.
(1)
ISDN terminal equipment is the responsibility of the customer and must support the configuration,
optional services, and features chosen by the customer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
1. BASIC RATE INTERFACE (BRI) (Continued)
A. General (Continued)
4. Service Capability Packages(1) (Continued)
a.
Customers shall subscribe… (Continued)
(1) Standard ISDN-BRI (equivalent to Package S without features)
1–B Alternate voice/data
1–B Alternate voice/data
Key Telephone Systems
ISDN may be purchased for a key system from this Telecommunications Services
Catalog in the place of a key trunk (for ISDN-capable key systems). If terminating an
ISDN-BRI line into key system, the customer shall order one of the following Service
Capability Packages:
(2) Package H:
1-B Voice Only
1-B data only
(Includes Additional Call Offering)
(3) Package L:
1-B data only
1-B Alternate voice/data
(Includes Additional Call Offering)
5. Optional Services and Features(1)
a.
The ISDN-BRI offering provides the customer with the following features, where
available.
(1) Call Pickup – Originating and Terminating – This feature allows a station user to
answer any call within an associated predesignated pickup group. If more than one
line within the pickup group has an unanswered incoming call, the call to be
answered is selected by the central office switching system.
(2) Flexible Calling - This feature includes:
Hold/Retrieve(1)
B-Channel Reservation
Three-Way Conference Calling
Add-on (previously held conference call)
Drop Last Call
Transfer
No Transfer Restriction
Consultation Hold
(1)
ISDN terminal equipment is the responsibility of the customer and must support the configuration,
optional services, and features chosen by the customer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
1. BASIC RATE INTERFACE (BRI) (Continued)
A. General (Continued)
5. Optional Services and Features(1) (Continued)
a. The ISDN-BRI offering… (Continued)
(3)
Six-Way Conference Calling, Drop, Hold, Transfer – This feature allows the
customer to add up to five parties to an existing call. This feature is for voice calls
only.
(4)
Automatic Callback (Repeat Dial) – This feature provides automatic callback to the
last dialed number.
(5)
Additional Call Offering (ACO) – This feature allows multiple call appearances per
telephone number (B-channel) per telephone set. Example: A customer can put
up to 3 calls on hold and receive another call on the phone, with all calling parties
dialing the telephone number associated with voice on B-channel.
(6)
Call Forwarding – This feature provides the customer with Call Forwarding
Variable, Call Forwarding Busy and Call Forwarding No Answer with message
waiting indicator, either visual or audible.
(7)
Calling Number Identification - This feature permits the customer to receive and
display the calling party telephone number for calls placed to the customer.
(8)
Calling Name Identification – This feature permits the customer to receive and
display the calling party name for calls placed to the customer.
(9)
Additional Directory Numbers – Additional directory numbers are available on
each B-channel in addition to the primary directory number assigned to the Bchannel. Additional Directory Numbers are purchased separately.
(10) Multi-line Hunt Group – This feature is limited to hunting within ISDN-BRI lines and
on an individual customer location basis. Directory numbers within the multi-line
hunt group may not have multiple call appearances.
(11) Feature Package 1 – This package includes:
Calling Number ID/Calling Name ID
Call Forwarding
Flexible Calling
Automatic Callback
Additional Call Offering
(1)
ISDN terminal equipment is the responsibility of the customer and must support the configuration,
optional services, and features chosen by the customer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
1. BASIC RATE INTERFACE (BRI) (Continued)
A. General (Continued)
5.
Optional Services and Features(1) (Continued)
a. The ISDN-BRI offering… (Continued)
(12) Loop Extension – ISDN-BRI is available only where the customer’s service
location is within the provisioning limitations as determined prior to installation of
the service. This limitation is a cable plant distance of approximately 18,000 feet.
The actual distance is dependent on decibel (db) loss and not just physical loop
length. Should the customer’s service location exceed said limitations, service will
be provided where the Company has compatible facilities available, or where
existing facilities can be made compatible by the addition of special equipment.
This service, which carries an additional charge, is called Loop Extension and will
extend the loop to approximately 36,000 feet.
B. Regulations
(1)
1.
This service is offered only where facilities and appropriate technology exist.
2.
Local voice and data calls will be billed on a flat-rate basis, as shown in Section 23.I.C. of
this Telecommunications Services Catalog. Toll charges shall apply when data or voice
calls are made outside of the customer’s designated local calling area. When two
simultaneous B-channels are combined for a maximum data speed of 128 Kbps, the toll call
will be billed as if two calls were dialed by the originating customer.
3.
In exchanges where IntraLATA Presubscription has been implemented, only one InterLATA
and one IntraLATA Carrier may be selected for all B-channels associated with the same
ISDN-BRI Service. Access via 101XXXX to other Interexchange Carriers is available.
4.
A minimum service period of three months is required.
5.
The Company shall terminate ISDN-BRI Services at the Company Network Interface Device
(NID) located at the customer’s premises.
6.
Two Primary Directory Numbers will be included with an ISDN-BRI Service, one for each Bchannel. If Additional Directory Numbers are required on either channel, an additional
charge, as specified in Section 23.I.D. of this Telecommunications Services Catalog, will
apply for each additional number.
7.
ISDN-compatible customer premises terminal equipment is required for proper operation. It
is the customer’s responsibility to provide necessary power and obtain such equipment.
ISDN terminal equipment is the responsibility of the customer and must support the configuration,
optional services, and features chosen by the customer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
1. BASIC RATE INTERFACE (BRI) (Continued)
B. Regulations (Continued)
8. The provisions for suspension of service, as defined in General Rules and Regulations of
this Telecommunications Services Catalog, do not apply to ISDN-BRI Service.
9. This service is available only from central offices, which have the necessary facilities to
provide ISDN-BRI on the standard network platform. In the event a customer is provided
service from a non-ISDN compatible central office, the Company will provide ISDN-BRI
Service from an alternative serving central office. This provision is accomplished by utilizing
a 'hubbing' architecture and the subscriber may be required to accept a unique NXX.
When a unique NXX is required, mileage charges for Foreign Exchange Service, specified in
Section 2, will apply in addition to the rates and charges included in this section. Due to the
nature of the 'hubbing' architecture and the use of a unique NXX, the local calling area (e.g.,
Extended Area Service) may change.
Emergency 911 calls, placed over ISDN-BRI lines provisioned via this arrangement, will be
identified as the alternative service central office NXX and not the non-ISDN compatible
central office NXX. The Company shall not be liable for any loss or damages arising from
emergency calls placed from ISDN-BRI lines provisioned via an alternative serving central
office.
10. One directory listing will be provided with ISDN-BRI. Additional listings are available as
specified in the Company’s Telecommunications Services Catalog.
11. ISDN-BRI Service will be assessed the appropriate interstate charges (e.g. End User
Common Line and Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier Charge), as defined in the
Company’s Telecommunications Services Catalog.
12. ISDN-BRI does not provide for the transmission of packet data on either the D-channel or
one of the B-channels.
13. ISDN-compatible terminal equipment is a requirement for operation and is the customer’s
responsibility. ISDN customer-premise equipment is dependent upon commercial power
and not power from the Company central office. For their safety and well-being, all ISDN
customers are encouraged to maintain a non-ISDN access line on the premises for
emergency calls in the event of a loss of commercial electrical power. In the event a
subscriber elects to disconnect or not maintain a non-ISDN access line, the customer
assumes full responsibility for telephone service in the event of an emergency.
14. ISDN-BRI Service is available with single line residence and business service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
1. BASIC RATE INTERFACE (BRI) (Continued)
B. Regulations (Continued)
15. ISDN-BRI lines may be purchased out of this Telecommunications Services Catalog to be
associated with Centrex Service, as defined in Section 19 of this Catalog. Terms and
conditions for Centrex Service will apply to these ISDN-BRI lines except as otherwise stated
in this section. Optional features compatible with ISDN-BRI may be purchased from the
Centrex Optional Features Section of the Telecommunications Services Catalog as well as
features unique to ISDN lines from the Optional Features in this section.
ISDN-BRI lines associated with Centrex Service may be purchased only for those features
from the Centrex section of the Telecommunications Services Catalog. ISDN-BRI can be
provisioned in the same Centrex customer group if, and only if, the customer group is
resident in an ISDN equipped host or remote office. All other Centrex customers can
subscribe to ISDN-BRI, however, the service will be provisioned as a stand-alone service
and will not be included in the customer group.
16. ISDN-BRI Service may be terminated in key telephone systems in lieu of a key trunk.
However, the key telephone system must be ISDN compatible.
17. ISDN-BRI Service for customers subscribing to Rotary Hunt Service, as defined in Section
10 of this Telecommunications Services Catalog, will be provisioned outside the existing
hunt group.
18. Verification and Emergency Interrupt service is not available for ISDN-BRI Service.
C. Application of Rates
1.
ISDN-BRI Service is offered on an unlimited use basis. All applicable state and federal
charges will apply. Extended Area Service (EAS) charges, if applicable as defined in the
Telecommunications Services Catalog apply per ISDN-BRI B-channel. Toll charges apply
when data or voice calls are completed outside the customer’s designated local calling area
or EAS territory.
2.
The monthly rates for Service Capability Packages are applied on a per package basis.
3.
The ISDN-BRI monthly rates are in addition to the applicable R-1 (Residential One Party), B1 (Business One Party) or Centrex access line rate. These rates vary by service area and
can be found in Section 1 and Section 19 of the Telecommunications Services Catalog.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
1.
BASIC RATE INTERFACE (BRI) (Continued)
C. Application of Rates (Continued)
4. The nonrecurring charge for ISDN Service Capability Package installation will be discounted
50% when a customer commits to a 12-month service period or 100% when a customer
commits to a 24-month service period. If termination of service prior to the end of the
commitment occurs, the customer is responsible for payment of the discounted amount of
the nonrecurring charge, which represents the installation charges initially waived.
a. However, this termination requirement will not apply when the customer converts to a
next generation service offering of a separately tariffed service, provided that:
(1) The service period for the new service offering is a minimum period equal to or
exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected arrangement, whichever
is greater; and
(2) The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are
related together, and there is no lapse in service between installation of the new
service and disconnection of the existing service; and
(3) The service orders are for the same customer at the same location.
Integrated Services Digital Network-Basic Rate Interface (ISDN-BRI) to: Integrated
Services Digital Network-Primary Rate Interface (ISDN-PRI), Frame Relay Service
(FRS) or Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) are a few examples of a Next
Generation Service Offering.
(4) ISDN-BRI provides for one Configuration Group to be established at the initial
implementation of service. Subsequent additions of Configuration Groups or in
excess of one group on the initial establishment of service will be charged an
installation charge per Configuration Group.
(5) A Change Charge will apply for a database change subsequent to the installation of
an ISDN-BRI Service. This includes changing, adding, or deleting features or
feature packages, directory numbers, or number appearances.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
1. BASIC RATE INTERFACE (BRI) (Continued)
D. Rates and Charges
1. SERVICE CAPABILITY PACKAGES(1)
S&E
Codes
Monthly
Rate
NRC
Standard ISDN-BRI Package
(Package S without features)
1FLCBRC (Res)
1FLCBRC (Bus)
1FLCBRI
$25.00
$35.00
$200.00
$200.00
Package H
(Key Telephone System)
1FLCBRC
1FLCBRI
$35.00
$200.00
Package L
(Key Telephone System)
1FLCBRC
1FLCBRI
$35.00
$200.00
Loop Extension
MCSXNDC
MCSXNDD
$20.00
FCVISBC, FCVISBR
FCUISBC, FCUISBR
FFXISBC, FFXISBR
FSXISBC, FSXISBR
FTBISBC, FTBISBR
FEAISBC, FEAISBR
FCFISBC, FCFISBR
FNSISBC, FNSISBR
FSHISBC, FSHISBR
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
FPKISBC, FPKISBR
$12.00
N/A
2. OPTIONAL FEATURES
Calling Number ID/Calling Name ID
Call Pickup (per member)
Flexible Calling
Six-Way Conference Calling
Automatic Callback (Repeat Dial)
Additional Call Offering (ACO)
Call Forwarding
Additional Directory Number (each)
Multi-line Hunt Group
3. FEATURE PACKAGE 1:
7.00
2.00
3.00
5.00
2.00
4.00
3.00
2.00
2.00
Calling Number ID/Calling Name ID
Call Forwarding
Flexible Calling
Automatic Callback
Additional Call Offering
4. CHANGE CHARGES
Closed User Group
Configuration Group
Database Change
(1)
Nonrecurring Charge
$35.00
$65.00
$15.00
The ISDN-BRI rates set forth above are in addition to an applicable R-1 (Residential One Party), B-1
(Business One Party) or Centrex access line rates.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI)
A. General
1. Integrated Services Digital Network - Primary Rate Interface (ISDN-PRI) Service is a local
exchange offering supported by the ISDN architecture.
2. ISDN-PRI Service provides a method of access to the telephone network called Primary
Rate Access.
Primary Rate Access is an ISDN based, DS1 access link to the
telecommunications network and provides integration of multiple voice and data
transmission channels on the same line. The service provides connectivity between an
ISDN-PBX or other ISDN-compatible CPE and a serving central office. The basic channel
structure for Primary Rate Access is twenty-three 64 Kbps B-Channels and one 64 Kbps DChannel. After purchasing the original 23 B-Channel plus one D-Channel configuration, the
customer may purchase another Primary Rate Access Line and another Primary Rate
Interface as well as additional B-Channels in increments of 12.
These channels may be used to connect the customer's CPE to the Public Network (i.e.,
outward, inward, and two-way trunks, and WATS/800 Service access lines).
3. ISDN-PRI Service provides network communication paths providing the end user with
access to a variety of network services and features including data, voice and video which
conforms to internationally developed, published, and recognized standards generated by
the International Telecommunications Union (ITU).
4. Unless specified, the regulations for ISDN-PRI Service apply in addition to the General
Regulations set forth in this Telecommunications Services Catalog.
5. ISDN-PRI Service and its optional features and functions are provided within a LATA from
central offices where appropriate ISDN facilities are available as determined by the
Company. Service inquiries will be necessary to determine availability. Special Construction
charges may apply as specified in Section 4 of this Telecommunications Services Catalog.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
B. Terms and Conditions
1. Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) that is compatible with ISDN-PRI Service is the
customer’s responsibility to provision.
2. The Company shall not be responsible if changes in any of the equipment, operations or
procedures of the Company utilized in the provisioning of ISDN-PRI Service render any
facilities provided by the customer obsolete or require modification or alteration of such
equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or performance.
3. Digital transmission rates at speeds less than those indicated may be accomplished as a
function of the particular CPE furnished by the user.
4. Suspension of service at the customer's request, as defined in General Rules and
Regulations of this Telecommunications Services Catalog, does not apply to ISDN-PRI
Service.
5. Service Connection Charges specified in Section 12 of this Telecommunications Services
Catalog apply unless specific Service Connection Charges are otherwise stated in Section
23.II.G.6.
6. The minimum service period for ISDN-PRI Service is six months.
7. The customer is responsible for payment of a Maintenance of Service Charge, as set forth in
Section 3 of this tariff, for visits by the Company to the customer’s premises when a service
difficulty resulting in a trouble report is caused by the use of equipment or facilities provided
by the customer.
8. Telephone numbers transmitted via the Optional or Standard Incoming Call Identification
feature are intended solely for the use of the ISDN-PRI Service subscriber. Resale of this
call identification information is prohibited by this tariff.
9. Non-Facility Associated Signaling (NFAS) provides the capability to serve multiple DS1's via
a single D-Channel. This feature can be ordered where switch capabilities exist as
determined by the Company. When NFAS is selected, the customer will order one ISDNPRI Service arrangement with 23 B-Channels and 1 D-Channel. Additional ISDN-PRI
Services arrangements are ordered with 24 B-Channels as specified in Section 23.II.F. The
D-Channel activated on the initial arrangement serves the additional ISDN-PRI
arrangements.
After the first 23B + D PRI is purchased, a customer can purchase additional B-Channels in
increments of 12. Additional Primary Rate Access Lines may be ordered in a 24B
configuration. However, the Company recommends that the quantity of Primary Rate
Access Lines supported by one (1) D-Channel not exceed four (4). The Company
recommends the use of a backup D-Channel for the support of signaling beyond four (4)
facilities.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
B. Terms and Conditions (Continued)
10. This service is available only from central offices, which have the necessary facilities to
provide ISDN-PRI on the standard network platform. In the event a customer is provided
service from a non-ISDN compatible central office, the Company will provide ISDN-PRI
Service from an alternative serving central office, as designated by the Company. This
provision is accomplished by utilizing a 'hubbing' architecture and the subscriber may be
required to accept a foreign NXX. When a foreign NXX is required, mileage charges
applicable to High Capacity Service, as defined in the Company's Access Services Tariff
Price List, apply in addition to the rates and charges included in this section. Due to the
nature of the 'hubbing' architecture and the use of a foreign NXX, the local calling area (e.g.,
Extended Area Service) may change.
When ISDN functionality becomes available from the central office that normally serves this
subscriber, ISDN-PRI Service will be provided from that office and the subscriber may be
required to accept a different NXX. If the subscriber chooses to continue ISDN-PRI Service
from the alternative serving central office, all charges applicable to High Capacity Service, as
defined in the Company's Access Services Tariff Price List, will apply in addition to the rates
and charges included in this section.
Similarly, if a subscriber requests ISDN-PRI Service from an alternative serving central office
other than that designated by the Company, all charges applicable to High Capacity Service,
as defined in the Company's Access Services Tariff Price List, will apply in addition to the
rates and charges included in this section.
Emergency 911 calls placed over ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access Lines provisioned via this
arrangement will be identified as the alternative serving central office NXX and not the nonISDN compatible central office NXX. The Company shall not be liable for any loss or
damages arising from the emergency calls placed from ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access
Lines provisioned via an alternative serving central office.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
B. Terms and Conditions (Continued)
11. This service is available only where the customer's service location is within the provisioning
limitations as determined prior to installation of the service. Should the customer's service
location exceed said limitations, service will be provided where the Company has
electronically compatible facilities available, or where existing facilities can be made
electronically compatible.
12. Rotary Hunt Service is available, at no additional charge, exclusively within the B-channels
of a single ISDN-PRI service arrangement or between multiple ISDN-PRI service
arrangements. Rotary Hunt Service is not allowed between ISDN-PRI service arrangements
and other services, including but not limited to One-Party Business Local Exchange Service
and TransLink Service.
13. ISDN-PRI Service is not offered in conjunction with Local Measured Service or Extended
Area Service.
14. In order to maintain the quality of ISDN-PRI Service, the Company reserves the right to
perform preventative maintenance and software updates to the network. The Company has
classified this maintenance as indicated below:
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance is used to perform such functions as hardware and software
upgrades and network optimization.
The Company will perform these tasks in a
maintenance window that is anticipated to minimize disruption of customer service and
activity. The Company will provide advance notice of all scheduled maintenance.
Demand Maintenance
Demand Maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events and is used when ISDNPRI network elements are in jeopardy. The Company will perform this type of maintenance
at its discretion. Due to the nature of demand maintenance prior notification may not be
possible, however, the customer will be informed when the maintenance has been
completed.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 14
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
B. Terms and Conditions (Continued)
15. Guaranteed Installation Intervals for initial and additional installations are as follows:
1. With facilities available
The Company shall install initial service within twenty (20) working days from the date of
the request for service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later.
For subsequent service additions, which do not include the addition of a Primary Rate
Access Line, the Company shall install service within ten (10) days from the date of
request for service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later. A
request for additional service that includes a Primary Rate Access Line will be installed
within the parameters of an initial install.
If the Company fails to meet the above installation dates, the associated installation
charge(s) will be waived.
2. With facilities not available
The Company shall install service within sixty (60) days from the date of the request for
service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later.
If the Company fails to meet this installation date, the installation charges will be waived.
16. One Directory Listing will be provided per D-Channel.
available as specified in Section 5 of this tariff.
Additional Directory Listings are
C. Definitions
B-Channel – A bi-directional synchronous channel capable of supporting 64 Kbps of digital
transmission.
D-Channel – A 64 Kbps digital signaling only channel for call establishment when used with
Primary Rate Access.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 15
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
D. Features
1. Standard Features
Dynamic Allocation of Bandwidth
Allows the voice and data services to share B-Channels and arrange them as a single trunk
group. This allows incoming and outgoing voice and data calls to utilize B-Channels on a
call by call basis. Without this capability, each service will have a dedicated B-Channel.
Incoming Call Identification (Caller ID)
Provides the customer with the telephone number of the calling party. Incoming call
identification is provided via the D-Channel associated with the incoming calls on a BChannel to a PBX.
Clear Channel Capability
The B-Channels on ISDN-PRI are clear, since all signaling and control functions are handled
by the D-Channel. This allows all 64 Kbps on each B-Channel to be used for customer
information.
D-Channel Control of Multiple ISDN Lines
Provides capability for a single D-Channel to provide signaling and control for one or more
ISDN-PRI connections. After the original 23 B-Channel plus one D-Channel, the 24th
channel on subsequent ISDN-PRI lines is then made available for customer use. The
Company recommends the purchase of a backup D-Channel after the fourth ISDN-PRI line
is purchased.
Digital Voice Transmission
All voice calls are transmitted using digital signaling.
Direct Inward Dialing (DID) Signaling
Permits incoming dialed calls from the exchange network to reach a specific number served
by customer premises equipment (CPE) without the assistance of an attendant. It also
provides for the unique identification of the call based on digits sent to the CPE by the
central office. The central office will outpulse digits to the CPE that can further process the
calls as desired. The rates and charges for DID telephone numbers are in addition to the
ISDN-PRI charges and are provided in Section 20 of this Telecommunications Services
Catalog.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 16
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
D. Features (Continued)
1. Standard Features (Continued)
PBX Station ID Capability
Allows the station users number (calling party) to be transmitted over the ISDN-PRI DChannel from Direct Inward Dialing equipped CPE PBXs that use ISDN-PRI. This number is
provided by the originating station and must have an associated Direct Inward Dialing
telephone number working in the central office.
2. Optional Features
D-Channel Backup
Provides backup for the D-Channel for a customer with multiple PRI lines by automatically
switching signaling capability over to another D-Channel if service to the primary D-Channel
is interrupted.
Network Ring Again
Enables the customer to complete calls to a busy station without continually redialing.
Certain equipment restrictions may apply.
Call-by-Call/Integrated Service Access Feature Capability
Allows the customer to dynamically allocate the use of channels for ISDN-PRI Service. The
customer may also choose voice or data transmission on a per call basis. In addition, the
customer may also choose to subscribe to more services than channels. The Customer
Premises Equipment signals the local central office as to which type of service
(inward/outward trunk, WATS Lines, 800 Service) to access for each call.
Incoming Call Identification (Caller ID Name and Number)
Provides the customer with the telephone number and name of the calling party. Incoming
call identification is provided via the D-Channel associated with incoming calls on a BChannel to a PBX. The customer's equipment must be compatible with this service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 17
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
D. Features (Continued)
2. Optional Features (Continued)
2 B-Channel Transfer
If a call terminates at a given location, but is then forwarded to another location, two trunks
between the Central Office and the original device are typically employed for the duration of
the forwarded call. 2 B-Channel Transfer allows the central office switch to establish the call
directly to the final destination and release the trunks going in and out of the forwarding
device. This saves the customer PRI facilities and provides for more efficient use of the
network. A common use of 2 B-Channel Transfer is illustrated below.
1. Outside station Initiates call
555-1234.
2. DMS signals incoming call
PBX
1. Call is initated to 555-1234
ISDN PRI
3. PBX notifies DMS to
call.
f
Public switch
ISDN
PRI
4. Call completes to Voice Mail.
PBX #2
PB
X
#2
Voice Mail
PBX #1
555-1234
(Forwarded to Voice Mail)
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 18
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
D. Features (Continued)
2. Optional Features (Continued)
Circular Hunt
Circular Hunt provides the most efficient hunting sequence available, plus allows for much
larger trunk groups than the standard ISDN-PRI packages. With circular hunt, an incoming
call is completed to the next available trunk (bearer) in sequence starting from the last trunk
selected. This can occur across multiple PRI facilities. The feature can support up to 220
Primary Rate Interfaces in a single hunting configuration. The standard limit is 50.
National ISDN-2 Protocol
National ISDN-2 Protocol is a communication protocol that governs interactions between the
customer's equipment and the telephone network. This protocol is more advanced than the
standard ISDN-PRI protocol. Most CPE is capable of using the ISDN-2 Protocol.
E911 Call Screening
E911 Call Screening provides for the transmission of PBX or Key System station information
via the ISDN-PRI facility to local emergency services authorities. This provides for the
possible identification of the specific location on a customer's premises where a 911 call
originated. This option is available only in communities where local emergency authorities
support the service in conjunction with the Company’s Private Switch Automatic Location
Identification (PSALI) Service, associated with E911 Service. This service is only available
in conjunction with National ISDN-2 Protocol.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 19
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
E. Service Components
1. The components for ISDN-PRI Service will be as follows:
-
Primary Rate Access Line
Primary Rate Interface
Primary Rate Channels
a. Primary Rate Access Line - Will provide a four-wire access loop from the customer
premises to the serving central office. The transmission via this loop supports Clear
Channel Capability.
b. Primary Rate Interface - Provides the multiplexing to support up to twenty-three (23) BChannels at 64 Kbps and one (1) D-Channel for signaling also at 64 Kbps. When NFAS
is ordered, the Primary Rate Interface can provide up to twenty-four B-Channels at 64
Kbps.
c.
Primary Rate Channels - Will provide unlimited usage of channel that will allow either
voice or data transmission up to 64 Kbps.
(1) Voice calls may be completed to both ISDN and non-ISDN lines.
(2) Data Transmission on the B-Channels will be at 64 Kbps within the switch and
between ISDN compatible central offices. ISDN interconnection to non-ISDN
equipped central offices may be potentially subjected to analog transmission or subrated to 56 Kbps.
(3) The customer may choose to subscribe to additional non-exchange based services.
Initial choices for these services will be WATS and 800/888 Service. The
subscription to these services is in addition to the charges for ISDN-PRI Service.
2. With the first ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access Line the customer is required to purchase 23
B-Channels and an initial D-Channel.
After the initial 23B + D configuration, the customer may choose channels in increments of
12 up to twenty-three B + D or twenty-four B with NFAS, per ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access
Line (facility) to be active with a corresponding number of services (i.e., inward/outward
trunks, WATS Lines, 800 Service) selected. The customer may also choose to subscribe to
more services than channels. The Customer Premises Equipment signals the local central
office as to which type of service (inward/outward trunk, WATS Lines, 800 Service) to
access for each call.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 20
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
F. Application of Rates
1. ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access Lines furnished between a serving central office and the
customer-designated premises will be charged at rates per each Primary Rate Access Line.
2. Nonrecurring charges will not be applicable for the Primary Rate Access Line or interoffice
channel facilities when upgrading an existing High Capacity Service to an ISDN-PRI Service.
3. ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access Line rates, including interoffice channels if applicable, apply
in addition to Primary Rate Interface and Primary Rate Channel charges.
4. If the customer chooses to purchase additional channels after purchasing the original 23B +
D configuration, the customer must purchase another Primary Rate Access Line and another
Primary Rate Interface as well as the additional channels. Additional channels can be
purchased in increments of 12.
5. Rates and charges for optional features and functions are applied to each Primary Rate
Interface for which the option is ordered.
G. Rates and Charges
1. ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access Line
Primary Rate Access Line is furnished between a serving central office and the customer's
designated premises. Primary Rate Access Line charges apply per point of termination.
a. Primary Rate Access Line (Intraexchange)
1.544 Mbps
Month to month(2)
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
First
Nonrecurring
Charge
Add'l(1)
$325.00
$159.00
$144.00
$133.00
$133.00
$265.00
$165.00
$110.00
N/A
N/A
$110.00
$110.00
$110.00
N/A
N/A
(1)
Additional facilities must be installed at the same customer designated premises on the same trip
and placed on the same service order.
(2)
Minimum Service Period for ISDN-PRI is six months.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 21
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
G. Rates and Charges (Continued)
1. ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access Line (Continued)
b. Primary Rate Access Line (Interexchange)
The rates, charges and regulations applicable to High Capacity Service, as defined in
the Company's Access Services Tariff Price List, also apply for interexchange Primary
Rate Access Lines.
2. Primary Rate Interface
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
a. Primary Rate Interface
One-Way
Per ISDN-PRI Primary Rate
Access Line
(Data only or Voice and Data)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
$ 74.00
$ 72.00
$ 70.00
$ 68.00
$ 66.00
$265.00
$165.00
$ 20.00
N/A
N/A
$419.00
$417.00
$415.00
$413.00
$411.00
$265.00
$165.00
$ 20.00
N/A
N/A
b. Primary Rate Interface
Two-Way
Per ISDN-PRI Primary Rate
Access Line
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
3. ISDN-PRI Services will be available in combinations of Primary Rate Channels according to
the limits of the Company central office type. Customers will choose the most appropriate
combination(s) and will be billed for the services as appropriate. The initial configuration
must be 23 B-Channels and 1 D-Channel. Additional configurations are outlined in Section
23.II.E.2. of this Telecommunications Services Catalog.
a. B-Channel Charge, each channel
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
$ 19.00
$ 18.00
$ 16.00
$ 15.00
$ 14.00
$ 5.00
$ 5.00
$ 5.00
N/A
N/A
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 22
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
G. Rates and Charges (Continued)
3. ISDN-PRI Services will be available... (Continued)
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
b. Initial D-Channel
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
$ 19.00
$ 18.00
$ 16.00
$ 15.00
$ 14.00
$ 5.00
$ 5.00
$ 5.00
N/A
N/A
a. D-Channel Backup(1)
each channel
$ 50.00
$20.00
b. Network Ring Again
Per Primary Rate Interface(2)
(Available with Two-Way
Primary Rate Interface only)
$160.00
N/A
Call-by-Call/Integrated
Service Access Feature
Capability
Per Primary Rate Interface
(Available with Two-Way
Primary Rate Interface
only)
$ 50.00
$35.00
d. Incoming Call Identification
(Caller ID Name and Number)
Per Primary Rate Interface
$100.00
N/A
4. Optional Features
c.
(1)
Available only to customers subscribing to more than one Primary Rate Interface.
(2)
Certain equipment restrictions apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 23
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
G. Rates and Charges (Continued)
4. Optional Features (Continued)
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
e. 2 B-Channel Transfer(2)
Per Primary Rate Interface
$75.00
$100.00
Circular Hunt(2)
Per Primary Rate Interface
$25.00
$100.00
g. National ISDN-2 Protocol(2)
Per Primary Rate Interface
$0.00
$0.00
h. E911 Call Screening(2)
Per Primary Rate Interface
(up to 100 station numbers)
$125.00
$150.00
$195.00
$285.00
f.
5. Optional Feature Packages
a. Premium Package(1)
Includes National ISDN-2 Protocol(2),
E911 Call Screening(2), Incoming Call
Identification (Caller ID Name and
Number), Call-by-Call/Integrated
Service Access Feature Capability,
and 2 B-Channel Transfer(2)
Per Primary Rate Interface
6. Move Charge
A Move Charge, per ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access Line, applies for each Primary Rate
Access Line moved to a new location in the same building. This Move Charge is equal to
the sum of the Primary Rate Access Line nonrecurring charge, Service Change Charge Inside Moves and Premises Visit Charge specified in Section 30.II.G.6.(d).
(1)
(2)
Only available for customers subscribing to ISDN Primary Rate Interface Two-Way under a Term
Discount Plan.
Certain equipment restrictions apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 24
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
G. Rates and Charges (Continued)
7. Service Connection Charges
a. Service Establishment Charges are applicable for each ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access
Line ordered, for receiving and recording information and/or taking action in connection
with a customer's request, and processing the necessary data. These charges include
engineering design, common centralized testing and coordination. The nonrecurring
charges associated with service establishment are found in Section 23.II.G.1,2 and 3.
b. Service Change Charges are applicable for receiving and recording information and/or
taking action in connection with a customer's termination change at the same premises
or transfer of service responsibility request, for processing the necessary data on an
existing Primary Rate Access Line. A Service Change Charge is applicable for each
Primary Rate Access Line associated with the customer request (in lieu of a Service
Establishment Charge).
c.
Premises Visit Charges are applicable per Primary Rate Access Line, for the termination
of a channel at a customer's premises or for termination change at the same premises.
Only one Premises Visit Charge applies when more than one channel service of the
same type is terminated or moved at the same premises at the same time.
d. Charges
Nonrecurring
Charges
(1) Service Change Charge
per Primary Rate Access Line
(i) For termination change
at the same premises,
physical, per PRI interface
$165.00
(ii) For termination change
at the same premises,
programming, per PRI interface
$35.00
(2) Premises Visit Charge
per Primary Rate Access Line or for an
inside move
$125.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 23
Page No.: 25
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
INTEGRATED SERVICES DIGITAL NETWORK (ISDN)
2. PRIMARY RATE INTERFACE (PRI) (Continued)
G. Rates and Charges (Continued)
8. Termination Liability Charges
a. If a customer under a Term Discount Plan (TDP) disconnects all or a portion of ISDN
PRI Service prior to the expiration of the TDP, then a Termination Liability Charge will
apply to those services that are disconnected. The Termination Liability Charge will be a
one-time charge equal to sum of 50% of the payments remaining for the rest of the TDP.
If Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions were applied to the service being
terminated, any termination charges associated with Charges Applicable Under Special
Conditions will also apply.
b. Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan rates
for the remaining term of the TDP. If a Company initiated rate increase to any rate
element or combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire ISDN PRI
Service under the TDP to increase by 10% or more at any one time, then the customer
may cancel the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided the customer
notifies the Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate increase.
c.
The customer can extend TDP commitment periods at any time during the term of the
plan, up to a maximum of 84 months. The number of months accrued in the current plan
will apply toward the new plan selected.
d. At the end of the TDP service commitment period, the customer may subscribe to a new
TDP at the prevailing rates. If the customer does not select a new TDP, the prevailing
rates applicable for the expired TDP will continue in effect for as long as the customer
chooses to continue subscribing to the ISDN-PRI services installed under the expired
TDP. Additional ISDN-PRI services installed after the TDP expiration date will not be
eligible for the TDP rates and will be charged at the prevailing month to month rates
unless the customer selects a TDP for those services.
e. Termination Liability Charges will not apply when a service or rate element under a TDP
is disconnected prior to the expiration of a selected service period as a result of a
change in tariff jurisdiction and/or a customer requested upgrade to a next generation
service offering, under the following conditions:
(1) The service period of the new TDP for the new service offering is a period equal to
or exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected TDP, and
(2) The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are
related together, and there is no lapse in service between the installation of the new
service and the disconnection of the old service, and
(3) The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are for
the same customer at the same location.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
1.
DESCRIPTION
A.
Frame Relay Service (FRS) is a fast packet network that permits the transmission of data at
speeds of 56/64 Kbps, 128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, DS1, or DS3 using
Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs). Utilizing statistical multiplexing, the FRS Network enables
the customer to allocate circuit bandwidth to applications as needed, rather than assigning
fixed channels to specific applications.
B.
Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs) are logical channels that connect ports on a frame relay
switch or between frame relay switches. PVCs are end-to-end, bi-directional channels that
are established and disestablished via the service order process. Separate PVCs must be
established to each location that the customer desires to transmit data. These PVC channels
are virtual because they are established in software tables and do not tie up facilities when
not in-use. Multiple PVCs can be defined over a single Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL),
thereby providing a single access line the capability to transmit data to multiple destinations.
C.
FRS requires the use of customer terminal equipment that functions as a multiplexer, bridger
or router. This terminal equipment must be purchased separately from the FRS and must
conform to Consultative Committee for International Telecommunication Union (ITU) and
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standards set forth in ITU: Q.933 Annex A,
ANSI: T1.617 Annex D. The terminal equipment accumulates customer data and puts it into
a frame relay format suitable for transmission over the FRS Network.
D.
In the operation of FRS, customer premises equipment (CPE), such as frame relay
assembler and disassemblers, encapsulate arriving data into variable length frames. These
frames contain information, data link connection identifier (DLCI) addresses, identifying
which PVC in the network should be used to forward the frame to the proper destination.
The CPE then sends the frame into the FRS Network over a dedicated access facility called
a User Network Interface (UNI). The frame relay switch reads identifying information and
routes the frame to the proper destination based on a pre-established PVC.
E.
Variable frame length capability is useful in communications between asynchronous Local
Area Networks (LAN) and for transport of synchronous data traffic. FRS is capable of
handling the requirements of bursty data sources because of the ability of the service to
allocate additional bandwidth when not in use by other sources.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
1.
2.
DESCRIPTION (Continued)
F.
FRS is provided to the customer in the form of a Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL), Frame
Relay User Network Interface Port and the PVC.
G.
The actual throughput of aggregated PVC bandwidths in use at the same time on the same
port cannot exceed the port speed.
H.
Since multiple PVCs may be defined on one physical port, it is possible for the cumulative
Committed Information Rates to exceed the physical bandwidth of that port. This is referred to
as oversubscription and when this occurs, there can be no guarantee that the Committed
Information Rate defined for that port and PVC will be available at any point in time.
I.
The Committed Information Rate and the Excess Burst Size (Be) are traffic management
parameters that allow the customer to fine tune implementation of Frame Relay Service.
J.
Clear Channel Capability will be provided upon request and where deemed applicable by the
Company. Special construction charges may apply.
K.
FRS conforms to the International Telecommunications Union (ITU), formerly the Consultative
Committee for International Telegraph and Telephone (CCITT), and American National
Standards Institute (ANSI) standards set forth in technical publications.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Committed Information Rate (CIR) - CIR defines the amount of data throughput on any
designated PVC that the Company will support under normal operating conditions. CIR is
administered per PVC. Any data burst beyond the CIR may be labeled Discard Eligible (DE)
if the data transfer rate exceeds the CIR of the PVC being used. If the frame relay network
develops congestion, the frames marked DE may be discarded. At service subscription, the
customer must specify the CIR associated with each PVC. The retransmission of discarded
frames is administered by the customer’s CPE.
B.
Customer Designated Location (CDL) - The geographic location designated by the customer
where the customer’s CPE is first considered to enter the Company’s network.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
C.
Data Link Connection Identifier (DLCI) - The address information contained in the frame
relay header which conveys to the network how an individual frame should be routed. The
DLCI essentially defines to which customer end point a particular frame should be sent.
D.
Excess Burst Size (Be) - Denotes the data rate above Committed Information Rate (CIR) at
which customer data will be admitted to the Frame Relay network. All Excess Burst data
admitted to the network will be designated discard eligible.
E.
Frame - A sequence of contiguous bits delimited by beginning and ending flag sequences.
F.
Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL) - A FRAL is a UNI that provides access to the FRS
Network. A FRAL includes the provisioning of a frame relay access port and the physical
facility from the customer designated location to the Telephone Company Serving Wire
Center.
G.
Frame Relay Port (FRAP) - FRAP is a port on the FRS network that is used to interconnect
other Company provided private line services such as DigiLinksm, TransLinksm or a digital
cross connect system port to the FRS. The FRAP is the physical entry point for PVCs. Ports
include the electronic equipment used in connecting these service elements to the Frame
Relay Network and enable customers to allocate bandwidth to applications as needed.
H.
Frame Relay Service (FRS) - A fast packet network that provides the customer high-speed
access and throughput to different customer addresses. Utilizing statistical multiplexing, the
frame relay network enables the customer to allocate bandwidth to applications as needed,
rather than dedicating fixed channels to specific applications.
I.
Frame Relay Service Network Serving Area - Certain Telephone Company central offices
are designated by the Telephone Company as Serving Area Points for the FRS Network
Serving Area.
J.
Gateway Service - This service allows the Company FRS customers to interconnect to
another FRS Network. The service is available wherever the Company has established a
network interface with another private or public frame relay network. Gateway Service is
only available where such network connectivity exists or where suitable connectivity
arrangements can be made that are acceptable to the Company.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
K.
Local Access and Transport Area - The term "Local Access and Transport Area" (LATA)
denotes a geographic area for the provision and administration of communications service.
L.
Local Area Network (LAN) - A network permitting the interconnection and
intercommunication of a group of computers, primarily for the sharing of resources such as
data storage devices and printers.
M.
Logical Channel - A communications channel that allows two-way, simultaneous
transmission of sequenced data packets through the network. No circuit capacity is preassigned to a logical channel. Capacity is made available as the data is transmitted. Each
PVC is considered one logical channel.
N.
Maximum Burst Rate (MBR) - The term "Maximum Burst Rate (MBR)" denotes the maximum
information rate at which customer traffic will be admitted to the Frame Relay network.
Traffic rates in excess of MBR will be automatically discarded on ingress to the network.
Maximum Burst Rate is equal to the sum of the Committed Information Rate (CIR) and
Excess Burst Size (Be).
O.
Network to Network Interface (NNI) - The NNI specifies how a frame relay switch sends and
receives data from a frame relay interexchange carrier’s or other customer's network.
P.
Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs) - The PVC provides a software-defined electronic path
between the two ports within the FRS Network. A UNI or NNI Port Connection can be
associated with multiple PVCs. Since all PVCs need not be in use at the same time, it is
possible for the total CIR of all PVCs associated with one port to exceed the bandwidth of
the port. It is not possible, however for the simultaneous aggregate of the PVCs throughput
to exceed the bandwidth of the port. Such a relationship is referred to as oversubscription or
overbooking, and when this occurs, there can be no guarantee that the bandwidth defined
for that PVC will be available at any point in time.
Q.
Protocol - A specific set of rules, procedures or conventions relating to format and timing of
data transmission between two devices. It is a standard procedure that two data devices
must accept and use to be able to understand each other. Protocols break a file into parts
called blocks or packets. These packets are sent and the receiving computer checks the
arriving packet and sends an acknowledgment back to the sending computer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
2..
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
R.
Serving Wire Center (SWC) - The customer’s serving wire center is the Telephone
Company central office from which the customer normally receives dial tone.
S.
Systems Network Architecture (SNA) - IBM's data communications scheme.
T.
Statistical Multiplexing - A multiplexing technique in which timeslots are dynamically
allocated on the basis of need rather than being predetermined. The data is typically
transmitted on a first come, first served basis.
U.
User to Network Interface (UNI) - The UNI is a standard interface used to connect the end
user to the Telephone Company FRS Network. It receives the data frame from the
customer’s LAN or other CPE devices and verifies that the DLCI is valid before relaying the
frame to the destination point.
V.
Utilization Reports - Reports that the customer can order that display circuit utilization for
Frame Relay Access Ports (FRAP) and Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVC).
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
2.
DEFINITIONS (Continued)
The following diagram illustrates some of the above mentioned terms.
Customer
Designated
Location
(CDL)
Serving Wire Center
(SWC)
FRAL
SWC
FRS
Network
FRAP
IntraLATA
DigiLink /TransLink
Access
CDL
User to
Network
Interface
(UNI)
NNI = Network to Network Interface
FRS = Frame Relay Service
FRAL = Frame Relay Access Line
FRAP = Frame Relay Port
EXCHANGE
BOUNDARY
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
3.
GENERAL REGULATIONS
A.
FRS will be available at Company Service Point locations. FRS, as provided for in this tariff
section, is offered for local and intraLATA use when Telephone Company facilities exist.
The regulations and rates specified herein are in addition to the applicable regulations and
rates specified in other tariffs and other sections of this tariff. If it is necessary to construct
facilities to satisfy service requests, the service may be provided pursuant to the Company’s
Special Construction provisions.
B.
FRS is provided to the customer in the form of a FRAL or a combination of digital, private
line transport facilities (i.e. DigiLink or TransLink) a FRAP, and a PVC at a specified CIR.
The FRAL or a combination of DigiLink/TransLink and a FRAP forms the customer access
component to the FRS Network. DS3 Frame Relay Service is not offered bundled with the
Frame Relay Access Line. DS3 Frame Relay Service is available on a UNI port only basis
and the DS3 access line is obtained on an Individual Case Basis (ICB). The Frame Relay
UNI Port Only offerings are provided for digital special access line connections to the
network supporting Frame Relay Service. Digital special access lines are available from the
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, Inc. Access Service Tariff.
A PVC must be ordered for
transmission between any two locations. The CIR determines the speed that will be
supported by the Telephone Company FRS Network under normal operating conditions.
C.
The minimum service period for FRS is three months. FRS may be ordered on a month-tomonth basis or through a Term Discount Plan for fixed periods of 12 to 84 months.
D.
When the customer orders additional PVCs, nonrecurring charges shall apply. In addition,
nonrecurring charges shall apply to all changes made to a customer’s frame relay
configuration at the customer’s request. Such changes are defined as those necessary to
add, delete, or rearrange the customer’s configuration, including changes to CIRs. One PVC
nonrecurring charge shall apply for each PVC changed.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
3.
GENERAL REGULATIONS (Continued)
E.
A customer subscribing to a PVC will be referred to as the Controller of the Frame
Port. A customer may request data transmission capability to another customer.
customers must subscribe to Frame Relay Service. The Controller of the Frame
Access Line must have written permission from the Controller of the other Frame
Access Line for this data transmission capability.
Relay
Both
Relay
Relay
The Frame Relay Access Line or Frame Relay Port and PVC may be ordered and billed
independently and can have different customers as Controllers. A request by one customer
to discontinue a PVC does not result in the disconnection of the Frame Relay Access Line
and/or Port. Only the Controller of a Frame Relay Access Line may authorize the
disconnection of that FRAL.
F.
Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Telephone Company and one or more other
telephone companies, the regulations, rates and charges of such other telephone companies
apply for the equipment and facilities furnished by them for use in connection with the
interexchange FRS provided by the Company.
G.
Where it is necessary to use interexchange or local channel facilities of another telephone
company in order to furnish a private line service to interconnect to the Company's FRS,
such service will be furnished only if satisfactory arrangements can be made with the other
company.
H.
Due to technical limitations, the distance between the SWC and the customer designated
location (CDL) is limited to approximately 12,000 feet for 1.544 mbps access or 18,000 feet
for 56 kbps access. A Company engineer may allow some deviation of this specification
based on the gauge of wire used. For access lines that exceed this specification, the access
line may be made operational by adding additional equipment. The Company will apply a
special construction charge for the additional time and material required.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
3.
GENERAL REGULATIONS (Continued)
I.
Guaranteed Installation Intervals for initial and additional installations are as follows:
1.
With facilities available
The Company shall install initial service within forty-five (45) working days from the
date of the request for service or on the customer requested installation date,
whichever is later. For subsequent service additions, which do not include the addition
of a Frame Relay Access Line or a Frame Relay Access Port, the Company shall
install service within ten (10) days from the date of the request for service or on the
customer requested installation date, whichever is later. A request for additional
service that includes a Frame Relay Access Line or Frame Relay Access Port will be
installed within the parameters of an initial install.
If the Company fails to meet the above installation dates, the associated installation
charge(s) will be waived.
2.
With facilities not available
The Company shall install service within sixty (60) days from the date of the request for
service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later.
If the Company fails to meet this installation date, the installation charges will be
waived.
4.
OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
A.
The responsibility of the Company shall be limited to furnishing network equipment suitable
for FRS and to the maintenance and operation of such equipment in a manner proper for
such service. Subject to this responsibility, the Company shall not be responsible for the
through transmission of signals generated by the customer provided equipment or system, or
for the quality of, or defects in, such transmission or the reception of signals by such
equipment or systems.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
4.
OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY (Continued)
B.
The Company shall not be responsible for installation, operation or maintenance of any
terminal equipment, data unit or communications system provided by a customer or user.
The Company is not responsible for adapting FRS to the technological requirements of any
specific customer equipment.
C.
The Company shall not be responsible to the customer or user if changes in any of the
equipment, operations or procedures of the Company used in the provision of FRS render
any facilities provided by the customer or user obsolete or require modification or alteration
of such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or performance, provided the
Company has met any applicable information disclosure requirements otherwise required by
law.
D.
In order to maintain the quality of FRS, the Company reserves the right to perform
preventative maintenance and software updates to the network. The Company has
classified this maintenance as indicated below:
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance is used to perform such functions as hardware and software
upgrades and network optimization.
The Company will perform these tasks in a
maintenance window that is defined as occurring between midnight and 6 a.m., local switch
time, seven days per week. The Company will provide advance notice of all scheduled
maintenance.
Demand Maintenance
Demand maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events and is used when FRS
network elements are in jeopardy. The Company will perform this type of maintenance at its
discretion. Due to the nature of demand maintenance prior notification may not be possible,
however, the customer will be informed when the maintenance has been completed.
5.
OBLIGATIONS OF THE CUSTOMER
A.
The customer’s Frame Relay compatible terminal equipment has the responsibility for retransmitting frames that are discarded due to errors or network congestion.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
5.
6.
OBLIGATIONS OF THE CUSTOMER (Continued)
B.
Where FRS is available for use in connection with communications systems or equipment
provided by a customer or user, the operating characteristics of such systems or equipment
shall be such as not to interfere with any services offered by the Company. Such use is
subject to the further provisions that the equipment provided by the customer or user does
not endanger the safety of Company employees or the public; damage, harm, require
change in or alteration of the equipment or other services of the Company; interfere with the
proper operation of the Company’s equipment or otherwise injure the public in its use of
Company services. Upon notice from the Company that the equipment provided by the
customer or user is causing, or is likely to cause, such hazard or interference, the customer
shall take such steps as shall be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or
interference.
C.
The customer, upon request, shall furnish such CPE information as may be required to
permit the Company to design and maintain the FRS it offers and to assure that the service
arrangement is in compliance with the regulations contained herein.
D.
At service subscription, the customer should specify the CIR and Be of each PVC ordered.
CIR is the maximum information rate at which the customer's traffic will be admitted to the
Frame Relay network without being designated eligible for discard. A default of fifty (50)
percent of the smallest port size will be assigned as the CIR should the information not be
provided. No individual PVC CIR shall exceed (95) percent of the FRAP access rate. The
sum of all CIR on a single FRAP must not exceed two hundred (200) percent of the FRAP
access rate.
TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP)
A.
Term Discount Plans (TDPs) are available for FRALs, FRAPs and Private NNIs. TDPs
provide the customer with discounted rates for the services listed. The customer agrees to a
minimum service commitment period for FRS when the TDP is established. Customers may
disconnect or move PVCs and not be subject to termination liability charges. The customer
must order a TDP in writing to the Company. A TDP may be ordered in increments of one
month, based on the following plan options.
Plan A:
Plan B:
Plan C:
Plan D:
12 - 23 months
24 - 35 months
36 - 59 months
60 - 84 months
The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the service is
ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, no administrative charges are applied toward
facilities in-service at that time. If a customer moves from a month-to-month plan to a TDP,
or upgrades from one TDP to another, no administrative charges are applied.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
6.
TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP) (Continued)
B.
If a customer under a Term Discount Plan (TDP) disconnects all or a portion of Frame
Relay Service prior to the expiration of the TDP, then a Termination Liability Charge will
apply to those services that are disconnected. The Termination Liability Charge will be a
one-time charge equal to sum of 50% of the payments remaining for the rest of the TDP. If
Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions were applied to the service being terminated,
any termination charges associated with Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions will
also apply.
C.
Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan rates for
the remaining term of the TDP. If a Company initiated rate increase to any rate element or
combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire Frame Relay Service under
the TDP to increase by 10% or more at any one time, then the customer may cancel the
TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided the customer notifies the
Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate increase.
D.
TDP commitment periods can be extended by the customer at any time during the term of
the plan, up to a maximum of 84 months. The number of months accrued in the current
plan will apply toward the new plan selected.
E.
At the end of the TDP service commitment period, the customer may subscribe to a new
TDP at the prevailing rates set forth in Section VIII following. If the customer does not
select a new TDP, the rates will convert to the prevailing month-to-month rates.
F.
Termination Liability Charges will not apply when a service or rate element under a TDP is
disconnected prior to the expiration of a selected service period as a result of a change in
tariff jurisdiction and/or a customer requested upgrade to a next generation service offering,
under the following conditions:
The service period of the new Term Discount Plan for the new service offering is a period
equal to or exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected TDP, and
The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are related
together, and there is no lapse in service between installation of the new service and
disconnection of the old service, and
The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are for the
same customer at the same location.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
6
TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP) (Continued)
G.
The Company will determine whether the replacement service qualifies as a next
generation service offering.
H.
Nonrecurring charges and Service Connection Charges for the new service will apply
according to the requirements of the new service.
I.
Service Charges are waived for one, two, three and five year term commitments when the
customer also subscribes to the Company’s non-regulated 1.5 Dedicated IP Service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 14
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
7.
SERVICE COMPONENTS
A.
Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL) - A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate apply based on
the speed of the port connection for each physical connection. The FRAL includes the
provision of a port.
B.
Frame Relay Access Port (FRAP) - A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate based on the
speed of the port connection applies per port connection to the network supporting FRS.
The port rate element can be used in lieu of the FRAL element if the customer has an
alternative Company-approved means of access to the Frame Relay Network (such as
DigiLink/TransLink).
C.
CIR and PVC - A monthly rate applies for each PVC based on the CIR requested by the
customer. If no CIR is indicated, the CIR will be set at the default of 50% of the associated
Frame Relay Port. A nonrecurring charge applies for the establishment of each PVC and for
each subsequent order of PVC(s).
Customers may select from three different classes of PVCs to ensure greater reliability for
mission-critical applications in the event of network congestion:
Standard Priority - Frame for LAN
Higher Priority - Frame for SNA
Highest Priority - Frame for Voice
This flexibility helps to ensure maximum performance and satisfaction for individual
customer data applications.
D.
Administrative Charge - Applies to changes in a customer’s network configuration such as
additions or changes of PVCs. Although multiple changes can be caused by such actions,
only one administrative charge applies.
E.
Private Network-to-Network Interface (Private NNI) - A charge for a DS1 facility from a
customer’s FRS switch location to the Company’s FRS Network. In addition to the access
facility, a 1.544 FRAP will be purchased.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 15
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
7.
SERVICE COMPONENTS (Continued)
F.
Frame to Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Inter-Networking Links - The Company may
establish facilities between FRS switching equipment and ATM Service switching
equipment and may allow customers to share bandwidth on these facilities. Where these
shared facilities are available to customers, the Frame to ATM Inter-Networking Link option
exists. In addition to the FRS Customer Connection, the customer may subscribe to a
Frame to ATM Inter-Networking Link. Links that extend between Frame Relay and ATM
switches must have an associated CIR. One PVC exists between both customer premises
through the Link. All CIRs on this PVC must have the same value. Frame to ATM InterNetworking Links are only available where such facilities exist.
G.
Gateway Service - This service allows the Company FRS customers to interconnect to
another FRS Network. The service is available wherever the Company has established a
network interface with another private or public frame relay network. The charge for this
service covers the facility from the Company FRS port to the interconnecting FRS of
another company. The charge includes the software defined PVC to the other company’s
network to the UNI port, but does not include the UNI port provided by the other company.
The Gateway charge is purchased in increments of CIR. The following diagram shows a
typical customer network that has three data devices interconnected to the Company FRS
(sites D, E & F). The customer needs to interconnect their data devices to a fourth site (C)
located on the FRS of another company. The customer accomplishes this by ordering
three PVCs and three Gateway service connections to the other company’s FRS Network.
This example assumes that frame relay access from site C is already established as
illustrated on page 14.
H.
Utilization Reports - Reports that the customer can order that display certain circuit
utilization statistics for Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVC) and Frame Relay Access Ports
(FRAP). The PVC report summarizes inbound and outbound packet discards and displays
utilization as a percentage of CIR. The FRAP report summarizes inbound and outbound
packet discards and displays utilization as a percent of port speed. Reports are ordered on
a per port basis. Service is not available to NNI locations. In addition to a monthly plan,
Term Discount Plans are available for fixed periods of 12 to 60 months. Reports are
available only where Company facilities permit.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 16
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
COMPANY
FRAME RELAY
NETWORK
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 17
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES
A.
Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL) (includes Access Line and Port)
S&E Code
Monthly
Rate
NRC
56 Kbps
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALTA
FCEALTA(F1Y)
FCEALTA(F2Y)
FCEALTA(F3Y)
FCEALTA(F5Y)
$90.00
$85.00
$80.00
$75.00
$70.00
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALTC
FCEALTC(F1Y)
FCEALTC(F2Y)
FCEALTC(F3Y)
FCEALTC(F5Y)
$95.00
$90.00
$85.00
$80.00
$75.00
$595.00
$445.00
$295.00
N/A
N/A
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALTD
FCEALTD(F1Y)
FCEALTD(F2Y)
FCEALTD(F3Y)
FCEALTD(F5Y)
$235.00
$225.00
$220.00
$215.00
$205.00
$795.00
$595.00
$395.00
N/A
N/A
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALTE
FCEALTE(F1Y)
FCEALTE(F2Y)
FCEALTE(F3Y)
FCEALTE(F5Y)
$265.00
$255.00
$250.00
$245.00
$235.00
$795.00
$595.00
$395.00
N/A
N/A
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALTF
FCEALTF(F1Y)
FCEALTF(F2Y)
FCEALTF(F3Y)
FCEALTF(F5Y)
$300.00
$290.00
$285.00
$280.00
$270.00
$795.00
$595.00
$395.00
N/A
N/A
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
1.544 Mbps
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALTG
FCEALTG(F1Y)
FCEALTG(F2Y)
FCEALTG(F3Y)
FCEALTG(F5Y)
$335.00
$325.00
$320.00
$315.00
$305.00
$795.00
$595.00
$395.00
N/A
N/A
FCEALTB
FCEALTB(F1Y)
FCEALTB(F2Y)
FCEALTB(F3Y)
FCEALTB(F5Y)
$455.00
$445.00
$440.00
$435.00
$425.00
$795.00
$595.00(2)
$395.00(2)
N/A
N/A
64 Kbps(1)
$595.00
$445.00
$295.00
N/A
N/A
128 Kbps
256 Kbps
384 Kbps
512 Kbps
(1)
Where conditions allow
(2)
When the customer also subscribes to the Company’s non-regulated 1.5 Mbps Dedicated IP
Service for one or two year term commitments, the Frame Relay Access Line (FRAL) NRCs will be
$500 and $350, respectively.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 18
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
B.
Frame Relay Port (FRAP) Only
S&E Code
Monthly
Rate
NRC
56 Kbps
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALA0
FCEALA0(F1Y)
FCEALA0(F2Y)
FCEALA0(F3Y)
FCEALA0(F5Y)
$60.00
$55.00
$50.00
$45.00
$40.00
$195.00
$145.00
$ 95.00
N/A
N/A
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALC0
FCEALC0(F1Y)
FCEALC0(F2Y)
FCEALC0(F3Y)
FCEALC0(F5Y)
$65.00
$60.00
$55.00
$50.00
$45.00
$195.00
$145.00
$ 95.00
N/A
N/A
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALD0
FCEALD0(F1Y)
FCEALD0(F2Y)
FCEALD0(F3Y)
FCEALD0(F5Y)
$140.00
$130.00
$125.00
$120.00
$110.00
$195.00
145.00
$ 95.00
N/A
N/A
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALE0
FCEALE0(F1Y)
FCEALE0(F2Y)
FCEALE0(F3Y)
FCEALE0(F5Y)
$175.00
$165.00
$160.00
$155.00
$145.00
$195.00
$145.00
$ 95.00
N/A
N/A
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALF0
FCEALF0(F1Y)
FCEALF0(F2Y)
FCEALF0(F3Y)
FCEALF0(F5Y)
$215.00
$205.00
$200.00
$295.00
$185.00
$195.00
$145.00
$ 95.00
N/A
N/A
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
FCEALG0
FCEALG0(F1Y)
FCEALG0(F2Y)
FCEALG0(F3Y)
FCEALG0(F5Y)
$245.00
$235.00
$230.00
$225.00
$215.00
$195.00
$145.00
$ 95.00
N/A
N/A
64 Kbps(1)
128 Kbps
256 Kbps
384 Kbps
512 Kbps
(1)
Where conditions allow
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 19
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
8..
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
B.
Frame Relay Port (FRAP) Only (Continued)
S&E Code
1.544 Mbps
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
44.210 Mbps
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
C.
Monthly
Rate
NRC
FCEALB0
FCEALB0(F1Y)
FCEALB0(F2Y)
FCEALB0(F3Y)
FCEALB0(F5Y)
$385.00
$375.00
$370.00
$365.00
$355.00
$195.00
$145.00
$ 95.00
N/A
N/A
FCEALH0
FCEALH0(F1Y)
FCEALH0(F2Y)
FCEALH0(F3Y)
FCEALH0(F5Y)
$3,895.00
$3,795.00
$3,695.00
$3,595.00
$3,395.00
$495.00
$375.00
$245.00
N/A
N/A
Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC)
CIR, per PVC
Over 0 thru 8 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 8 thru 16 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 16 thru 24 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 24 thru 32 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 32 thru 40 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
S&E Code
Monthly
Rate
NRC
FCEALVL(AP3)
FCEALVL(AP2)
FCEALVL(AP1)
$2.00
$3.00
$4.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(BP3)
FCEALVL(BP2)
FCEALVL(BP1)
$3.00
$4.00
$5.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(CP3)
FCEALVL(CP2)
FCEALVL(CP1)
$4.00
$5.00
$6.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(DP3)
FCEALVL(DP2)
FCEALVL(DP1)
$5.00
$6.00
$7.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(EP3)
FCEALVL(EP2)
FCEALVL(EP1)
$7.00
$8.00
$9.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 20
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
C.
Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) - (Continued)
CIR, per PVC
Over 40 thru 48 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 48 thru 56 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 56 thru 64 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 64 thru 128 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 128 thru 256 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 256 thru 384 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 384 thru 512 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 512 thru 768 Kbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 768 thru 1.536 Mbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 1.536 thru 4 Mbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
(1)
S&E Code
Monthly
Rate
NRC
FCEALVL(FP3)
FCEALVL(FP2)
FCEALVL(FP1)
$9.00
$10.00
$12.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(GP3)
FCEALVL(GP2)
FCEALVL(GP1)
$11.00
$12.00
$14.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(HP3)
FCEALVL(HP2)
FCEALVL(HP1)
$13.00
$15.00
$17.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(IP3)
FCEALVL(IP2)
FCEALVL(IP1)
$18.00
$20.00
$23.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(JP3)
FCEALVL(JP2)
FCEALVL(JP1)
$24.00
$27.00
$30.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(KP3)
FCEALVL(KP2)
FCEALVL(KP1)
$28.00
$31.00
$35.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(LP3)
FCEALVL(LP2)
FCEALVL(LP1)
$32.00
$36.00
$40.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(MP3)
FCEALVL(MP2)
FCEALVL(MP1)
$36.00
$40.00
$45.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(NP3)
FCEALVL(NP2)
FCEALVL(NP1)
$55.00
$61.00
$69.00
$10.00(1)
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(OP3)
FCEALVL(OP2)
FCEALVL(OP1)
$120.00
$132.00
$150.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
When the customer also subscribes to the Company’s non-regulated 1.5 Mbps Dedicated IP
Service, the 1.5 PVC (InterLATA) nonrecurring charge will not apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 21
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
C.
Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) - (Continued)
CIR, per PVC
Over 4 thru 10 Mbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 10 thru 16 Mbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 16 thru 34 Mbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
Over 34 thru 44.210 Mbps
Frame for LAN
Frame for SNA
Frame for Voice
D.
S&E Code
Monthly
Rate
NRC
FCEALVL(PP3)
FCEALVL(PP2)
FCEALVL(PP1)
$160.00
$176.00
$200.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(QP3)
FCEALVL(QP2)
FCEALVL(QP1)
$226.00
$249.00
$283.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(RP3)
FCEALVL(RP2)
FCEALVL(RP1)
$250.00
$275.00
$313.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
FCEALVL(SP3)
FCEALVL(SP2)
FCEALVL(SP1)
$370.00
$407.00
$463.00
$10.00
$15.00
$20.00
An administrative charge will be applied whenever a change is made to a customer’s
frame relay configuration (including changes to an existing group’s addressing), at the
customer’s request. Such changes are defined as those rearrangements necessary to
add, delete or rearrange the customer’s configuration and changes of CIR on a PVC.
Administrative Charge (Nonrecurring) $50.00
E.
Private Network-to-Network Interface (Private NNI)
1.544 Mbps NNI
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
S&E Code
FCECRTA
FCECRTA(1YR)
FCECRTA(2YR)
FCECRTA(3YR)
FCECRTA(5YR)
Monthly
Rate
$195.00
$175.00
$165.00
$155.00
$135.00
NRC
$495.00
$375.00
$245.00
N/A
N/A
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 24
Page No.: 22
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
FRAME RELAY SERVICE
8..
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
F.
Frame To ATM Inter-Networking Link
CIR, per PVC
Over 0 thru 256 Kbps
Over 256 thru 384 Kbps
Over 384 thru 512 Kbps
Over 512 thru 768 Kbps
Over 768 thru 1.536 Mbps
Over 1.536 thru 4 Mbps
Over 4 thru 10 Mbps
Over 10 thru 16 Mbps
Over 16 thru 34 Mbps
Over 34 thru 44.736 Mbps
G.
FCEALVI(FA1)
FCEALVI(FA2)
FCEALVI(FA3)
FCEALVI(FA4)
FCEALVI(FA5)
FCEALVI(FA6)
FCEALVI(FA7)
FCEALVI(FA8)
FCEALVI(FA9)
FCEALVI(FA0)
Monthly
Rate
$20.00
$30.00
$40.00
$50.00
$75.00
$120.00
$160.00
$225.00
$250.00
$375.00
NRC
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
Gateway Service
CIR, per PVC
Over 0 thru 8 Kbps
Over 8 thru 16 Kbps
Over 16 thru 24 Kbps
Over 24 thru 32 Kbps
Over 32 thru 40 Kbps
Over 40 thru 48 Kbps
Over 48 thru 56 Kbps
Over 56 thru 64 Kbps
Over 64 thru 128 Kbps
Over 128 thru 256 Kbps
Over 256 thru 384 Kbps
Over 384 thru 512 Kbps
Over 512 thru 768 Kbps
Over 768 thru 1.536 Mbps
H.
S&E Code
S&E Code
FCEALMT(008)
FCEALMT(016)
FCEALMT(024)
FCEALMT(032)
FCEALMT(040)
FCEALMT(048)
FCEALMT(056)
FCEALMT(064)
FCEALMT(128)
FCEALMT(256)
FCEALMT(384)
FCEALMT(512)
FCEALMT(768)
FCEALMT(1M)
Monthly
Rate
$10.00
$20.00
$30.00
$40.00
$50.00
$60.00
$70.00
$80.00
$160.00
$320.00
$475.00
$635.00
$950.00
$1,905.00
NRC
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
Utilization Reports
Per Port
Month to month
12 - 23 months
24 - 35 months
36 - 59 months
60 - 84 months
S&E Code
Monthly
Rate
FCEALUN RMM
FCEALUN R12
FCEALUN R24
FCEALUN R36
FCEALUN R60
$18.95
$16.95
$14.95
$12.95
$10.95
NRC
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
$50.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
1. DESCRIPTION
A. Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Service is a connection-oriented fast packet local,
intraLATA and intrastate interLATA network service that permits the transmission of high speed
data, voice, and video traffic utilizing cell switching technology. ATM is offered for local and
intraLATA service where facilities exist. ATM is offered for intrastate/interLATA use where
Company facilities exist as specified in Section 7 of the Company's intrastate Access Service
Tariff. ATM cells are fixed length cells that provide symmetrical or asymmetrical duplex
transmissions. Utilizing statistical multiplexing, ATM Service enables customers to allocate circuit
bandwidth to applications as needed on virtual paths or channels. ATM Service allows multiple
communications applications to be transmitted within multiple paths or channels utilizing
common fiber optic or copper facilities. ATM Service is primarily designed for businesses with
several multiple locations requiring the transport of data, voice, or video traffic among the sites.
ATM Service allows for the interconnection of Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) that is ATM
compatible.
B. Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs) are logical channels between the customer’s premises and
ports on an ATM switch or between ATM switches. PVCs are duplex channels that are
established via the service order process. Separate PVCs must be established to each
customer location at which the customer desires ATM Service. PVC channels are virtual
channels that are established in software tables. Multiple PVCs can be defined over a single
ATM User Network Interface (UNI), thereby providing a single access line with the capability to
transmit data, voice, and video to multiple destinations simultaneously. A PVC can be set up as
either a Virtual Path (VP) or a Virtual Channel (VC) type connection. A VP may contain multiple
VCs, referred to as tunneling. Tunneling allows customers to establish VCs or end to end
connections between the customer CPE, via VPs.
C. ATM Service requires the use of CPE that functions as a multiplexer, aggregrator, concentrator,
or router. This CPE must be purchased separately from the ATM Service and must conform to
the Consultative Committee for International Telecommunication Union (ITU) Standards, ATM
Forum Standards, and Company ATM CPE standards. Only Company standardized equipment
may be connected to the ATM network. The CPE functions to accumulate customer data and
transfers it into an ATM format suitable for transmission over the ATM Network.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
1. DESCRIPTION (Continued)
D. In the operation of ATM, the CPE captures arriving data into fixed length ATM 53-byte cells.
These cells contain a 48-byte cell user information segment, and a five-byte header containing a
Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) and a Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI), identifying which PVC in the
network should be used to forward the cell to the proper destination. The CPE sends the cells
into the ATM Network over a dedicated access facility called an ATM Access Line that includes a
UNI, which is a port on the ATM switch. The ATM switch, usually located in the Company
central office, reads identifying header information and routes the cell to the proper destination
based on a pre-established PVC, over a VP and/or VC.
E. ATM Service is capable of handling the requirements of bursty data sources because of the
ability of the service to allocate additional bandwidth when not in use by other sources. ATM
Service can also transmit delay sensitive traffic such as voice and video, on the same physical
circuit, but with a different Quality of Service (QoS) level on separate PVCs, within the same
physical circuit.
F. ATM Service is provided to the customer in the form of an ATM Access Line (a physical line,
either fiber or copper) from the Customer Designated Location (CDL), an ATM UNI port on the
ATM switch, and the ATM network bandwidth via a PVC or multiple PVCs. The ATM UNI port
access options available are: DS1, 2xDS1, 4xDS1, 6xDS1, 8xDS1, DS3, and OC3. Information
Rate (IR) or through-put, for PVCs is available in bands ranging from 56 Kbps/64 Kbps up to 155
Mbps.
G. The actual through-put or IR for aggregated PVC bandwidths cannot exceed the port speed, or
the port line transfer rate. The customer must specify a category of service (or Quality of Service
"QoS") for each PVC to be connected to the ATM network. The QoS level defines the
performance parameters for each connection to meet specific networking requirements. The
Company provides three categories of service:
1. Constant Bit Rate (CBR), for delay or timing sensitive traffic such as voice or interactive
video, provides a constant data rate and consistent delay parameters throughout the ATM
network. CBR PVCs are given the highest priority in the ATM network, and are provisioned
to provide the minimum Cell Delay Variation (CDV) or "jitter". The Peak Cell Rate (PCR),
which is the highest transmission rate the logical connection will allow, must be specified by
the customer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
1. DESCRIPTION (Continued)
G. The actual through-put... (Continued)
2. Variable Bit Rate (VBR-nrt), a non-real time service designed for bursty data applications
that provides a pre-assigned variable bit rate. VBR-nrt requires two traffic parameters: (1)
PCR, which defines the maximum rate of transmission, and (2) Sustainable Cell Rate (SCR),
which provides an average through-put information rate expected on the connection.
Customers must specify the SCR for ATM Service. Oversubscription is allowed with VBR.
3. Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR), takes advantage of excess network bandwidth and is best
suited for communication applications where timing of delivered data is not critical. UBR is
well suited to Internet protocol LAN traffic, which has inherent reliability, and can tolerate
occasional cell discarding. PCR and SCR values are not used with UBR. An advantage of
UBR is that ATM cells can be transmitted up to the port line rate, if available, rather than
being limited to a predefined maximum PCR, as with VBR and CBR. However, through-put
is not guaranteed.
H. Since multiple PVCs may be defined on one physical port, it is possible for the cumulative data
IRs of multiple PVCs to exceed the physical bandwidth of the port. This is referred to as
oversubscription, and when this occurs there will be no guarantee that the IR defined for the port
and PVC will be available at any point in time.
I.
IRs are traffic management parameters that allow the customer to fine tune implementation of
ATM Service. The IRs of PVCs can be customer specified and can be ordered in increments of
bandwidth. IRs can be used on CBR and VBR PVCs only. IRs for UBR are by definition not
used, and IRs can be up to the line rate or the UNI port transfer rate. UBR uses available
network bandwidth and is a "best effort" service; therefore there are no guarantees with the
delivery of UBR traffic. An IR is assigned to each PVC symmetrically (two-way).
J.
For CBR PVCs, the customer may specify IRs in terms of PCR. The maximum PCR for a CBR
PVC is limited to 99% of the port transfer rate. When CBR traffic is mixed with VBR and UBR on
the same port, the sum of all the PCRs associated with the CBR PVCs must not exceed 50% of
the maximum IR of the ATM port. The PCR should never exceed the PCR available at the lowest
port access between the local and remote locations. For VBR PVCs, the value of the SCR for
ATM traffic may be defined between 20%-70% of the PCR. The user can burst above the SCR
for short periods only. The limit for VBR transmission at the PCR is 250 cells. This limit is called
the Maximum Burst Size (MBS). If the MBS is exceeded, a period of lower activity must follow to
meet the SCR. UBR traffic IRs are not specified and use only available network bandwidth and
may burst up to the line rate.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
2. DEFINITIONS
A. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) - Provides access to the ATM Network. An ATM Access Line
includes both the physical dedicated local loop and a UNI port on the ATM switch.
B. ATM Class of Service - Refers to service categories defined by the ATM Forum which define the
traffic parameters for each PVC. These categories, CBR, VBR-nrt, and UBR and their related
parameters, partially define the traffic between the Company and the customer for each PVC.
C. ATM Network Link (ATM-NL) - Describes the link between two networks or two switches. The
ATM-NL ensures that switches from different manufacturers or two different companies can
communicate with each other.
D. ATM Port - A port on the ATM network that is used to interconnect other Company provided
private line services such as Frame Relay Service, a fast-packet network system port to ATM or
an ICB contract transport solution. The ATM Port is the physical entry point for PVCs. Ports
include the electronic equipment used in connecting these service elements to the ATM Network
and enable customers to allocate bandwidth to applications as needed.
E. Cell – A unit of transmission in ATM that is a fixed size frame consisting of a 5-byte header and a
48-byte information payload.
F. Customer Designated Location (CDL) - The geographic location designated by the customer
where the customer’s CPE is first considered to enter the Company’s network.
G. Early Packet Discard (EPD) – The procedure for discarding cells related to a frame or packet to
minimize the impact of congestion in the ATM network. This discarding technique with Partial
Packet Discard (PPD) minimizes the amount of packets that must be retransmitted during
congestion. EPD is for UBR traffic only.
H. Frame Relay Service (FRS) – A fast packet network that provides the customer high-speed
access and through-put to different customer addresses. Utilizing statistical multiplexing, the
Frame Relay Network enables the customer to allocate bandwidth to applications as needed,
rather than dedicating fixed channels to specific applications. Frame Relay is primarily used in
applications requiring short, intensive bursts of data at high speeds. Frame Relay operates at
access speeds of 56/64 Kbps, 128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, DS1 (1.544 Mbps), or
DS3 (44.736 Mbps).
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
2. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
I.
Gateway Service – Allows the Company ATM customers to interconnect to another ATM or
Frame Relay Network. The service is available wherever the Company has established a
network interface with another private or public ATM or Frame Relay network. Gateway Service
is only available where such network connectivity exists or where suitable connectivity
arrangements can be made that are acceptable to the Company.
J.
Information Rate (IR) - Defines the amount of data through-put on any designated PVC that the
Company will support under normal operating conditions. IR is administered per PVC, on a VP
or VC basis. Any data burst beyond the IR may be labeled Discard Eligible (DE) if the data
transfer rate exceeds the port transfer rate or the PCR of the PVC being used. If the ATM
network develops congestion, the Early Packet Discard (EPD) and Partial Packet Discard (PPD)
cell buffering techniques will be implemented in Company ATM switches for UBR traffic only. At
service subscription, the customer must specify the PCR associated with each PVC. The
retransmission of discarded cells is administered by the customer’s CPE.
The Information Rate consists of the three QoS levels (CBR, VBR-nrt or UBR) previously
described in Section 25.I.G. These levels of service provide the flexibility necessary to service
all applications successfully. The customer is responsible for selecting the level of QoS.
K. Local Access and Transport Area (LATA) - Denotes a geographic area established for the
provision and administration of communications service. It encompasses one or more
designated exchanges that are grouped to serve common social, economic, and other purposes.
L. Local Area Network (LAN) – A local network permitting the interconnection and
intercommunication of a group of computers, primarily for the sharing of resources such as data
storage devices and printers.
M. Logical Channel – A communications channel that allows two-way, simultaneous transmission of
sequenced data packets through the network. No circuit capacity is preassigned to a logical
channel. Capacity is made available as the data is transmitted. Each PVC is considered one
logical channel or one virtual channel.
N. Maximum Burst Size (MBS) - Denotes the maximum number of consecutive cells that may be
transmitted to the Company ATM network in a single burst at a rate that exceeds the SCR, but
does not exceed the PCR, assigned to the VBR connection. MBS is a traffic parameter
considered only for VBR traffic. Cells exceeding the MBS will be declared as non-conforming
and will be buffered or discarded, depending on the level of congestion.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
2. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
O. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) - Provides software-defined electronic path between two ports
within the ATM. Each UNI requires the purchase of at least one PVC. A UNI or UNI Port
connection can be associated with multiple PVCs. Since all PVCs need not be in use at the
same time, it is possible for the total IR of all PVCs associated with one port to exceed the
bandwidth of the port. It is not possible, however, for the simultaneous aggregation of the PVCs
through-put to exceed the bandwidth of the port. Such a relationship is referred to as
oversubscription or overbooking. When oversubscription occurs, there is no guarantee that the
bandwidth defined for a VBR-nrt or UBR PVC will be available at any point in time. CBR PVC
bandwidth is always guaranteed in oversubscription situations.
P. Protocol - A specific set of rules, procedures or conventions relating to format and timing of data
transmission. It is a standard procedure that multiple data devices must accept and use in order
to communicate with each other. Protocols break a file into parts called blocks or packets.
When blocks or packets are sent, the receiving computer checks the arriving packets and sends
an acknowledgment back to the sending computer.
Q. Route Diversity - A separate and diverse physical route from the customer premises to the
Company Serving Central Office. This includes a separate fiber optic pair assignment in two
different and distinct fiber optic cables.
R. Serving Wire Center (SWC) - The Company's central office from which the customer normally
receives dial tone. The customer's SWC may or may not have an ATM switch. Each SWC
without an ATM switch will connect to an SWC with another ATM switch.
S. Statistical Multiplexing – A multiplexing technique in which timeslots are dynamically allocated on
the basis of need rather than being predetermined. The data is typically transmitted on a first
come, first served basis.
T. UNI Port– A port on the Company ATM switch that is used to connect to the access line. The
UNI port is the physical entry point for access to PVCs. The UNI port is on the line side or
customer side of the ATM switch. UNI ports include the Company ATM switching equipment
used in connecting these service elements to the ATM Network and enable customers to
allocate bandwidth to applications as needed.
U. User to Network Interface (UNI) – A standard interface used to connect the end user to the
Company ATM switch. It receives data cells from the customer’s LAN or other CPE devices and
verifies that the data is in a valid ATM format before relaying the ATM cells to the destination
point.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
2. DEFINITIONS (Continued)
The following diagram illustrates some of the above mentioned terms:
ATM Service Between Embarq Minnesota, Inc.
and another Telco Service Area
Exchange and LATA
Boundary
SWC
CDL
ATM
Switch
ATM-AL
Jointly Provisioned
Private Line
ATM NetworkSWC
ATM
Switch
UNI Port
Other Telco
Area
CDL
ATM Port
ATM-NL
ATM-NL Jointly
Provisioned
Exchange
and Company Service
Area Boundary
(Meet-Point)
Legend
ATM-AL ATM-NL ATM Port CDL
SWC
UNI Port -
ATM Access Line (Includes UNI Port)
ATM Network Link
Facilities not included
Customer Designated Location
Serving Wire Center
Intracompany Provisioned User to Network Interface
RBOC
ATM
Switch
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
3. GENERAL REGULATIONS
A. ATM Service is provided to the customer in two forms. The first is ATM Access Line and PVC at
a specified IR. The ATM Access Line includes the UNI port. The second is a digital private line
transport facility, an ATM access port, otherwise known as a UNI, and a PVC at a specified IR.
A PVC must be ordered for transmission between any two locations.
B. ATM Service is provided subject to the availability of appropriate facilities.
C. The minimum service period for ATM Service is six months. ATM Service may be ordered for an
initial six-month term or through a Term Discount Plan for fixed periods of up to 84 months.
D. When the customer orders additional PVCs, nonrecurring charges will apply. In addition,
Administrative Charges will apply to all changes made to a customer’s ATM configuration at the
customer’s request.
E. The ATM access services not covered by this tariff will be ordered from the Intrastate Access
Services Tariff or through an Individual Case Basis (ICB) contract.
F. Special Construction Charges, as defined in Section 4 of this tariff, may apply when technical
limitations and/or the lack of facilities exist, or if it is necessary to construct facilities to satisfy
service requests.
G. Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Company and one or more other telephone
companies, the regulations, rates and charges of such other telephone companies apply for the
equipment and facilities furnished by them for use in connection with the interexchange ATM
Service provided by the Company.
H. Where private line, Frame Relay Service, or ATM Service is required to interconnect to the
Company’s ATM Service for a customer having locations outside of the Company service area,
such service will be furnished only if satisfactory arrangements can be made with the other local
or inter-exchange carrier.
I.
Seasonal Service, as defined in Section 2 of this tariff, is not allowed for ATM Service.
J.
The customer is responsible for payment of a Maintenance of Service Charge, as defined in
Section 3 of this tariff, for visits by the Company to the customer premises when a service
difficulty resulting in a trouble report is caused by the use of equipment or facilities provided by
the customer.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
3. GENERAL REGULATIONS (Continued)
K. Guaranteed Installation Intervals for initial and additional installations are as follows:
1. With facilities available
The Company shall install initial service within forty-five (45) working days from the date of
the request for service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later. For
subsequent service additions which do not include the addition of a ATM Access Line or
ATM Port, the Company shall install service within ten (10) days from the date of the request
for service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later. A request for
additional service that includes an ATM Access Line or ATM Port will be installed within the
parameters of an initial install.
If the Company fails to meet the above installation dates, the associated installation
charge(s) will be waived.
2. With facilities not available
The Company shall install service within sixty (60) days from the date of the request for
service or on the customer requested installation date, whichever is later.
If the Company fails to meet this installation date, the installation charges will be waived.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
4. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
A. The responsibility of the Company is limited to furnishing network equipment suitable for ATM
Service and to the maintenance and operation of such equipment in a manner proper for such
service. Subject to this responsibility, the Company is not responsible for the through
transmission of signals generated by the CPE or systems, or for the quality of, or defects in,
such transmission or the reception of signals by such equipment or systems.
B. The Company is not responsible for installation, operation or maintenance of any terminal
equipment, data unit or communications system provided by a customer or user unless provided
for under separate contract. The Company is not responsible for adapting ATM Service to the
technological requirements of any specific customer equipment.
C. The Company is not responsible to the customer or user if changes in any of the equipment,
operations or procedures of the Company used in the provision of ATM Service render any
facilities or equipment provided by the customer or user obsolete or require modification or
alteration of such equipment or system or otherwise affect its use or performance, provided the
Company has met any applicable information disclosure requirements otherwise required by law.
D. In order to maintain the quality of ATM Service, the Company reserves the right to perform
preventative maintenance and software updates to the network. The Company has classified
this maintenance as indicated below:
Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance is used to perform such functions as hardware and software upgrades
and network optimization. The Company will perform these tasks in a maintenance window that
is defined as occurring between midnight and 6 a.m., local time, every Monday. The Company
will provide advance notice of all scheduled maintenance.
Demand Maintenance
Demand maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events and is performed when ATM
Service network elements are in jeopardy. The Company will perform this type of maintenance
at its discretion. Due to the nature of demand maintenance prior notification may not be
possible; however, the customer will be informed when the maintenance has been completed.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
5. OBLIGATIONS OF THE CUSTOMER
A. The customer’s ATM compatible terminal equipment is responsible for retransmitting cells or
packets that are discarded due to errors or network congestion.
B. Where ATM Service is available for use in connection with communications systems or
equipment provided by a customer or user, the operating characteristics of such systems or
equipment shall be such as not to interfere with any services offered by the Company. Such use
is subject to the further provisions that the equipment provided by the customer or user does not
endanger the safety of Company employees or the public; does not damage, harm, require
change in or alteration of the equipment or other services of the Company; does not interfere
with the proper operation of the Company’s equipment; or does not otherwise injure the public in
its use of Company services. Upon notice from the Company that the equipment provided by the
customer or user is causing, or is likely to cause, such hazard or interference, the customer shall
take the necessary steps to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.
C. The customer, upon request, shall furnish such CPE information as may be required to permit
the Company to design and maintain the ATM Service it offers and to assure that the service
arrangement is in compliance with the regulations contained herein.
D. Upon service subscription, the customer should specify the IR and Class of Service for each
PVC ordered. IR is the maximum information rate at which the customer's traffic will be admitted
to the ATM network without being designated eligible for discard. A default of fifty (50) percent
of the smallest port size will be assigned as the IR should the information not be provided. No
individual PVC IR shall exceed (99) percent of the UNI port access rate. The sum of all PVCs
IRs on a single ATM port must not exceed two hundred (200) percent of the port line rate.
6. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP)
A. Term Discount Plan (TDP) provides the customer with discounted tariff rates for the ATM Access
Line (ATM-AL), ATM Port (Port only) and the ATM-Network Link (ATM-NL). The customer
agrees to a minimum service commitment period for these elements when the TDP is
established. Customers may disconnect or move PVCs and not be subject to termination liability
charges. The customer must order a TDP in writing to the Company. A TDP may be ordered in
one month increments based on the following plan options;
Plan A:
Plan B:
Plan C:
Plan D:
12 - 23 months
24 - 35 months
36 - 59 months
60 - 84 months
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
6. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP) (Continued)
B. The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the service is
ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, no administrative charges are applied toward
facilities in service at that time. If a customer moves from a month-to-month plan to a TDP, or
upgrades from one TDP to a longer term TDP, no administrative charges are applied.
C. If a customer under a Term Discount Plan (TDP) disconnects all or a portion of ATM Service
prior to the expiration of the TDP, then a Termination Liability Charge will apply to those services
that are disconnected. The Termination Liability Charge will be a one-time charge equal to sum
of 50% of the payments remaining for the rest of the TDP. If Charges Applicable Under Special
Conditions were applied to the service being terminated, any termination charges associated
with Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions will also apply.
D. Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan rates for the
remaining term of the TDP. If a Company initiated rate increase to any rate element or
combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire ATM Service under the TDP to
increase by 10% or more at any one time, then the customer may cancel the TDP without
incurring termination liability charges provided the customer notifies the Company within 30 days
after the effective date of the rate increase.
E. TDP commitment periods can be extended by the customer at any time during the term of the
plan, up to a maximum of 84 months. The number of months accrued in the current plan will be
applied toward the new plan selected.
F. At the end of the TDP service commitment period, the customer may subscribe to a new TDP at
the prevailing rates set forth in Section 25 VIII. A-G following. If the customer does not select a
new TDP, the rates will convert to the prevailing month-to-month rates.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
6. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP) (Continued)
G. Termination Liability Charges will not apply when a service or rate element under a TDP is
disconnected prior to the expiration of a selected service period as a result of a change in tariff
jurisdiction and/or a customer requested upgrade to a next generation service offering, under the
following conditions:
The service period of the new TDP for the new service offering is a period equal to or exceeding
the remaining service period of the disconnected TDP, and
The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are related together,
and there is no lapse in service between installation of the new service and disconnection of the
old service, and
The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are for the same
customer at the same location.
The Company will determine whether the replacement service qualifies as a next generation
service offering.
Nonrecurring charges and Service Connection Charges for the new service will apply according
to the requirements of the new service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 14
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
7. SERVICE COMPONENTS
A. Administrative Charge – Applies to changes in a customer’s network associated with PVCs.
Although multiple changes can be caused by such actions, only one administrative charge
applies per customer request.
This administrative charge applies in addition to applicable Service Connection Charges as
specified in Section 12 of this tariff.
B. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) - A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate based on the connection
line speed of the local loop access line. The access line is from the CDL to the serving central
office and includes the UNI port on the ATM switch. Charges Applicable Under Special
Conditions may apply, if facilities do not already exist. Route Diversity of the local loop portion of
ATM Access Line also may require Charges Applicable Under Special Conditions.
Where the CDL is located in another telephone company's service area, the ATM Access Line
charges provide for transport to the meet-point boundary with the other local telephone
company. Charges for service from the meet-point boundary to the CDL will be the responsibility
of the customer based on the rates and charges of each jointly provisioning telephone company.
C. ATM Network Link (ATM-NL) – A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate based on the DS1 or
DS3 port at the Company’s ATM switch and transport from the ATM switch to the
interconnecting ATM service. Where the service is jointly provisioned with another telephone
company, the appropriate charges will be based on the distance from the ATM to the meet-point
boundary with the other telephone company. Charges for service from the meet-point boundary
to the other company’s ATM switch will be the responsibility of the customer based on the rates
and charges of each jointly provisioning telephone company. In addition to a DS1 or DS3 ATM
Network Link, a minimum of one Gateway Service for bandwidth will apply.
D. ATM Port - A nonrecurring charge and monthly rate based on the speed of the port connection
applies per port connection to the network supporting ATM. The port rate element can be used
in lieu of the ATM Access Line element if the customer has an alternative Company-approved
means of access to the ATM Network (such as Frame Relay or through a Company provided
ICB arrangement).
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Issued: September 25, 2006
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 15
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
7. SERVICE COMPONENTS (Continued)
E. Gateway Service - This service allows the Company ATM customers to interconnect to another
ATM or FRS Network. The service is available wherever the Company has established a
network interface with another private or public ATM or Frame Relay network. The charge for
this service covers the facility from the Company ATM port to the interconnecting ATM or Frame
Relay point of another company. The charge includes the software defined PVC to the other
company’s network to the UNI port, but does not include the UNI port provided by the other
company. Gateway Service is purchased in increments of IR. The customer accomplishes this
by ordering PVCs and Gateway Service connections to the other company’s ATM or Frame
Relay Network.
F. IR and PVC - A monthly rate applies for each PVC based on the IR requested by the customer.
If no IR is indicated, the IR will be set at the default of 50% of the associated ATM UNI Port. A
nonrecurring charge applies for the establishment of each PVC and for each subsequent order
of PVC(s). Rates for intraLATA PVC are specified in Section 25 VIII.C. Rates for
intrastate/interLATA PVCs are specified in Section 25 VIII.D. of the Intrastate/InterLATA Private
Line Service Tariff.
Customers may select from three different Qualities of Service (or QoS) levels for PVCs to
ensure greater reliability for mission-critical applications in the event of network congestion:
Lowest Priority – Unspecified Bit Rate (UBR)
Higher Priority – Variable Bit Rate-non-real time (VBR-nrt)
Highest Priority – Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
This flexibility helps to ensure maximum performance and satisfaction for individual customer
communications applications.
G. Nonrecurring Charge (NRC) - A one-time charge for initial installation and installation of
functions and features.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 16
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
8. RATES AND CHARGES
A. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) (includes Access Line and Port)
SAE Code
1.544 Mbps (DS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
3 Mbps (2xDS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
6 Mbps (4xDS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
9 Mbps (6xDS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
12 Mbps (8xDS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
PUNIDS1(MTM)
PUNIDS1(1YR)
PUNIDS1(2YR)
PUNIDS1(3YR)
PUNIDS1(5YR)
$ 645.00
625.00
605.00
575.00
545.00
$ 700.00
700.00
700.00
0.00
0.00
PUNI2DS(MTM)
PUNI2DS(1YR)
PUNI2DS(2YR)
PUNI2DS(3YR)
PUNI2DS(5YR)
955.00
925.00
895.00
855.00
810.00
800.00
800.00
800.00
0.00
0.00
PUNI4DS(MTM)
PUNI4DS(1YR)
PUNI4DS(2YR)
PUNI4DS(3YR)
PUNI4DS(5YR)
1,910.00
1,850.00
1,785.00
1,710.00
1,615.00
900.00
900.00
900.00
0.00
0.00
PUNI6DS(MTM)
PUNI6DS(1YR)
PUNI6DS(2YR)
PUNI6DS(3YR)
PUNI6DS(5YR)
2,865.00
2,780.00
2,680.00
2,565.00
2,425.00
1,000.00
1,000.00
1,000.00
0.00
0.00
PUNI8DS(MTM)
PUNI8DS(1YR)
PUNI8DS(2YR)
PUNI8DS(3YR)
PUNI8DS(5YR)
3,820.00
3,705.00
3,570.00
3,420.00
3,230.00
1,100.00
1,100.00
1,100.00
0.00
0.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 17
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
A. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) (includes Access Line and Port) (Continued)
SAE Code
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
45 Mbps (DS3 UNI)
(Company provided
fiber optic terminal)
Month to month
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
12-23 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
24-35 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
36-59 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
60-84 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
PUN3S03(MTM)
PUN3SG3(MTM)
$5,320.00
6,550.00
$2,500.00
2,500.00
PUN3S03(1YR)
PUN3SG3(1YR)
5,275.00
6,380.00
2,500.00
2,500.00
PUN3S03(2YR)
PUN3SG3(2YR)
5,085.00
6,150.00
2,500.00
2,500.00
PUN3S03(3YR)
PUN3SG3(3YR)
4,845.00
5,860.00
0.00
0.00
PUN3S03(5YR)
PUN3SG3(5YR)
4,560.00
5,510.00
0.00
0.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 18
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
A. ATM Access Line (ATM-AL) (includes Access Line and Port) (Continued)
SAE Code
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
155 Mbps (OC3 UNI)
(Customer provided
fiber optic terminal)
Month to month
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
12-23 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
24-35 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
36-59 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
60-84 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
PUNOC03(MTM)
PUNOCG3(MTM)
$ 5,415.00
6,225.00
$ 3,000.00
3,000.00
PUNOC03(1YR)
PUNOCG3(1YR)
5,180.00
6,060.00
3,000.00
3,000.00
PUNOC03(2YR)
PUNOCG3(2YR)
4,990.00
5,835.00
3,000.00
3,000.00
PUNOC03(3YR)
PUNOCG3(3YR)
4,750.00
5,560.00
0.00
0.00
PUNOC03(5YR)
PUNOCG3(5YR)
4,465.00
5,225.00
0.00
0.00
PUNOCS0(MTM)
PUNOCS3(MTM)
8,170.00
10,440.00
4,000.00
4,000.00
PUNOCS0(1YR)
PUNOCS3(1YR)
7,935.00
10,140.00
4,000.00
4,000.00
PUNOCS0(2YR)
PUNOCS3(2YR)
7,650.00
9,775.00
4,000.00
4,000.00
PUNOCS0(3YR)
PUNOCS3(3YR)
7,270.00
9,285.00
0.00
0.00
PUNOCS0(5YR)
PUNOCS3(5YR)
6,840.00
8,740.00
0.00
0.00
155 Mbps (OC3 UNI)
(Company provided
fiber optic terminal)
Month to month
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
12-23 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
24-35 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
36-59 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
60-84 months
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 19
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
B. ATM Port (Port Only)
SAE Code
1.544 Mbps (DS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
3 Mbps (2xDS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
6 Mbps (4xDS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
9 Mbps (6xDS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
12 Mbps (8xDS1 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
PUNPDS1(MTM)
PUNPDS1(1YR)
PUNPDS1(2YR)
PUNPDS1(3YR)
PUNPDS1(5YR)
$ 460.00
445.00
415.00
365.00
310.00
$ 400.00
400.00
400.00
0.00
0.00
PUNP2DS(MTM)
PUNP2DS(1YR)
PUNP2DS(2YR)
PUNP2DS(3YR)
PUNP2DS(5YR)
670.00
650.00
625.00
600.00
565.00
500.00
500.00
500.00
0.00
0.00
PUNP4DS(MTM)
PUNP4DS(1YR)
PUNP4DS(2YR)
PUNP4DS(3YR)
PUNP4DS(5YR)
1,335.00
1,295.00
1,250.00
1,195.00
1,130.00
600.00
600.00
600.00
0.00
0.00
PUNP6DS(MTM)
PUNP6DS(1YR)
PUNP6DS(2YR)
PUNP6DS(3YR)
PUNP6DS(5YR)
2,005.00
1,945.00
1,875.00
1,795.00
1,695.00
700.00
700.00
700.00
0.00
0.00
PUNP8DS(MTM)
PUNP8DS(1YR)
PUNP8DS(2YR)
PUNP8DS(3YR)
PUNP8DS(5YR)
2,675.00
2,595.00
2,500.00
2,395.00
2,260.00
800.00
800.00
800.00
0.00
0.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 20
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
B. ATM Port (Port Only) (Continued)
SAE Code
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
45 Mbps (DS3 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
PUN3DCO(MTM)
PUN3DCO(1YR)
PUN3DCO(2YR)
PUN3DCO(3YR)
PUN3DCO(5YR)
$ 3,740.00
3,615.00
3,485.00
3,335.00
3,165.00
$ 1,500.00
1,500.00
1,500.00
0.00
0.00
155 Mbps (OC3 UNI)
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
PUNOCCO(MTM)
PUNOCCO(1YR)
PUNOCCO(2YR)
PUNOCCO(3YR)
PUNOCCO(5YR)
4,330.00
4,140.00
3,990.00
3,800.00
3,570.00
2,000.00
2,000.00
2,000.00
0.00
0.00
C. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) - IntraLATA
Peak Cell Rate, per PVC
SAE Code
Monthly
Rate
(Per PVC)
Nonrecurring
Charge
(Per PVC)
PUNPVCK(RBC)
PUNPVCK(VBR)
$ 8.00
6.00
$50.00
50.00
PUNPVCM(RBC)
PUNPVCM(VBR)
40.00
30.00
50.00
50.00
Over 0 thru 2.944 Mbps
(Per increments of 64 Kbps)
CBR
VBR
Over 2.944 Mbps
(Per increments of 1 Mbps)
CBR
VBR
Monthly
Nonrecurring
Rate
Charge
(Per Connection) (Per Connection)
UBR
Per DS1 Conn.
Per NXDS1 Conn.
Per DS3 Conn.
Per OC3 Conn.
PUNPVCM(DS1)
PUNPVCM(IMA)
PUNPVCM(DS3)
PUNPVCM(OC3)
$ 12.00
45.00
275.00
775.00
$50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 21
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
D. Permanent Virtual Circuit (PVC) - InterLATA
Peak Cell Rate, per PVC
SAE Code
Monthly
Rate
(Per PVC)
Nonrecurring
Charge
(Per PVC)
PUNPVIK(RBC)
PUNPVIK(VBR)
$ 12.00
8.00
$100.00
100.00
PUNPVIM(RBC)
PUNPVIM(VBR)
60.00
40.00
100.00
100.00
Over 0 thru 2.944 Mbps
(Per increments of 64 Kbps)
CBR
VBR
Over 2.944 Mbps
(Per increments of 1 Mbps)
CBR
VBR
Monthly
Nonrecurring
Rate
Charge
(Per Connection) (Per Connection)
UBR
Per DS1 Conn.
Per NXDS1 Conn.
Per DS3 Conn.
Per OC3 Conn.
PUNPVIM(DS1)
PUNPVIM(IMA)
PUNPVIM(DS3)
PUNPVIM(OC3)
$ 15.00
55.00
330.00
930.00
$50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 22
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
E. ATM Network Link (ATM-NL)
SAE Code
1.544 Mbps ATM-NL
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
45 Mbps ATM-NL
Within SWC
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
45 Mbps ATM-NL
0-3 miles
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
45 Mbps ATM-NL
Over 3 miles
Month to month
12-23 months
24-35 months
36-59 months
60-84 months
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
PUNPNL1(MTM)
PUNPNL1(1YR)
PUNPNL1(2YR)
PUNPNL1(3YR)
PUNPNL1(5YR)
$ 470.00
445.00
415.00
350.00
330.00
$375.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
PUNPNLC(MTM)
PUNPNLC(1YR)
PUNPNLC(2YR)
PUNPNLC(3YR)
PUNPNLC(5YR)
1,500.00
1,450.00
1,320.00
1,180.00
1,000.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
PUNPNL3(MTM)
PUNPNL3(1YR)
PUNPNL3(2YR)
PUNPNL3(3YR)
PUNPNL3(5YR)
1,700.00
1,580.00
1,450.00
1,350.00
1,200.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
PUNPNLG(MTM)
PUNPNLG(1YR)
PUNPNLG(2YR)
PUNPNLG(3YR)
PUNPNLG(5YR)
2,550.00
2,480.00
2,300.00
2,040.00
1,750.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
F. An administrative charge will be applied, in addition to the applicable Service Connection
Charges as specified in Section 12 of this tariff, when a change is made to a customer’s ATM
configuration (including changes to an existing group’s addressing or changes in bandwidth),
at the customer’s request. Such changes are defined as those rearrangements necessary to
add, delete or rearrange the customer’s configuration and changes of the PCR on a PVC. The
administrative charge applies to changes in a customer’s network associated with PVCs. Only
one administrative charge applies per customer request.
Administrative Charge (Nonrecurring)
$75.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 25
Page No.: 23
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE (ATM) SERVICE
8.
RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
G. Gateway Service
IR, per PVC
SAE Code
Monthly
Rate
(Per PVC)
Nonrecurring
Charge
(Per PVC)
PUNIGWK(RBC)
PUNIGWK(VBR)
$12.00
8.00
$100.00
100.00
PUNIGWM(RBC)
PUNIGWM(VBR)
60.00
40.00
100.00
100.00
Over 0 thru 2.944 Mbps
(Per increments of 64 Kbps)
CBR
VBR
Over 2.944 Mbps
(Per increments of 1 Mbps)
CBR
VBR
Monthly
Nonrecurring
Rate
Charge
(Per Connection) (Per Connection)
UBR
Per DS1 Conn.
Per NXDS1 Conn.
Per DS3 Conn.
Per OC3 Conn.
PUNPVCM(DS1)
PUNPVCM(IMA)
PUNPVCM(DS3)
PUNPVCM(OC3)
$ 15.00
55.00
330.00
930.00
$50.00
50.00
50.00
50.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
1. GENERAL
A. Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services are furnished for Private Line IntraLATA
Intraexchange and Interexchange communications by the Company.
B. Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services are for the transmission of digital signals and uses
digital transmission facilities.
C. Digilink Service provides for the simultaneous two-way transmission of synchronous digital
signals at speeds of 19.2 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, and 64.0 Kbps, where facilities exist.
Translink Service provides for the simultaneous two-way transmission of isochronous digital
signals at speeds of 128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, and 1.544 Mbps (DS1),
where facilities exist.
Lightlink Service provides for the simultaneous two-way transmission of isochronous digital
signals at a speed of 44.736 Mbps (DS3), where facilities exist.
D. To ensure satisfactory operation, the terminal equipment provided by the customer must be
compatible with the Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Service channel facility provided by the
Company.
E. Unless specified following, the regulations for Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services
specified herein apply in addition to the regulations set forth in other sections of this tariff.
F. The rates specified for Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services in 1.G. following
contemplate the provision of a digital quality facility utilizing existing interoffice carrier
equipment and/or exchange cable facilities compatible with this service. If equipment, new
facilities or changes to existing facilities are required for the provision of this service, then
charges as specified in Section 4, Special Construction, will apply in addition to the rates for
Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services.
G. Temporary Suspension of Service as defined in Section 3 of this tariff is not allowed.
H. The minimum period for which Digilink and Translink Services are furnished and for which
charges are applicable is six (6) months. The minimum period for Lightlink Service is twelve
(12) months.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS
A. Description of Service
1. Digilink Service is furnished for the simultaneous two-way transmission of digital signals
at synchronous rates of 19.2 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, and 64.0 Kbps between two or more
points located within a LATA. Digilink is furnished for duplex operation only. The
required format and interface specifications are contained in Technical Reference
Publications TR-NWT-000341 and MDP-326-726.
2. Translink Service provides a high capacity channel for the transmission of 1.544 Mbps
isochronous serial data having a line code of Bipolar Return-to-Zero (BPRZ). Translink
Service is provided between two points located within a LATA. The required format and
interface specifications are contained in Technical Reference Publications GR-54 and
GR-342.
3. Fractional DS1 channels are also available and provide simultaneous, two-way
transmission at contiguous bit rates of 128, 256, 384 and 512 Kbps. Fractional DS1
Channels operate over the combined bandwidth of adjacent channels to create a
contiguous bit rate. Due to technical limitations associated with the provision of
Fractional DS1 Channels, this service will be offered only in end offices where a
compatible channel bank exists and the distance between the central office and the
customer designated premises is less than or equal to twelve thousand (12,000) feet.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
A. Description of Service (Continued)
4.
Lightlink Service provides a high capacity channel for the transmission of 44.736 Mbps
isochronous serial data having a line code of bipolar three zero substitution (B3ZS).
Lightlink Service is provided between two points located within a LATA. Lightlink Service
is available utilizing an electrical interface. The interface will have the characteristics of
its respective signal at the point of demarcation. The required format and interface
specifications are contained in Technical Reference Publication 62508 and 62411, and
the associated Addendum TR-INS-000342 and TR-NPL-000054.
5.
A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate termination equipment provided by the
customer is required at a customer's or authorized user's premises to perform such
functions as:
-
6.
proper termination of the service
amplification
signal shaping
remote loop-back
The design, maintenance and operation of Digilink, Translink, and Lightlink Services
contemplate communications originating and terminating as, (1) a customer premises to
customer premises channel via the Company's Serving Wire Center and/or through
remote Serving Wire Centers; (2) a customer premises to the Serving Wire Center
and/or remote Serving Wire Centers - partial channel (link); or (3) a central office to
central office (interoffice) partial channel (link).
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2.
REGULATIONS (Continued)
A. Description of Service (Continued)
7. Service Configurations
There are two types of service configurations over which Link Services are provided:
two-point service and multipoint service. Multipoint service is available with Digilink
Service and involves applications requiring three or more locations. Multipoint service is
not available with Translink Service or Lightlink Service.
a. Two-Point Service
A two-point service connects two customer designated premises, either on a directly
connected basis or through a hub where multiplexing functions are performed or a
customer designated premises.
Applicable rate elements are:
-
Channel Terminations
-
Channel Mileage (as applicable)
-
Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)
The following diagram depicts a two-point service connecting two customer
designated premises located 15 miles apart.
PREMISES
A
|
|
|
|
CT
PREMISES
B
SWC
SWC
CM
CT
CT
Channel Termination
CM
Channel Mileage
SWC Serving Wire Center
Applicable rate elements are:
-
Channel Terminations (2 applicable)
Channel Mileage (1 Termination and 15 Facility)
|
|
|
|
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
A. Description of Service (Continued)
8. Service Configurations (Continued)
b. Multipoint Service
Multipoint service connects three or more customer designated premises through a
Company hub. There is no limitation on the number of mid-links available with
multipoint service. However, when more than three mid-links are provided in
tandem, the quality of the service may be degraded. A mid-link is a channel
between hubs (i.e., bridging locations).
Applicable rate elements are:
-
Channel Terminations (one per customer designated premises)
Channel Mileage (as applicable between each designated customer premises
and the hub, and between hubs)
Additional Optional Features and Functions (when applicable)
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
A.
Description of Service (Continued)
9. Service Configurations (Continued)
b. Multipoint Service (Continued)
The following diagram depicts a service connecting four customer premises via two
customer specified bridging hubs.
PREMISES
A
|
|
SWC
|
|
CM
B
|
|
|
|
CT
|
|
CM
CM
----
-
PREMISES
B
B
CM
CT
CM
B
SWC
SWC
CM
SWC
|
|
CT
|
|
|
|
SWC - - - -
CT
CT
---PREMISES
C
---PREMISES
D
Channel Termination
Channel Mileage
Bridging
Serving Wire Center
Applicable rate elements are:
-
Channel Terminations (4 applicable)
-
Channel Mileage (5 sections, Termination and Facility as appropriate)
-
Bridging (6 applicable, i.e., each bridge port)
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
B. Definitions
1. Central Office Bridging Capability - Provides for the parallel connection of one virtual
circuit to another virtual circuit without interrupting the integrity or continuity of the first.
This service is only available from a Company-designated digital hub.
2. Channel Mileage - Provides for the end office equipment and the transmission channel
between the Serving Wire Centers associated with two customer designated premises,
between a Serving Wire Center associated with a customer designated premises and a
Company hub, or between two Company hubs. Channel Mileage is comprised of
Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) and Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rates.
a.
Channel Mileage Facility (Per Mile) - The Channel Mileage Facility (per mile)
recovers the cost for the transmission path that extends between the Company
Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s) and includes primarily outside plant used to
provide the facility.
b.
Channel Mileage Termination (Fixed) - Channel Mileage Termination (fixed)
recovers the cost for end office equipment associated with terminating the facility
(i.e., basic circuit equipment and terminations at Serving Wire Centers).
3. Channel Service Unit (CSU) - Denotes equipment provided by the customer which
performs one or more of the following functions: termination of a digital facility,
regeneration of digital signals, detection and/or correction of signal format errors and
remote loop back.
4. Channel Termination – The local facility from the customer's designated premises to the
Serving Wire Center.
5. Data Amplification – Provides for data transmission when the customer is located
beyond the normal range for high speed digital data service. Channel Terminations
greater than five (5) cable route miles in length for 19.2 Kbps service or three (3) miles in
length for 56 Kbps and 64 Kbps service may require circuit repeaters and associated
equipment be installed to regenerate the digital signal in order for accurate and
acceptable data transmission to occur. The distances given are an indication of the
potential requirement for Data Amplification. The actual distance is dependent on
decibel (db) loss and not just physical loop length and is a function of the specific
Company cable between the Serving Wire Center and the customer's location.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
B. Definitions (Continued)
6.
Clear Channel Capability (CCC) - Denotes the transport of twenty-four, 64 Kbps
channels over a 1.544 Mbps Translink Service via B8ZS line code format.
7.
Customer Designated Premises - Denotes the premises specified by the customer for
the provision of Link Services.
8.
DS3 - Denotes a channel service expressed in terms of its digitally encoded data bit
rate in accordance with the North American hierarchy of digital signal levels. It has a
44.736 Mbps transmission data rate, and provides for the two-way simultaneous
transmission of randomized Non-Return-to-Zero (NRZ) signals with B3ZS format.
9.
Hub - A Company designated Serving Wire Center at which bridging or multiplexing
functions are performed. The bridging functions performed may be used to connect
three or more customer designated premises in a multipoint arrangement. The
multiplexing functions are to channelize digital facilities to individual services requiring
a lower capacity or bandwidth.
10.
Multipoint Service - Connects three or more customer designated premises through a
Company hub. There is no limitation on the number of mid-links available with
multipoint service. However, when more than three mid-links are provided in tandem,
the quality of the service may be degraded. A mid-link is a channel between hubs
(i.e., bridging locations).
11.
Nonrecurring Charge - A one-time charge for the initial installation, the installation of
functions and features and service rearrangements.
12.
Serving Wire Center - Denotes the wire center from which the customer designated
premises would normally obtain dial tone from the Company.
13.
Two-Point Service - Connects two customer designated premises, either on a directly
connected basis or through a hub where multiplexing functions are performed or a
customer designated premises.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2.
REGULATIONS (Continued)
C. Connections
1.
Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided Derivation Equipment and
Customer-Provided Communications Systems may be connected to Digilink, Translink
and Lightlink Services when such connection is made in accordance with the provisions
specified in (2), (3) and (4) following.
2.
Responsibility of the Company
a. The responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the furnishing and maintenance
of Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services to a network interface on the customer’s
premises where provision is made for the connection of local service.
b. The Company shall not be responsible for installation, operation or maintenance of
any terminal equipment or communications systems provided by the customer.
Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services are not represented as adapted for the use
of such equipment or system. Where such equipment or system is connected to
Company facilities, the responsibility of the Company shall be limited to the
furnishing of facilities suitable for Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services and to the
maintenance and operation in a manner proper for such digital service. The
Company shall not be responsible for:
c.
-
The through transmission of signals generated by such equipment or system, or
for the quality of, or defects in, such transmission, or
-
The reception of signals by such equipment or systems, or
-
Damage to terminal equipment or communications systems provided by a
customer or authorized user due to testing.
The Company shall not be responsible to the customer if changes in any of the
facilities, operations or procedures of the Company utilized in the provision of
Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services render any facilities or equipment provided
by a customer obsolete, or require modification or alteration of such equipment or
system or otherwise affects its use or performance.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
C. Connections (Continued)
2. Responsibility of the Company (Continued)
d. The Company is responsible for maintaining and repairing the facilities it furnishes.
The customer may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any
equipment installed by the Company without prior written consent of the Company.
e. Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services are designed to meet or exceed a
performance objective of 99% error-free seconds of transmission per 1000 seconds
on a daily basis and 99.9% availability on an annual basis when measured through
the digital termination equipment.
f.
In order to maintain the quality of Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services, the
Company reserves the right to perform preventative maintenance and software
updates to the network. The Company has classified maintenance as follows:
(1) Scheduled Maintenance
Scheduled maintenance is performed for functions such as hardware and
software upgrades and network optimization. The Company will perform these
tasks in a maintenance window that is anticipated to minimize disruption of
customer service and activity. The Company will provide advance notice of all
scheduled maintenance.
(2) Demand Maintenance
Demand maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events and is
performed when Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services network elements are
in jeopardy. The Company will perform this type of maintenance at its
discretion. Due to the nature of demand maintenance, prior notification may not
be possible; however, the customer will be informed when the maintenance has
been completed.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
C. Connections (Continued)
3. Responsibility of the Customer
a.
The customer is responsible for installing and testing the customer premises
equipment or facilities to insure that when they are connected to Digilink, Translink
and Lightlink Services such equipment or facilities are operating properly.
b.
The operating characteristics of the customer premises equipment or facilities shall
be such as to not interfere with any of the services offered by the Company. Such
use is subject to the further provisions that the equipment provided by a customer
does not: endanger the safety of Company employees or the public; damage,
require change in or alteration of the equipment or other facilities of the Company;
interfere with the proper functioning of such equipment or facilities; impair the
operation of the Company’s facilities or otherwise injure the public in its use of the
Company’s services. Upon notice that the equipment provided by a customer is
causing or is likely to cause such hazard or interference, the customer shall take
such steps as shall be necessary to remove or prevent such hazard or interference.
c.
The customer’s responsibility shall include cooperative testing with the Company as
may be necessary. Where regeneration and/or equalization adjustments or changes
may be required to compensate for rearrangements and/or changes in outside plant
facilities, the customer will be responsible for all expenses incurred in changes to his
customer premises equipment.
4. Connection of Customer-Provided Terminal Equipment, Customer-Provided Derivation
Equipment and Customer-Provided Communications Systems
a.
The following provisions will apply:
(1) Customer-Provided
Terminal
Equipment
and/or
Customer-Provided
Communications Systems may be connected at the premises of the customer to
Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
C. Connections (Continued)
4. Connection of Customer-Provided… (Continued)
a. The following provisions will apply: (Continued)
(2) The customers, by use of their own derivation equipment, may create digital bit
streams from Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services and such equipment may
be connected for transmission of such bit streams when connected through a
customer-provided CSU.
(3) The undertaking of the Company is to furnish Digilink, Translink and Lightlink
Services as ordered and specified by the customer except as specified in (d)
following.
b. Connections to Other Services Furnished by the Company to the Same Customer
Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Services furnished by the Company may be
connected by the customer to another service or to other services furnished by the
Company as specified in (2) preceding. Connected services are subject to all rules
and regulations governing the provisioning of those services.
c.
Connections to Other Services Furnished by the Company to Different Customers
The customer may connect at the premises of the customer, to another Digilink,
Translink and Lightlink Service or other services furnished by the Company to
different customers as specified in (2) preceding. Connected services are subject to
all rules and regulations governing provisioning of those services.
d. Connection of Channel Service Units
A Channel Service Unit (CSU) or appropriate termination equipment must be
provided by the customer to connect a Company-provided digital facility. This
equipment must comply with the technical requirements outlined in Part 68 of the
FCC Rules and Regulations.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
2. REGULATIONS (Continued)
C. Connections (Continued)
4. Connection of Customer-Provided… (Continued)
e. The customer shall be responsible for payment of a Maintenance of Service Charge,
as set forth in Section 3.2. of this tariff, for visits by the Company to the customer's
premises where the service difficulty or trouble report results from the use of
equipment or facilities provided by the customer.
f.
The customer may not rearrange, disconnect, remove or attempt to repair any
equipment installed by the Company without the prior written consent of the
Company.
g. For maintenance purposes, upon request of the Company, the customer will be
responsible for notifying the Company of the type of digital terminating equipment
used.
3. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP)
A. A Term Discount Plan (TDP) provides the customer with discounted rates for Digilink,
Translink and Lightlink Services. Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Service may be ordered
under a TDP for fixed periods of 12 - 23 months, 24 - 35 months, 36 - 59 months, and 60 84 months. For Lightlink Service, month-to-month rates may apply only after the expiration
of a TDP. All rate elements within the same Digilink, Translink and Lightlink Service facilities
must be ordered under the same commitment period and under the same service date. The
customer must order the TDP in writing to the Company. A TDP may be ordered in onemonth increments, (e.g. a 28-month commitment period or a 37-month commitment period).
B. The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the service is
ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, Nonrecurring Charges do not apply toward
facilities in-service at that time. If a customer converts from month-to-month rates to a TDP
or upgrades from one TDP to another, Nonrecurring Charges and Service Connection
Charges do not apply.
C. At the end of the TDP the customer may subscribe to a new TDP at the prevailing rates set
forth in 1.G. following. If the customer does not select a new TDP, the rates will convert to
the prevailing month-to-month rates.
D. Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan rates for
the remaining term of the TDP. If Company initiated rate increases to any rate element or
combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire Digilink, Translink or Lightlink
Service under the TDP to increase by 10% or more annually, then the customer may cancel
the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided the customer notifies the
Company within 30 days after the effective date of the rate increase.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 14
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
3. TERM DISCOUNT PLAN (TDP) (Continued)
E. The customer can extend TDP commitment periods at any time during the term of the plan,
up to a maximum of 84 months. The number of remaining months in the original term plan
will become part of the total term in the new term plan.
4. TERMINATION LIABILITY CHARGES
A. If a customer under a Term Discount Plan (TDP) disconnects all or a portion of Digilink,
Translink or Lightlink Service prior to the expiration of the TDP, then a Termination Liability
Charge will apply to those services that are disconnected. The Termination Liability Charge
will be a one-time charge equal to sum of 50% of the payments remaining for the rest of the
TDP.
B. Customers may move Channel Terminations and not be subject to Termination Liability
Charges providing the terms of the TDP are maintained. If charges as specified in 1.A.6.
were applied to the service being terminated or moved, any termination or move charges
associated with that construction apply, as well as any construction charges at the new
location.
C. Termination Liability Charges will not apply when a service or rate element under a TDP is
disconnected prior to the expiration of a selected service period as a result of a change in
tariff jurisdiction and/or a customer requested upgrade to a next generation service offering,
under the following conditions:
1. The service period of the new TDP for the new service offering is a period equal to or
exceeding the remaining service period of the disconnected TDP, and
2. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are related
together, and there is no lapse in service between the installation of the new service and
the disconnection of the old service, and
3. The service orders to install the new service and disconnect the old service are for the
same customer at the same location.
D. The Company will determine whether the replacement service qualifies as a next generation
service offering.
E. Nonrecurring charges and Service Connection Charges for the new service will apply
according to the requirements of the new service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 15
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
5. RATE CATEGORIES
A. Digilink Service
There are two rate categories which apply to Digilink Service:
-
Channel Termination
Channel Mileage
1. Channel Termination
The Channel Termination rate category provides for the communications path between a
customer designated premises and the Serving Wire Center. Included as part of the
Channel Termination is a standard channel interface arrangement which defines the
technical characteristics associated with the type of facilities to which the service is to be
connected at the point of termination (POT) and the type of signaling capability if any.
The signaling capability itself is provided as a part of this rate category. One Channel
Termination charge applies per customer designated premises at which the channel is
terminated. Channel Termination charges are set forth in 1.G.1.
2. Channel Mileage
The Channel Mileage rate category provides for the end office equipment and the
transmission channel between the Serving Wire Centers associated with two customer
designated premises, between a Serving Wire Center associated with a customer
designated premises and a Company hub, or between two Company hubs. Channel
Mileage rates are made up of the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate and the
Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate. Channel Mileage charges are set forth in
1.G.2.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 16
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
5. RATE CATEGORIES (Continued)
A. Digilink Service (Continued)
2. Channel Mileage (Continued)
a. Channel Mileage Facility (Per Mile)
The Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate recovers the cost for the transmission
path, which extends between the Company Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s) and
includes primarily outside plant used to provide the facility.
b. Channel Mileage Termination (Fixed)
The Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate recovers the cost for end office
equipment associated with terminating the facility (i.e., basic circuit equipment and
terminations at Serving Wire Centers). The Company applies a 50% billing
percentage to the channel mileage fixed rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies
100% on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is
zero (i.e., collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility
(per mile) rate nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 17
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
5. RATE CATEGORIES (Continued)
B. Translink Service
There are two rate categories which apply to Translink Service:
-
Channel Termination
Channel Mileage
1. Channel Termination
The Channel Termination rate category provides for the communications path between a
customer designated premises and the Serving Wire Center. Included as part of the
Channel Termination is a standard channel interface arrangement which defines the
technical characteristics associated with the type of facilities to which the service is to be
connected at the point of termination (POT) and the type of signaling capability if any.
The signaling capability itself is provided as a part of this rate category. One Channel
Termination charge applies per customer designated premises at which the channel is
terminated. Channel Termination charges are set forth in 1.G.1.
2. Channel Mileage
The Channel Mileage rate category provides for the end office equipment and the
transmission channel between the Serving Wire Centers associated with two customer
designated premises, between a Serving Wire Center associated with a customer
designated premises and a Company hub, or between two Company hubs. Channel
Mileage rates are made up of the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate and the
Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate. Channel Mileage charges are set forth in
1.G.2.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 18
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
5. RATE CATEGORIES (Continued)
B. Translink Service (Continued)
2. Channel Mileage (Continued)
a. Channel Mileage Facility (Per Mile)
The Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate recovers the cost for the transmission
path, which extends between the Company Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s)
includes primarily outside plant used to provide the facility.
b. Channel Mileage Termination (Fixed)
The Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate recovers the cost for end office
equipment associated with terminating the facility (i.e., basic circuit equipment and
terminations at Serving Wire Centers). The Company applies a 50% billing
percentage to the channel mileage fixed rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies
100% on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is
zero (i.e., collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility
(per mile) rate nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 19
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
5.
RATE CATEGORIES (Continued)
C. Lightlink Service
There are two rate categories which apply to Lightlink Service:
-
Channel Termination
Channel Mileage
1. Channel Termination
The Channel Termination rate category provides for the communications path between a
customer designated premises and the Serving Wire Center. Included as part of the
Channel Termination is a standard channel interface arrangement which defines the
technical characteristics associated with the type of facilities to which the service is to be
connected at the point of termination (POT) and the type of signaling capability if any.
The signaling capability itself is provided as a part of this rate category. One Channel
Termination charge applies per customer designated premises at which the channel is
terminated. The charges applicable to the Channel Termination vary based on distance,
as set forth in 1.G.1. following.
2. Channel Mileage
The Channel Mileage rate category provides for the end office equipment and the
transmission channel between the Serving Wire Centers associated with two customer
designated premises, between a Serving Wire Center associated with a customer
designated premises and a Company hub, or between two Company hubs. Channel
Mileage rates are made up of the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate and the
Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate. Channel Mileage charges are set forth in
1.G.2.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 20
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
5. RATE CATEGORIES (Continued)
C. Lightlink Service (Continued)
2.
Channel Mileage (Continued)
a. Channel Mileage Facility (Per Mile)
The Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate recovers the cost for the transmission
path, which extends between the Company Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s)
includes primarily outside plant used to provide the facility.
b. Channel Mileage Termination (Fixed)
The Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate recovers the cost for end office
equipment associated with terminating the facility (i.e., basic circuit equipment and
terminations at Serving Wire Centers). The Company applies a 50% billing
percentage to the channel mileage fixed rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies
100% on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is
zero (i.e., collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility
(per mile) rate nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 21
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
5. RATE CATEGORIES (Continued)
D. Optional Features and Functions - Applicable to Translink and Lightlink Service
Optional Features and Functions may be added to improve the quality or utility to meet the
customer’s specific communications requirements. These are not necessarily identifiable
with specific equipment, but rather represent the end result in terms of performance
characteristics, which may be obtained. These characteristics may be obtained by using
various combinations of equipment. Optional Features and Functions that are available
include the following:
1. Central Office Multiplexing
DS3 to DS1 - An arrangement that converts a 44.736 Mbps channel to 28 DS1 channels
using digital time division multiplexing. Central Office Multiplexing is not available at the
customer's premises.
DS1 to DS0 - An arrangement that converts a 1.544 Mbps channel to twenty-four (24)
64.0 Kbps channels utilizing digital time division multiplexing. Central Office Multiplexing
is not available at the customer's premises.
2. Clear Channel Capability (CCC)
Clear Channel Capability (CCC) is an arrangement that alters a DS1/1.544 Mbps signal
with unconstrained information bits to meet pulse density requirements outlined in
Technical Reference Publications GR-54 and GR-342. This will allow a customer to
transport an all zero octet over a DS1/1.544 Mbps channel providing an available
combined maximum 1.536 Mbps data rate. This arrangement requires the customer
signal at the channel interface to conform to Bipolar with 8 Zero Substitution (B8ZS) line
code as described in Technical Reference Publications GR-54 and GR-342.
CCC is provided on DS1/1.544 Mbps channels of a Translink and Lightlink Service
facility between two customer designated premises and is subject to the availability of
facilities. This optional feature may be ordered at the same time the Translink and
Lightlink Service channel is ordered, or it may be ordered as an additional feature of an
existing Translink and Lightlink Service channel.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 22
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
5. RATE CATEGORIES (Continued)
D. Optional Features and Functions - Applicable to Translink and Lightlink Service (Continued)
3. Extended Superframe Format (ESF)
The ESF optional feature is available at suitably equipped end offices, and passes a
customer provided framing format for 1.544 Mbps service. ESF extends the customer’s
1.544 Mbps framing structure from twelve (12) to twenty-four (24) frames and divides the
8 Kbps 193rd bit position pattern into three distinct functionalities: 2 Kbps for frame
synchronization, 2 Kbps for cyclic redundancy checking, and 4 Kbps used primarily for
performance monitoring information.
4. Multiplexed Service Connection
For Translink Service, a Multiplexed Service Connection is an arrangement that allows
one DS0 channel of a multiplexed Company service to be connected to one DS0
channel with like signaling of another Company service. A Multiplexed Service
Connection will be provided at all Company locations where Central Office Multiplexing
is performed.
For Lightlink Service, a Multiplexed Service Connection is an arrangement that allows
one DS1 channel of a multiplexed Company service to be connected to one DS1
channel with like signaling of another Company service. For example, the lesser speed
may be an ISDN-PRI DS1 channel connected between a multiplexed DS3 service. A
Multiplexed Service Connection will be provided at all Company locations where Central
Office Multiplexing is performed.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 23
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
6. APPLICATION OF RATES
A. Digilink Service
1. Each Digilink Service facility may be comprised of two or more Channel Terminations.
Where both customer premises are served by the same Serving Wire Center, the
service will consist of two or more Channel Terminations. Where each customer
premises is served by different Serving Wire Centers, the service will consist of two or
more Channel Terminations, one Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) and the Channel
Mileage Facility (per mile) between Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s).
2. Intraexchange channels furnished between Company central offices will be charged at
rates based on airline distance between the central offices. Interexchange channels will
be charged at rates based on airline distance between Company central offices.
Fractional mileage will be rounded up to the next full mile. The mileage measurement is
determined by utilizing exchange maps and mileage tables located in designated
Company offices for such purposes.
3. Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Company and another telephone
company, the regulations, rates and charges of the other telephone company shall apply
for the equipment and facilities furnished by the other telephone company for use in
connection with Digilink Service. The Company applies a 50% billing percentage to the
Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies 100% on
wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is zero (i.e.,
collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate
nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 24
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
6. APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued)
A. Digilink Service (Continued)
4. Data Amplification provides for data transmission when the customer is located beyond
the normal range for high speed digital data service. Local channel terminations greater
than five (5) cable route miles in length for 19.2 Kbps service or three (3) miles in length
for 56 Kbps and 64 Kbps service may require circuit repeaters and associated
equipment be installed to regenerate the digital signal in order for accurate and
acceptable data transmission to occur. The distances given are an indication of the
potential requirement for Data Amplification. The actual distance is dependent on
decibel (db) loss and not just physical loop length and is a function of the specific
Company cable between the serving wire center and the customer's location.
Applications requiring Data Amplification may also require special construction charges,
Special Construction, as specified in Section 4 of this tariff.
5. One Central Office Bridging Capability charge applies per port. When more than one
Serving Wire Center is involved, the origin of the bridge(s) will dictate if there are
additional interoffice transport charges (i.e., Channel Mileage Facility, Per Mileage).
Refer to diagrams in 1.B.1.(g) preceding.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 25
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
6. APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued)
B. Translink Service
1. Each Translink Service facility is comprised of two Channel Terminations. Where both
customer premises are served by the same Serving Wire Center, the service will consist
of two Channel Terminations. Where each customer premises is served by different
Serving Wire Centers, the service will consist of two Channel Terminations, one Channel
Mileage Termination (fixed) and the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) between Serving
Wire Centers and/or hub(s).
2. Intraexchange channels furnished between Company central offices will be charged at
rates based on airline distance between the central offices. Interexchange channels will
be charged at rates based on airline distance between Company central offices.
Fractional mileage will be rounded up to the next full mile. The mileage measurement is
determined by utilizing exchange maps and mileage tables located in designated
Company offices for such purposes.
3. Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Company and another telephone
company, the regulations, rates and charges of the other telephone company shall apply
for the equipment and facilities furnished by the other telephone company for use in
connection with Translink Service. The Company applies a 50% billing percentage to
the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies 100%
on wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is zero (i.e.,
collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate
nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 26
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
6. APPLICATION OF RATES (Continued)
C. Lightlink Service
1. Each Lightlink Service facility may be comprised of one or two Channel Terminations.
Where both customer premises are served by the same Serving Wire Center, the
service will consist of two Channel Terminations. Where each customer premises is
served by different Serving Wire Centers, the service will consist of two Channel
Terminations, one Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) and the Channel Mileage Facility
(per mile) between Serving Wire Centers and/or hub(s). Where one customer premises
is involved, the Channel Termination of a lower bandwidth service can be replaced with
a Lightlink Service Channel Termination. For example, the Channel Termination
associated with ISDN-PRI Service, referred to as an ISDN-PRI Primary Rate Access
Line, can be replaced with a Lightlink Service Channel Termination to connect the ISDNPRI Service to the Serving Wire Center of the customer's designated premises.
2. The Channel Termination rate element for Lightlink Service will vary based on distance.
The mileage used to determine the monthly rate for Channel Terminations located
outside a Company central office is the airline distance between the customer’s
designated premises and the Company's Serving Wire Center.
The mileage
measurement is determined by utilizing exchange maps and mileage tables located in
designated Company offices for such purposes.
3. Intraexchange channels furnished between Company central offices will be charged at
rates based on airline distance between the central offices. Interexchange channels will
be charged at rates based on airline distance between Company central offices.
Fractional mileage will be rounded up to the next full mile.
4. Whenever facilities are provided jointly by the Company and another telephone
company, the regulations, rates and charges of the other telephone company shall apply
for the equipment and facilities furnished by the other telephone company for use in
connection with Lightlink Service. The Company applies a 50% billing percentage to the
Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate on jointly owned circuits, and applies 100% on
wholly owned circuits. When the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) is zero (i.e.,
collocated Serving Wire Centers), neither the Channel Mileage Facility (per mile) rate
nor the Channel Mileage Termination (fixed) rate will apply.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 27
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
7. RATES AND CHARGES
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
Installation
Nonrecurring
Charge
Rearrangement
A. Channel Termination
- Per Point of Termination
1. Digilink Service
19.2 Kbps
Month to Month
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
56.0 Kbps, 64.0 Kbps
Month to Month
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
$100.00
95.00
93.00
91.00
88.00
$276.16
276.16
276.16
276.16
276.16
$150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
100.00
95.00
93.00
91.00
88.00
276.16
276.16
276.16
276.16
276.16
150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 28
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
7. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
Monthly
Rate
A. Channel Termination (Continued)
- Per Point of Termination
Nonrecurring
Charge
Installation
Nonrecurring
Charge
Rearrangement
2. Translink Service
128 Kbps
Month to Month
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
256 Kbps
Month to Month
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
384 Kbps
Month to Month
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
512 Kbps
Month to Month
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
1.544 Mbps
Month to Month
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
$115.00
109.00
107.00
105.00
101.00
$281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
$200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
119.00
113.00
111.00
108.00
104.00
281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
124.00
118.00
115.00
113.00
109.00
281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
131.00
124.00
122.00
119.00
115.00
281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
149.29
142.00
139.00
136.00
131.00
281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
281.41
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 29
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
7. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
Monthly
Rate
A. Channel Termination (Continued)
- Per Point of Termination
Nonrecurring
Charge
Installation
Nonrecurring
Charge
Rearrangement
3. Lightlink Service
44.736 Mbps
Month to Month(1)
Within CO
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
(1)
$1,395.00
1,695.00
2,595.00
N/A
N/A
N/A
$250.00
250.00
250.00
12 - 23 Months
Within CO
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
1,195.00
1,495.00
2,395.00
$900.00
900.00
900.00
250.00
250.00
250.00
24 - 35 Months
Within CO
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
1,095.00
1,395.00
2,295.00
800.00
850.00
850.00
250.00
250.00
250.00
36 - 59 Months
Within CO
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
1,045.00
1,345.00
2,195.00
700.00
800.00
800.00
250.00
250.00
250.00
60 - 84 Months
Within CO
0-3 miles
Over 3 miles
945.00
1,245.00
1,995.00
500.00
600.00
600.00
250.00
250.00
250.00
Month-to-month rates are available only after the expiration of one of the Term Discount Plans.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 30
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
7. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
B. Channel Mileage
1. Termination (Fixed)
- Per Circuit
a. Digilink Service
19.2 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, 64.0 Kbps
Month to Month
$50.00
12 - 23 Months
48.00
24 - 35 Months
47.00
36 - 59 Months
46.00
60 - 84 Months
44.00
$0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
b. Translink Service
128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, 1.544 Mbps
Month to Month
$69.96
$0.00
12 - 23 Months
66.00
0.00
24 - 35 Months
65.00
0.00
36 - 59 Months
64.00
0.00
60 - 84 Months
61.00
0.00
c.
Lightlink Service
44.736 Mbps
Month to Month (1)
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
(1)
$750.00
725.00
715.00
700.00
685.00
N/A
$0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Month-to-month rates are available only after the expiration of one of the Term Discount Plans.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 31
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
7. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
B. Channel Mileage (Continued)
2. Facility (Per Mile)
a. Digilink Service
19.2 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, 64.0 Kbps
Month to Month
$2.00
12 - 23 Months
1.90
24 - 35 Months
1.86
36 - 59 Months
1.82
60 - 84 Months
1.75
$0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
b. Translink Service
128 Kbps, 256 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, 1.544 Mbps
Month to Month
$28.77
$0.00
12 - 23 Months
27.33
0.00
24 - 35 Months
26.76
0.00
36 - 59 Months
26.18
0.00
60 - 84 Months
25.17
0.00
c.
Lightlink Service
44.736 Mbps
Month to Month (1)
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
(1)
$145.00
130.00
115.00
110.00
105.00
N/A
$0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
Month-to-month rates are available only after the expiration of one of the Term Discount Plans.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 32
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
7. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
C. Optional Features and Functions
1. Translink Service
a. Central Office Multiplexing
DS1 to DS0
Per Arrangement
Month to Month
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
$251.00
251.00
251.00
251.00
251.00
$96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
b. Clear Channel Capability (CCC)
- Per Channel Termination
$0.00
$320.00
c.
Extended Superframe Format (ESF)
- Per Channel Termination
N/A
d. Multiplexed Service Connection
- Per DS0
N/A
$8.00
$100.00
$475.00
475.00
475.00
475.00
475.00
N/A
$150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
b. Clear Channel Capability (CCC)(2)
- Per Channel Termination
$0.00
$275.00
2. Lightlink Service
a. Central Office Multiplexing
DS3 to DS1
Per Arrangement
Month to Month(1)
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
c.
Multiplexed Service Connection
- Per DS1
$8.00
$65.00
(1)
Month-to-month rates are available only after the expiation of one of the Term Discount Plans.
(2)
A nonrecurring charge will apply when clear channel capability is ordered for a DS1 circuit already in
service and will not apply when provided as part of the initial installation.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 33
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
7. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
D. Data Amplification (2)
- Per Repeater
Monthly
Rate
Nonrecurring
Charge
$85.00
$100.00
$25.00
22.00
20.00
18.00
16.00
$108.61
108.61
108.61
108.61
108.61
E. Central Office Bridging Capability (2)
- Per Port
19.2 Kbps, 56.0 Kbps, 64.0 Kbps
Month to Month
12 - 23 Months
24 - 35 Months
36 - 59 Months
60 - 84 Months
(2)
Circuit Repeater and Central Office Bridging Capability only apply to Digilink Service.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 26
Page No.: 34
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
LINK SERVICES
7. RATES AND CHARGES (Continued)
F. Nonrecurring Charge
The Installation Nonrecurring Charge is applicable for the initial installation of a Channel
Termination to a given Serving Wire Center. The Rearrangement Nonrecurring Charge is
applicable for any rearrangement of an existing Channel Termination.
G. Move Charges
A Move Charge applies for Channel Terminations moved to a new location, even when
moved on the same premises. The Move Charge is equal to the Channel Termination
Installation Nonrecurring Charge and applies in addition to the Service Ordering Charge
located in Section 12 of this tariff.
H. Service Charges
A Service Ordering Charge as set forth in Section 12 of this tariff is applicable per customer
request. Nonrecurring Charges specified in this tariff section are in lieu of all other Service
Connection Charges.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 1
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
1.
CENTREX SERVICE II
A.
General
Centrex Service II is a central office communications system package provided on individual
access lines from Telephone Company central office equipment. The service provides local
exchange access, interexchange access, intrasystem communication, and Centrex Service II
feature packages. Customers subscribing to Centrex Service II with 26 or more Centrex
Service II access lines may subscribe to Centrex Service II as Special Pricing.
B.
Definitions
Abbreviated Dialing
Allows station abbreviated dialing (i.e., 3, 4, or 5 digit dialing) to other station members within
the same customer group.
Auto Answer Back
Allows any incoming call to the Primary Directory Number of the set to be automatically
answered after four seconds.
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD)
Automatic Call Distribution is a digital central office service that provides advanced call
distribution and queuing capabilities as an integrated function of Centrex Service II. The
customer must subscribe to and maintain a minimum of two ACD positions and at least one
ACD group.
Automatic Line
Provides an automatic connection between a calling station that goes off-hook and a
predetermined terminating number.
Call Forward - Universal, Busy, and No Answer
Allows a customer to have incoming calls to a station automatically forwarded to a
predetermined telephone number, either on all calls and/or busy calls and/or calls not
answered.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 2
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
1.
CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)
B.
Definitions (Continued)
Call Hold
Allows the station user to hold one call for any length of time provided neither party hangs up.
The station user may also place other calls while a call is on hold.
Call Park
Allows the station user to park one call against its own directory number. The parked call can
be retrieved from any station within the same customer group. Once a call is parked against
a directory number, the user is free to make or receive calls on that directory number.
Call Pick-Up
Allows the station user to answer incoming calls directed to another station within a defined
pick-up group by dialing a feature activation code.
Call Transfer
Allows a station to transfer an incoming call to another extension.
Call Waiting
Informs a station user, while on an established call, that a second call is waiting.
Class of Service Restrictions
Defines the specific features and calling patterns available to stations and attendants within a
customer group. Access code restrictions can be set up to restrict stations and attendants
from trunk types such as local, toll, DID, and WATS. The following options are available:
- Fully Restricted Service – Allows intragroup dialing only. The station user must dial 9
- Toll Restricted Service – Allows intragroup and local dialing only. The station user must dial
9
- Unrestricted Service – Allows full access to all facilities. The station user must dial 9
- Unrestricted Assume Dial 9 – Same as unrestricted; however, the station user cannot utilize
abbreviated dialing
Note: 900 and 976 block are available with all options
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 3
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
1.
CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)
B.
Definitions (Continued)
Direct Inward Dialing
Allows for incoming calls from the exchange network to reach a specific station. The calling
party dials the seven-digit directory number to reach the station.
Direct Outward Dialing
Allows a station user to place external calls to the exchange network by dialing the access
code (usually the digit 9), receiving an optional second dial tone, then dialing the external
number.
Distinctive Ringing
Provides the station user the ability to determine whether the call is from a station within the
customer group or from the exchange network by the cadence of the ringing of the phone.
The ringing cadence will be one (1) long ring for internal calls and two (2) short rings for
external calls.
Last Number Redial
Enables the station user to redial the last called number by pressing a single key rather than
dialing the entire number.
Meet-Me-Conference
Allows up to six (6) conferees to hold a conference call by dialing a directory number at a
specified time. Meet-Me-Conference is limited to one (1) per Centrex Service II access line.
Multiple Appearance Directory Number (MADN)
A directory number that is assigned to more than one station.
Music On-Hold
Provides the music-on-hold capability to calls that terminate on business sets. When a call is
put on hold, the caller hears music, announcement, silence, or a combination of the three
treatments. The music source must be provided by the subscriber and requires an additional
Centrex Service II access line connecting the customer’s music source to the Company’s
central office.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 4
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
I.
CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)
B.
Definitions (Continued)
Ring Again
Allows a station user encountering a busy station to be notified when the busy station
becomes idle and to be placed automatically in a ring-again mode.
Secondary Directory Number
Directory number not associated with a line, but assigned for use with priority hunting.
Secondary Directory Numbers are limited to two (2) per Centrex Service II access line.
Speed Call Long (30)
Provides for the calling of up to 30 numbers by dialing an abbreviated code.
Speed Call Short (10)
Provides for the calling of up to 10 numbers by dialing an abbreviated code.
Station Hunting (sequential, circular, multiline)
Allows a call to be routed to another telephone number when the called station is busy.
Three-Way Conference With Consultation Hold and Transfer
Allows a station user to call a third party to conference the third party in, notify the third party
of a call being transferred or consult with the third party while the other party is on hold.
Touch-Tone
A central office provided tone network signaling arrangement for origination of telephone
calling.
Uniform Call Distribution (UCD)
Allows for an even distribution of incoming calls to a listed directory number. Each station
has its own directory number. Included with this feature is the provision of message
announcement for calls in queuing. The customer will be responsible for providing the
compatible tape and the announcement.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 5
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
1.
CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)
C.
Regulations
1.
Centrex Service II is provided subject to the availability of facilities and central office
equipment as determined by the Company.
2.
Centrex Service II does not include terminal equipment on the customer’s premises.
Provision of the telephone instruments or other equipment is the responsibility of the
customer. Some features require specific customer provided customer premises
equipment (CPE). In addition, not all CPE will support all features.
3.
Directory Listings are furnished in accordance with the rates and regulations specified
in Section 5 of this tariff.
4.
Service Connection Charges as specified in Section 12 of this tariff apply to the
services offered in this section and are in addition to the Service Establishment
Translation Charge. For feature changes after the initial installation, the Service
Ordering Charge will apply in addition to applicable nonrecurring charges.
5.
The minimum service period for Centrex Service II is one month.
6.
The quality of transmission for calls utilizing call forwarding or conferencing may vary
depending on the distance and routing involved.
7.
Directory Assistance charges, as specified in Section 17 of this tariff, apply to Centrex
Service II.
8.
Call Forward-Universal, Busy, and No Answer shall not be used to extend calls on a
planned and continuing basis to intentionally avoid the payment in whole or in part of
message toll charges that would regularly be applicable between the station originating
the call and the station to which the call is transferred nor shall it be used to simulate
rotary service from the Telephone Company central office. Each Centrex Service II
access line allows for the forwarding of one call at a given time.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 6
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
1.
CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)
C.
Regulations (Continued)
9.
Seasonal Service, as specified in Section 2 of this tariff, is not allowed for Centrex
Service II.
10.
Not all Centrex Service II features are compatible with one another.
Some
combinations of features will not work when applied on the same Centrex Service II
access line.
11.
Centrex Service II is not offered in conjunction with key or PBX trunk local exchange
service.
12.
The assignment of telephone numbers and the sequence of the numbers assigned to a
Centrex Service II are made at the discretion of the Company. The Company does not
guarantee to provide telephone numbers arranged in a consecutive manner. If the
customer requests telephone numbers under a special numbering arrangement to be
terminated in a Centrex Service II customer group, then additional recurring and nonrecurring charges may apply as determined on a Special Assemblies as specified in
Section 4.5.
13.
Centrex Service II is not provided in association with Local Measured Service,
residential lines, or Payphone Line Service.
14.
All exchange access lines terminating in a Centrex Service II system must be served by
the same central office or associated remote switch.
15.
The rates and charges applicable to Extended Area Service (EAS), as specified in
Section 1 of this Tariff also apply per Centrex Service II access line and will be included
with the Centrex Service II Access Line as a single item on the customer’s bill.
16.
The Company shall not be liable, directly or indirectly for damages, unless caused by
gross negligence of the Company in failing to maintain reasonable standards of
maintenance and inspection and exercise reasonable supervision.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 7
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
1.
CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)
D.
Service Features
1.
Standard Features
The Centrex Service II access line rate includes the following features, however the
customer may select which features are activated on a per line basis.
Abbreviated Dialing
Auto Answer Back
Call Forward - Universal, Busy, and No Answer
Call Hold
Call Transfer
Call Waiting
Direct Inward Dialing
Direct Outward Dialing
Last Number Redial
Speed Call Short (10)
Station Hunting
Three-Way Conference with Consultation Hold and Transfer
Touch-Tone Service
2.
Optional Features
The following optional features are available at the monthly rate specified in Section
27.I.F.5.
Automatic Call Distribution
Automatic Line
Call Park/Call Pick-Up
Class-of-Service Restrictions
Distinctive Ringing/Ring Again
Meet-Me-Conference
Multiple Appearance Directory Number (MADN)
Music On-Hold
Secondary Directory Number
Speed Call Long (30)
Uniform Call Distribution
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 8
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
1.
CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)
E.
Term Discount Plan (TDP)
1.
Term Discount Plans (TDPs) are available for Centrex Service II, and provide the
customer with discounted rates. The customer must agree to a minimum service
commitment period for Centrex Service II when the TDP is established. The customer
must order a TDP in writing to the Company. A TDP may be ordered based on the
following plan options:
Plan A:
Plan B:
1 Year
3 Year
2.
The customer must specify the length of the initial service period at the time the
service is ordered. When a customer converts to a TDP, no Service Establishment
Translation Charge is applied toward Centrex Service II facilities in-service at that
time. If a customer moves from a month to month plan to a TDP, or upgrades from a
1 year TDP to a 3 year TDP, then no Service Establishment Translation Charge is
applied.
3.
If a TDP customer disconnects service prior to the end of the TDP, the customer is
liable for 100% of the payments remaining for the remainder of the term plan. If
Special Construction Charges were applied to the service being terminated, any
termination charges associated with those services will also apply.
4.
Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term plan
rates for the remaining term of the TDP. If Company initiated rate increases to any
rate element or combination of rate elements causes the charges for the entire
Centrex Service II under the TDP to increase by 10% or more annually, then the
customer may cancel the TDP without incurring termination liability charges provided
that the customer notifies the Company within 30 days after the effective date of the
rate increase.
5.
TDP commitment periods can be extended by the customer at any time during the
term of the plan, up to a maximum of 3 years. The number of months accrued in the
current plan will apply toward the new plan selected.
6.
Upon expiration of the TDP service commitment period, the customer may subscribe
to a new TDP at the prevailing rates set forth in Section 27.I.F.1. following. At the end
of the TDP service commitment period there is no automatic renewal of the TDP, and
the rates will convert to the prevailing month to month rates unless the customer
selects a new TDP.
7.
Customers under a TDP who change physical locations will not be subject to
termination charges if the customer subscribes to a new Centrex Service II TDP at the
new location.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 9
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
1.
CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)
F.
Rates and Charges
1.
Business, Centrex Service II Access Line
Monthly
Rate
Month to Month
1 Year
3 Year
2.
$30.00
28.00
26.00
Service Establishment Translation Charge
Nonrecurring
Charge
$50.00
3.
a.
This charge applies when performing the central office translation associated
with configuring a Centrex Service II customer's network parameters.
b.
This charge applies to each Centrex Service II customer group translation
activity performed.
c.
An Installation Charge as specified in Section 12 of this tariff applies to the
services offered in this section and is in addition to the Service Establishment
Translation Charge. The Installation Charge is applicable on a per access line
basis.
Feature Change Charge
Nonrecurring
Charge
4.
a.
Per line
Maximum charge per order
$10.00
50.00
b.
This charge applies when performing changes to service features after the initial
installation. This charge applies to both standard features and optional features.
c.
For feature changes after the initial installation, a Service Ordering Charge will
also apply.
Federal monthly end user charges apply on a per line basis, as described in Embarq
LOCs’ FCC Tariff No. 1, Section 4 (e.g., End User Common Line (EUCL),
Presubscribed Interexchange Carrier Charge (PICC), Line Port Charge (LPC), Local
Number Portability (LNP), Federal Universal Service Fund (USF).
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 10
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
1.
CENTREX SERVICE II (Continued)
F.
Rates and Charges (Continued)
5.
Optional Features
Monthly
Rate
Automatic Call Distribution
Automatic Line
Call Park/Call Pick-Up
Class-of-Service Restrictions
Distinctive Ringing/Ring Again
Meet-Me-Conference
Multiple Appearance Directory Number
(per number, per appearance)
Music On-Hold (per customer group)
Secondary Directory Number
(per directory number)
Speed Call Long (30) (per customer group)
Uniform Call Distribution
ICB
$ 2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
20.25
3.00
25.00
3.00
5.00
ICB
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 11
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
2. SOLUTIONS - RESIDENCE
A. General
Solutions is an optional residence service enrollment plan. This Plan permits a customer to
receive Local Exchange Service plus a package of Custom Calling and ExpressTouch Features
for a flat monthly rate, for each Solutions package residence line provided.
B. Regulations
Solutions customers may terminate their enrollment in the Plan at any time upon notice to the
Company.
Unless terminated by the Solutions customer or the Company, a customer will remain enrolled in
the Plan, as amended from time-to-time, with any applicable changes in rate, for as long as the
Plan continues to be offered by the Company.
The Plan is not available with Residential ISDN-BRI Service lines or to customers who are or
become toll restricted.
No more than four (4) residence lines can be enrolled with the Solutions option for each customer
Billed Telephone Number account.
Service Connection Charges do not apply when Solutions replaces existing Local Exchange
Service or if the customer requests a change from Solutions back to regulated Local Exchange
Service. The Residence Flat Rate Local Exchange Service Installation Charge as specified in
Section 1 of this tariff apply for new and additional Solutions lines and moves of existing
Solutions lines.
Solutions customers are not eligible for promotional offerings associated with the Custom Calling
Services included in the Plan, unless specifically provided for in a promotional offering.
Customer Referral Program
1. Existing residential customers subscribed to one of the following combinations of services
who submit a referral via the Company’s Internet website will receive a $25 bill credit if the
referral results in the activation of either of the qualifying service combinations by the referred
customer within sixty days of the referral:
a. Core Solution Package with Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Long
Distance,
b. Core Solution Plus Package with Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Long
Distance,
c.
Personal II Solution Package with Embarq Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited
Long Distance,
d. Home II Solution Package with one required Premium Enhanced Service
(LineGuard/Data LineGuard, Home Phone Warranty or VoiceMail) and Embarq
Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited Long Distance.
e. Progressive Plan Solution Package.
2. The referring customer will receive the bill credit within sixty days of the referred customer
subscribing to the same services. Multiple credits may be received by the referring customer,
with one credit rendered per bill cycle and unused credits rolling over to future months.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 12
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
2.
SOLUTIONS - RESIDENCE (Continued)
C.
Rates and Charges
S&E Code
(1)
Monthly Rate(1)
Core Solution
Local Exchange Service
Call Waiting - Optional
or Talking Call Waiting - Optional
Call Forwarding
Three-Way Calling
Caller ID w/Name
Anonymous Call Rejection
Repeat Dialing
Return Call
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Speed Dial 8
Selective Call Acceptance
Selective Call Forwarding
Selective Call Ring
Selective Call Rejection
1FLCIBC
$34.75
Clear Solution
Local Exchange Service
Call Forwarding
Three-Way Calling
Caller ID w/Name
Anonymous Call Rejection
Repeat Dialing
Return Call
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Speed Dial 8
Selective Call Acceptance
Selective Call Forwarding
Selective Call Ring
Selective Call Rejection
1FLCIBD
$33.75
The Solutions monthly rate and the applicable EAS monthly rate will appear as a single item on the
customer’s bill.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 13
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
2.
SOLUTIONS - RESIDENCE (Continued)
C.
Rates and Charges (Continued)
Monthly Rate(1)
Personal II Solution(2)
Local Exchange Service
Call Waiting - Optional
or Talking Call Waiting - Optional
Call Waiting ID
Call Forwarding
Three-Way Calling
Caller ID w/Name
Return Call
Repeat Dialing
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Selective Call Forward
$31.95
Core Solution Plus
Local Exchange Service
Call Waiting - Optional
or Talking Call Waiting - Optional
Call Forwarding
Three-Way Calling
Caller ID w/Name
Anonymous Call Rejection
Repeat Dialing
Return Call
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Speed Dial 8
Selective Call Acceptance
Selective Call Forwarding
Selective Call Ring
Selective Call Rejection
Privacy ID
$38.75
(1)
The Solutions monthly rate and the applicable EAS monthly rate will appear as a single item on the
customer’s bill.
(2)
Privacy ID is available as an add-on to this package at the monthly rate shown in Section 3.7.H.2 of
this tariff.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 14
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
2.
SOLUTIONS - RESIDENCE (Continued)
C.
Rates and Charges (Continued)
Monthly Rate
Special Plan Bundle (2)
Local Exchange Service
Call Waiting - Optional
or Talking Call Waiting - Optional
Call Waiting ID
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Caller ID with Name
Return Call
Repeat Dialing
Anonymous Call Rejection
Call Forwarding
Selective Call Acceptance
$39.95 (1)
Progressive Plan (3)
Local Exchange Service
Call Waiting - Optional
Call Waiting ID
Three-Way Calling
Caller ID with Name
Call Forwarding
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
Call Forward Busy - Fixed
$25.45
(1)
The Special Plan Bundle is available for $20.95 when customers also subscribe to Embarq
Communications, Inc. Solutions Unlimited-Option 1 long distance plan plus either the
Company’s High-Speed Internet (DSL), DISH Network Satellite TV from the Company or
Embarq Wireless.
(2)
Privacy ID is available as an add-on to this package at the monthly rate shown in Section
3.7.H.2 of this tariff.
(3)
Talking Call Waiting is available as an add-on to this package at the monthly rate shown in
Section 3.8.B.2 of this tariff.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 15
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
2. SOLUTIONS - RESIDENCE (Continued)
C. Rates and Charges (Continued)
Monthly Rate(1)
Simple Solution
Local Exchange Service
Caller ID with Name
Speed Dial 8
$23.99
Standard Home Phone Service II (2)
Local Exchange Service
Caller ID with Name
Anonymous Call Rejection
Call Waiting
Call Waiting ID
Three-Way Calling
Call Forwarding
Repeat Dialing
Return Call
Selective Call Forward
Speed Dial 8
$31.95
(1)
The Solutions monthly rate and the applicable EAS monthly rate will appear as a single item on the
customer’s bill.
(1)
Customers must also subscribe to any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan plus any two
of the following services: Privacy ID, LineGuard, Data LineGuard, Voicemail or Home Phone
Warranty.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 16
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
3.
SOLUTIONS - BUSINESS
A. General
Solutions is an optional business service enrollment plan. The Plan permits a customer to receive
Local Exchange Service plus a package of Custom Calling and ExpressTouch Features for a flat
monthly rate, for each Solutions package business line provided.
B. Regulations
Solutions customers may terminate their enrollment in the Plan at any time upon notice to the
Company.
Unless terminated by the Solutions customer or the Company, a customer will remain enrolled in
the Plan, as amended from time-to-time, with any applicable changes in rate, for as long as the
Plan continues to be offered by the Company.
The Plan is not available with Business ISDN-BRI Service lines, to customers who are or become
toll restricted. Rotary Hunt Service is not available in conjunction with this Plan unless Rotary
Line Service is included in a specific Solutions Package. The Plan cannot terminate to a Key
system, PBX or any other line trunking device.
No more than nine (9) business lines can be enrolled with the Solutions option for each customer
location, except for Complete Business Bundle, which is limited to three lines per customer
location.
Service Connection Charges do not apply when:
1.
2.
3.
Solutions replaces existing Local Exchange Service;
Customers request a change from Solutions back to regulated Local Exchange Service or;
New and additional Solutions lines are added.
The Business Flat Rate Local Exchange Service Installation Charges as specified in Section 12 of
this tariff apply for moves of existing Solutions Lines.
Solutions customers are not eligible for promotional offerings associated with the Custom Calling
Services included in the Plan, unless specifically provided for in a promotional offering.
Customer Referral Program
Existing business customers who submit a referral via the Company’s Internet website will receive
a $25 bill credit when the referral results in the activation of a Solutions-Business Package within
sixty days, and the following conditions are also met:
1. the referred customer must be a new business customer who, upon referral, establishes an
account with the Company, and
2.
the referring customer must be current on payment of all Embarq account(s).
The referring customer will receive the bill credit within sixty days of the referred customer’s
service establishment. Existing customers may submit multiple referrals, with one credit rendered
per bill cycle and unused credits rolling over to future months.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 17
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
3.
SOLUTIONS - BUSINESS (Continued)
C.
Term Discount Plan (TDP)
1.
General
a.
A Term Discount Plan (TDP) provides business Solutions-Business customers
who have two or more packages at the same location with discounted rates for
the second and each additional package (up to a maximum of eight discounted
packages at the same location) when the customers also subscribe to any
Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan.
b.
Only those Solutions business packages as specified in II.C.3.(b) are eligible for
discounts under this Term Discount Plan. No discount applies on the initial
business package subscribed to under this TDP.
c.
Customers may subscribe to the same or different business packages under this
TDP. However, the discount applies only on those additional packages for which
the tariffed monthly rate is equal to or less than the monthly rate of the initial
business package.
d.
Customers must subscribe to a two-year TDP commitment period to receive the
discount. At the end of the TDP commitment period the customer may renew the
TDP for another two-year TDP commitment period. If the customer does not
specify renewal terms in writing 90 days prior to the expiration of the TDP, the
commitment period and the discount in effect at the time of expiration will
automatically be extended for 12 months. The customer can terminate service at
the end of the commitment period with no penalty or obligation to continue the
service.
e.
Rate increases or decreases will automatically be applied to the monthly term
plan rates for the remaining term of the TDP. If a Company initiated rate
increase causes the services under the TDP to increase by 10% or more
annually, then the customer may cancel the TDP without incurring termination
liability charges provided the customer notifies the Company within 30 days after
the effective date of the rate increase.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 18
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
3.
SOLUTIONS - BUSINESS (Continued)
C.
Term Discount Plan (TDP) (Continued)
2.
3.
Termination Liability Charges
a.
If a TDP customer disconnects any or all of the business packages subscribed
to under the TDP, a termination liability charge will apply for the lines that are
disconnected. The termination liability charge will be a one-time charge of
$50.00 per business package that is prematurely disconnected.
b.
If a TDP customer retains the access line associated with a Solutions business
package, but discontinues any or all of remaining features and services that
are required to receive the TDP discount, no termination liability charges will
apply. However, all discounts for which the customer was eligible under this
TDP will cease as of the date the required service(s) and/or feature(s) is
discontinued, and the monthly rate for the remaining access lines will default to
the applicable tariffed monthly rate for business individual line service.
Discounts
a.
Customers who subscribe to two or more of the business packages listed as
follows will receive a 10% discount off the tariffed monthly rate for the second
and each additional package at the same location. A maximum of eight
packages are eligible for the discount.
b.
Business packages eligible for the discount under this TDP are:
Sure Solution II
Priority Solution
Economy Solution
Rotary Classic Solution
Economy Bundle II A
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 19
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
3.
SOLUTIONS - BUSINESS (Continued)
D. Rates and Charges
S&E Code
Monthly Rate(1)
1.
Priority Solution
Local Exchange Service
Priority Package
1FLCPRP
2.
Sure Solution II(2)
Local Exchange Service
Essentials
1FLCAE2, 1FLCAES
1FLCAEG, 1FLCAEF
48.95
3.
Classic Solution(3)
Local Exchange Service
Classics Calling Package
1FLCCID
46.95
4.
Preferred Solution(3)
Local Exchange Service
InTouch with Call Forwarding
1FLCAIT, 1FLCA12
1FLCACW, 1FLCAIG
1FLCAIF
39.95
5.
Economy Solution(4)
Local Exchange Service
Choice of two of the following:
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
plus Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Call Waiting
Caller ID with Name
Signal Ring
40.95
6.
Economy Solution II(4) (5)
Local Exchange Service
Choice of three of the following:
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
plus Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Call Waiting
Caller ID with Name
Three-Way Calling
Repeat Dial
42.95
$43.95
(1)
The Solutions monthly rate and the applicable EAS monthly rate will appear as a single item on the
customer’s bill.
(2)
Talking Call Waiting can be added to this package at the monthly rate shown in Section 3.8.B.2.
(3)
Effective June 16, 2005, this service will no longer be available for new installations.
(4)
Customers must also subscribe to any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan.
(5)
Effective May 1, 2005, Economy Solution II will no longer be available for new installations.
EMBARQ MINNESOTA, INC.
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
CATALOG
Section No.: 27
Page No.: 20
Release No.: 1
Effective: September 26, 2006
Issued: September 25, 2006
SPECIAL PACKAGED OFFERINGS
3.
SOLUTIONS - BUSINESS (Continued)
C. Rates and Charges (Continued)
Monthly Rate(1)
7.
Rotary Classic Solution (2)
Local Exchange Service with Rotary
Classics Calling Package
8.
Economy Bundle II A(3)
Local Exchange Service,
Choice of three of the following:
Call Forward No Answer - Fixed
plus Call Forward Busy - Fixed
Enhanced Call Waiting
Caller ID with Name
Three-Way Calling
Return Call
9.
Complete Business Bundle (4)
Local Exchange Service
Essentials Package
Initial bundle, per location
2nd and 3rd bundle (per bundle), per location
$48.95
42.95
36.00(5)
25.00(6)
(1)
The Solutions monthly rate and the applicable EAS monthly rate will appear as a single item on the
customer’s bill.
(2)
Customers must also subscribe to any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan.
Customers who subscribed to this service prior to June 16, 2005 who also subscribe to the
grandfathered Small Business Unlimited long distance plan must also subscribe to Voicemail.
(3)
Customers must also subscribe to any Embarq Communications, Inc. long distance plan.
(4)
Talking Call Waiting can be added to this Solutions Package at the monthly rate specified in Section
3.8.B.2 of this tariff.
(5)
Customers must also subscribe to 3.0 Mbps High-speed Internet under a two year term commitment,
Voice Mail, DSL Secure, and Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business Unlimited Solutions II
long distance plan.
(6)
Customers must also subscribe to the Embarq Communications, Inc. Small Business Unlimited
Solutions II long distance plan.

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project